An Easy Introduction of Grammar in Engli

This is a reproduction of a library book that was digitized
by Google as part of an ongoing effort to preserve the

information in books and make it universally accessible.
https://books.google.com
‫‪10: //‬ޖަ ‪/‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1562 3615‬‬
AN
Eaſy Introduction
OF
+
GRAMMAR In E N G L I S H.
For the UNDERSTANDING
OF THE
Latin Tongue
Compiſd not only for the Eaſe and En
couragement of Youth , but alſo for their
Moral Improvement ; having the Syntaxis
Examples gather'd from the Choiceſt
Pieces of the beſt Authors,
To which is added
A Compendious Method of VARIATION,
and Elegant DISPOSITION of LATIN .
934 a
The PROSODY is in Engliſh Verſe.

& mp
14
By Thomas Sheridan M. A.
a
Aque negle &tum pueris, fenibuſq; nocebit. Hor.

DU BLIN :
Printed by D. Tompſon in Cole’s -Aley, Castle
Street, for the Author. MDCCXIV .
11
1
A LIST of the SUBSCRIBERS
And Encouragers of the Printing of this
GRA M M A R.
His Grace Thomas Lord , of Trinity Colledge,Dub:

Arch -Biſhop of Ard- The Reverend Mr. Pat.
magh, Primate and Me- Delany, Fellow of the
tropolitan of all Ireland. fame.
The Right Honourable The Reverend Mr. Wil.
Sir Constantine Phipps, Brooke, Rector ofKildal
Lord High Chancellor lon.
of IRELAND . The Reverend Mr. John
The HonourableGeneral Blachford.
Gorges. The Reverend Mr. Henning
The Rt. Honourable Sir Brooke of Cavan.
Thomas Southwell. Dr. Mitchel.
The Honourable and Re- Capt. Brent Smyth ,
verend Mr. John Moor of Capt. Arthur Galbraith.
St. Katherine's.. Capt. Zachariah Philips,
Francis Bernard , Eq; Mr. Alexander Neſbit.
Sollicitor -General. Mr. Daniel Wybrants.
Thomas Burgh Efq ; Sur- Mr.ThomasThorn ,Mercht.
veyor-General. Mr. Thomas Kirkpatrick,
Henry O Bryan , Erd; Mercht..
Charles Bouchier . Efq ; Mr. Dean Hughs, Mercht;
Robert Clements, Eq ; Mr. Foſ: Nutall,Mercht,
Richard Tiſdall, Eſq ; Mr. William Newton .
, Efq ; Mr. Nathaniel Shan
George Babe, Efq ; Merchant.
Mr. MichaelSampſon,Efq; Mr. John Colfon, Merche
Henry Sanford, Eiq ; Mr. Thomas Furnes:
The Reverend Mr. John Mr. John Ruffel of the
Walmfley, Senior Fellow County of Carlory
ERRATA .
read
Ending, r . Endings. p . 16. for Carno, r.Ca
se ! ro . p . 18. for Vallis, r. Vaſis. p . 20.- for Scer
dos, r. Sacerdos. p. 74. for Amaberis, r, Amabe
ris or re. p . 82.for Moneberis, r . Moneberis or re .
for Monimini, r. Monemini, eminor . p. 95. for
Audidum , f. Audituin. p.97 . for Adiemur, r. Au
diemur . p . 102. for Factus eram , r , Factus fueram .
.2p. 103, forMalutrimus,
r.Noluerimus. t.Maluerimus
p. 112. for.Parior,
for No.r .
5- ாயாகராயாதவர ா
lureimus,
Pario. p. 118. for there r, they, p. 166 for ille ,
I: illæ. p. 182. for Neuter r. Paſſive. p . 186. for
5
Ferra, r. Pet
Terra. p. 131. dele (or 10.) P.239 , for
Digrellions. P. 259. for Sweat, r .
solo 5
-
ப*
Sweet. p. 260. for neither ,.r. nether. p. 288. for

1. Terrifious,r. Terrificis. for æque, r.aquæ . p.296.
9. forquiapieta , r.quæ picta. p.297. for follis,n.foliis.
P.:298, forlevag; r. lævaq;. p .320. for Livesread
Words
There area few miſtakes in the Stops which,
Dildo notconfound the Senſe, and may be cably menz
ded by a Pen .0021 ir 2 : 09 : 152 rull
Sdi 10 : ? : 1
to vinto Livinsi que je
1
To His GRACE
T H O M Ả S
Lord Arch - Biſhop of
ARDMAGH,
Primate and Metropolitan of all
ļRE L A N D
May it pleaſe your Grace,
IT may be. Thought a ſmall
Compliment to Your Lordſhip,
to entreat Your Patronage
for a Book , which I ſhou'd be
afraid to ſubmit to the Trial of
an ordinary Critick ; and ſurely with much
more Reaſon muſt I fear to recommend it to
Your Peruſal, when I conſider, how far Your
Grace's Judgment is above my Thoughts :
And upon that Account, how little Preten
ons I can have to Your Approbation.
CV The
1 DEDIGATIÓN.
The only Thing then which gives
meafſurance to approach You upon this
Occaſion, is, that the World proclaims
Your Grace to be fo far a Promoterof Good ,
that You encourage it even in Inclination . Lul
This gives me Hopes that you will not

reje & my Labour in this Grammar , altho?
it cannot ftand the ſevere Tryal of Your
Graces Judgment, becauſe I intended it
well : For, out of a Regard tò the Youth
committed to my Care, I thought my Time M
and Pains well beſtow'd to make their Paſ

fage eaſier to thoſe Authors , thro' which
o
Your
r Grace
e has
palt
arne
d pleaſantlyt Num
be of th Le
VI
. *
If I have fallen fhort of that Perfection I 11
aim'd at, "Your Lord'hip has it in Your Powe

er to give me more ſpirit for my next At
tempt, by only allowing this the Honour of
a Dedication .
The Countenance of Augustus rais'd Vir
gil from his Gnat to his Æneid ; and why
may not I with asmuch Reaſon hope to Im
prove upon Your Grace's Encouragement,
when I have with him an equal Advantage
- in every reſpect, but my own Abilitý.
I cannot hav the Van to think
that C
' e ity
any Thing I cou'd Write thou'd make it's
own Way into the World , but when it
goes
DEDIGATIO N.
goes recommended by Your Grace's Name,
I do not doubt but it will meet with a kind
Reception at every Hand.
Some perhaps may condemn me for ma
king mention of Your Grace's Name, andat
the fame Time being ſilent of Your Vertues;
but I am too well acquainted with what You
cannot bear, and my own Inſufficiency, to
yenture upon ſuch a Task.
Thoſe that are truly Great and Good will
not be told" ſo ; it is only a ſpur contriv’d
for them , who wou'd ſeem to be what they
are not : And this I am certain - was never
Your Grace's Diſpoſition , becauſe as You
have ever been a Lover of Sincerity, ſo were
You an Enemy to Hypocriſie.
Pardon me for this, and I will ſay no
more, tho I am ſure I thall be Condemn'd
by Your Friends for ſaying ſo little, and by
Your Lordſhip, eyen for ſaying ſo much ;
Yet I wou'd rather run the hazard of dif
appointing their Zeal, and be unwillingly
Silent, than incurr Your Diſpleaſure, which
cou'd never upon any other Account be
· turn'd againft the Truth . T :
One Thing I may without Offence fincere
ly wiſh for, That is, Your Graces long Con
ţinuance among us ; That You may be, whila
You
DEDICATION .
You Live, a Shining Light in our Church to
Diſpel The Darkneſs of Schiſm ; and that we
may never want Gratitude to expreſs ſuch
a Bleſſing : And when it ſhall pleaſe GOD
to remove You from Your Charge, to Re
ward You for Your Care ; may the Church
never want ſo Faithful a Steward : Which
is both the Principle and Prayer of
May it pleaſe Your Grace,
Tour Grace's Most Devoted
Most Humble and
Most Obedient Servant,
THOMAS SHERIDAN ,
i
21601962163164160167 que
TE TESTEUESTEDET **
THE
PREFACE .
Tis a Duty Incumbent upor all who undertake
that Great Truſt, The Education of Youth ,
I Inſtruction
to find out the plaineſt and eaſieſt Method of
, more eſpecially for their firſt Ad
vances towards learning a Language, which they
are altogether unacquainted with. For , Firſt it
is to be conſider'd, that theſe Boys, wha without
any Pains, became inſenſibly perfect in their Mo
ther- Tongue, must be much perplex'd , that they
cannot with the ſame eaſeacquire another Tongue,
without the Formality of Rules, and Vexation of
Elaborate Exerciſes. In the next place, being much
frettedwith the unuſual Reſtraintsof a School, who .
before liv'd in a manner Unconfin'd, it cannot be ex
pected that their Application to their buſineſs fou'd
be the Reſult of a willing Mind, but much leſs so,
wbile theyare atfirſt ſight preſented with a Heap of
Rules, which are almoſt equally difficult both in Eng
liſh and Latin. And what is as great anObſtacle as
Any to their being reconcild to ſuch a Life, it she un
mor
+
ii The PRE FACE.
merciful Tyranny of fome Maſters, whounresjonably
attempt to Improve their Underſtandings, by fright
ning them out of their Wits. All which taken to
gether, we shou'dnot wonder to find Boys have gene
rally ſuch an Averſion for School, and ſuch a cool
Indifferencefor Books.
Shou'd not common Humanity then oblige us, inſome
Reſpects to lighten their Burdens, and make ſuch Con
deſcenſions as their Tender Minds and narrow Capa
citiesrequire? At leaſt to relax thoſe Chains that fet
ter their Underſtandings, which wou'd, no doubt ,
make their Learning lejs Grievous, and engage much
more of their Thoughts to their Studies , that muſt
be conſtantly employ’d upon the earneſt wiſhes of a
Delivery, when Taught with One afinefs.
14 .
As Nature, by a moſt delicious Nutriment in our

Infancy, forms us gradually to an Appetite for more
ſubſtantial Food ; and thus brings us to a found and
healthy Conſtitution at laſt : Sojhoud.we Imitate her
in Intellectual Improvements, for the Mind in it's
Infancy, being no leſs Tender thanthe Body, is as lia
able to Miſcarriages, and may by wrong Mannge
ment be fill'd with groſs Humours, and brought
down to ſuch a Weakneſs, that no Art can recover or N
Arengthen it. The Body may,by the Skill of a Phy

Gcian, be brought to a right Temperament ; but ſo
very Nice and Delicate is the conſiſtence of theSoul,
.
that whatever Diſtempers it contrats by early Pre
judices are Incurable. And what greater Prejudice
can it receive, tban the Straining of its Faculties,
not only to carry morethan it can bear, but the abuſe
of them in being Exercis'd about what it does not vn POE
derſtand. ha
Having
The PREFACE. 域
Having aften obferu'd howafflicting and perplexing,
it was for young Boys to learn a Latin Grammar,
and how many were by it deterr'd from Learning at
all, and after all their Pains what a Confus'd Noti
on they had of it ; I cou'd not be ſo void of Com
paffion, as not to uſe my Endeavours, to redeem them
from ſo much Unneceffary Labour, and (if Imaybe
allow'd the expreffion ) what is worſe, a Blinded
Knowledge. For which reaſon , out of a Regard to
my Country, the Good of which, depends much upon
aright and early Cultivation of it's Youth , I have
Compil'd the following Engliſh Grammar for the at
tainment of the Latin Tongue; which , I am well
allur'd, having already experienc'd Partofit, will be
of more Advantage to the Schollar, and a much more
expeditious Preparation for thoſe pleaſanter Books,
wbich have in themſelves Charms jufficient to engage
their Application , than thoſe commonly Taught.
There is a great difference between leading a Pere
fon in at an eafy Gate toſurvey fomepleaſantFields,
and dragging him through entangled Bulhes and
Thorns to come at them . Such Uſage makes him pay
dear for his Proſpect. And is itnot in effect the
Same to force a Boy through a Number of Intricate
Terms, ofwhich he can have no Notion to lodge his
Soul in ſuch Toils that it cannot exert it felf ? This
ſurely cannot be the way to expect a Progreſs in his
Buſineſs, when he is debarr'd from it by Difficulties,
that require the greateſt Reſolution to furmount;Ver
Tues, which few of his Age can be expe&tedto bave.
Dr. Busby, after too long an Experience,wasat
laſt convinc'd, That to Teach an unknown Tongue
by Rules in that ſame Unknown Tongue, was a
gainſt
The PREFACE.
gainſt Reaſon. Had he made the Diſcovery fooner ,he
wou'd have prevented myPains, and Ifou'd have had
his great . Example to Warrant my Inſtruiting
according to ſuch a Method : But ſince I have
not that Happineſs, I hope his Opinion willdo as well.
And certainly, there is no Man who rightly confs
ders it, but muſt think as be did ; and if ſo, is nothe
much to blame, who continues to Practice what he
knows to be wrong , only becauſe it has become Habitu
al to him, by theprejudice of being himſelf ſu Taught.
This was the obſervation of Lactantius, 1.
Quare cum fapere, id eſt, veritatem q ærere, om

nibus fit innatum, fapientiam fibi adimunt, qui line 12
ullo judicio inventa majorum probant, & ab aliis pe

cudum more ducuntur.
Upon which we may obſerve, how -Servile, too cloſe an
Imitation of others is , to jogg on like Carriersz
Horſes, in the ſame Track, without enquiring for 4
better Road. But ſo Religiouſly are ſome bigotted to the
Traditional Phraſes Da Regulam and Unde Deri
vatur, which theymake the Two Keys of the Latin
Grammar, that they wou'd ſoonerlayaſide all thoughts
of Teaching,than forſakethem ; althoughthis Learned
way of Examining is very farfrom giving a Boy one
clear Notion of what he is about.
After all the Buſtle he makes, and thegreat Pains
that the poor Lad is at, wefind at laſt the Pedant LE
inſpight of bis Reſolution ,deviatesinto the right
Method by explaining the Rules in Engliſh ; but with
this Diſadvantage, thatthe Boy imagines theremuſt
be ftill more in that which coſt him ſo much Labour
1
to retain, and his Mafter ſo much Noiſe to imprint.
Thes
2 The P.REFACE.
1 Thus Cacus like , his Calves he backwards pulls,
And Shades his Den by dark’ning Lillie's Rules:
Ć But to regain what's loſt in this dire Place,
Requires more Wit, than Strength of Hercules ;
With ſo much Pains, Boys prejudice receive,
With muchmoreLabour what they can't retrieve.
e
All that they can ſay for themſelves, that Teach 4
Latin Grammar, is, That the Boy, as it were be
forehand, is taught Part of the Language which he's to
Learn, and by this Means the readier at the Claſ
fick Authors, when he is entred upon them : But this
is a very weak Reaſon , for there's nu Grammar that
has Latin worth retaining; the difficulty of Wri
ting Rules in Verſe, obliging their Authors not only to
1 bad Poetry, but bald Latin. Such Rules too as are in
Proſe, having a quite different Air from any Author
A
Boys are afterwards to Read. I am veryſure that I
never knew one that was able , notwithſtandingthe
Reading of bis Latin Grammar tbrough, to Conft
1
rue one Sentence of Corderius, at his beginning of it.
s But this I canaffirm upon Experience, that I found
them much readier at it after being Taught their
Engliſh Syntaxis alone : For having Regular Noti
onsof the Diſpoſition of Words in Sentences, theycou'd
the better Tranſpoſe them to that Order, which was
requir'd for their Interpretation.
Having now given my Re afons for this Underta
king, Ithink my ſelfobligd, more fully toſew the De
fign of the whole Method.
In thefirſt place, it is to beobſerud, Tha Ihave
madeTwoRoads through theGrammar ; the onePlain
and Eaſy, adapted to the meaneft Capacities, which
may be paſs'd through in balf a Tear at moſt, and
this
Vi The PREFAGE .
this is ſufficient for Entring upon the lower Clafficks ,
ſuch as Corderius, Caſtalio'r Dialogues, &c. The
other which is diſtinguiſh'd by Remarks and Obfer
vations, containing ſeveral ujeful Reflections upon
Grammar, which are chieflyfet apartfor Boysof the
tlpper Claſſes, and may be of Service to ſuch Men as
are fond of Grammar Study.
The Rules of the Gender's for Nouns I thought beſt
to turn into an eaſy Engliſh Burleſq; , for the quicker
help of the Memory, and rather into that ſort of Verſe
shan Heroick , becauſe shorter , and ſooner goe by
Heart
a long :Ballad
So that; and
thethe
whole may be as ſoon retain'd as
our Latin Grainmars is at
leastthe buſineſs of a quarter of aTear.
Theſe Nounsthat either vary from their Declen
fion, abound in Terminations, or are in any wife De, ?
ficient, I have rang'd in a Heteroclite Alphabetical
Table , asthinking it a help to the Memory, and readier
to Conſult upon Occaſion .
The Pronouns have receiv'd very little Amend-. The
db.
ment beyond the common Grammars; their Number
being limited , and for that Reaſon better underſtood .
In the Verbs , I have made ſeverál Alterations Son
from the common Form , which I hope will be found
much for the eaſe and advantage ofthe Learner; for a
I havenot only made them more Perfpicuous as to their
ſeveral Kinds, Moods, and Tentes, but I have alſo
Jet 'dawn a Scheine of Formation, in which the Chan Mit
ges made of the principalParts,i. e, Preſent, Perfect
Tenſe andfirſtSupine, are diſtinguiſb’d bya ſmalleraAt
! Letter, and after them the Four Conjugations at Whe
length, according to the ſameMethod. All ſuch as
pargfrom theſe Examples forthegeneral Declenſionof Turale
Verbs,
The PREFA CE. vii
Verbs, are compil'd in an Alpbabet, where theſimple
Verbs of every Conjugation, with their Compounds
are diſt in &tly ſeun . After theſe; are the Defective,
and to Compleat the whole, fome particular Obſerva
tions; which will very much Contribute to the Under
ſtanding of ſeveral Palſages in Authors, which other
wife wou'd be dificult, becaufe very often Authens
ule one Terife for another , and ſometimes a Mood the
jame way: Nor have Ineglected to shew the proper Uſe
of Participles, which wasamong other Things much
wanting in thoſe Grammars commonly Taught in
Schools .
Asfor the Undeclinable Words, I did not think it
ſo neceſſary to make A compleat Collection of them ,
but to reduce them to ſuch Heads, that when any of
themoccurd in an Author, the Boy might know by their
Signification to which they belong:d : But for a right
Knowledge of their uſe, I refer them to Walker's
Particles, a Book that ought thoroughly to begezi by
Heart,inſteadof a trifling Nomenclatura , by all, who
wou'd be exa& Maſtersof the Latin Elegancies.
In the Syntaxis, Ihave all along made it my buf
neſs in the firſt place, toyet eafy Examples, and af
ter them full Sentences, in which fuoh Words as are
accordingto the Rules aremarked ohus( * ).Althat
I gather'd for this purpoſe, ate chiefly Moral, and
uſeful in other Reſpects. And what may recommend
them more, they are Collebed from themoſt Polite.Wrin
i ters; fuch as Cicero, Saluk, Livy, Lactantius, Mi,
nucius Felix , &c.
At the End of it is a Form of Ellipſis, according
to -the- EightParts-of Speech , by - phich - almost all
Phraſes can be accounted for ,and beſides, it will in
viii The PREFACE .
a great Meaſure make the Conſtruktion of Authors.ea
fier.
After this comes the. Elegant Syntaxis, being a
-Method of Variation and for the beſt Diſpoſition of
Words in Sentences.
The Proſody is Engliſh Verſe, to which I have join'd
zone general Rule for the Authorities of Words, under
swhich again, I have plac'd al Exceptions in Latin
Rhymes, making the Verſes run, as near as Icou'd, to
the Cadence of Anacreonticks.
as I have alſo brought Lyrick Poetry to ſuch an eaſy
Method, that a Boy, by counting the number of Syl
lables in a Line, fhall know what Kind of Verſe it
is, and what Feet it conſiſts of.
10 After all,there is an Appendix in which the Ratio
of Gramınar is naturally accounted for , very Briefiy,
and fufficient to give a right Notion of the Invention
2 of Language, together with the Progreſs and artful
Improvement of it.
AL I havenow to ſay, is, That I hope the Reader
will make fome Allorance for it's Imperfections, and
impute them to the hafty. Performance of this Work,
mizh proceeded from my Zļal to Reſcue young
Boys from that miſerable Toil and Trouble which I
faw the reading of a Latin Grammar involv'd them
in. This, and only this Conſideration , cou'dmake me
engage in ſuch a troublefone naertaking , and as for
- my Labour, Ithink itiswell Rewarded if it anſwers
- itħe End I propose,which is the Eafe andEncourages
ment of Youth.
An INTRODUCTION
TO THE
Eight Parts of SPEECH .

0
RAMMAR is the Art of True

Writing and Speaking.
✓
mar
Hence it is , Triat Grammar is
divided into Four Parts .
1. ORTHOGRAPHY, which
Teaches TrueSpelling.
2. PROSODY, which Teaches True
1
Tone and Time.
3. ETIMOLOGT, which Teaches the Genus
ine and firſt Signification of Words.
4. SINTAXIS, which Teaches the true Diſpo .
ſition of Words.
1 of ORTHOGRAPHY .
In theLatin Tongue there are Twenty-twoLetters,
V
ABCDEFGHILMNOPQRST XYZ.
Theſe are Divided into Vowels and Conſonants.
s
There are five Vowels , A , E, I, 0, 0 , which are
Sounds, depending alone upon the Apertures of the
Wind-pipe andMouth,
When theſe Sounds are Interrupted by the vari
ous Motions of the Tongue and Lips , they are
salled Conſonants.
A To
An Introdu &tion to the
To give an Account of the Mechanical
Formation of Speech, is ſo far above the Capa-,
city of Boys ; That' for that very reaſon I paſs
* it by , and will thromy whole Grammar , as
6
well as I can, avoid any thing that may be either
6
Ainuſing or Perplexing, ſince I haveTender Minds
to deal with.
Conſoriants" are divided into MUTES and
LIQUID S.
IT Q -VIDSare Four. L, M `N, R.
MUTES Nine. B, C , D , F ,G, P , 2 , 1, V.
OfVowels are madeDipthongs, by theCoaliti
op of Two into One Sound .
)
The Latins have but Five, as ;
1. & as Muſe,
2. Сепа ..
3. au Audio.
4i ei Hei.
5. eu Euge.
** and , before a Vowel have the force ofCon
fonants ‫ ;ܪ‬as , in Major, Paruus.
As for H, it is properly a Note of Aſpiration
which helps a Vowel to a more Elevated Sound.
** Tho fome may think it a Pedantick Imper
tinence, to be over- nice about the Pronunciation
• of a Letter ; yet there is nothing in any Language
6
more neceſſary: and the early neglect of this in
Boys, often produces a Precipitant, and Harſh
...Pronunciation , which might be prevented by an
early Tuning and Modulation of their Voices.
For the Smothering the Sound of a Letter, is a
Deficiency in a Syllable and conſequently in a
Word.
Noun
Eight Parts of Speech. 3
Non cujuslibet auris eſt exigere literarum fonos, non
hercule minus, quam verborum , ſays Quintilian. To
· Convince us of this, we need only Appeal to Vul
c
gar Language , which is fo Replete with Barba
riſms, and ridiculouſly Strain’d from its right Ac
cent and Pronunciation , for want of the Advan
tage of Inſtruction .
Syllables are beſt diſtinguiſh'd by the Ear, which
may be done by obſerving the Breaks uſually made
in the Pronunciation of Words ; as, in Ma xi-ma,
Fe -mi-na.
The Conſonant moſt commonly goes with the
Vowel following; as, A -ma-bi-mus.
A Conſonant doubled is to be divided ; as, An-nus.
A Mute with a Liquid between Two Vowels,
uſually goes with the latter , yet may be divided as
Pa -tria , or Pat-ria .
All proper Words, and beginnings of Ver
ſes and Sentences are to be Written with Capital
Letters. As Bacchus, Cato, &c.
Of ETYMOLOGIE .
All that Grammar Treats of Etymologie is by
general Definitions and Rules for WORDS, but to
tind out their Natural Signification and Properties
is done by the help of a Dictionary.
A WORD is the Sign of ſome inward Conceps
tion. As Panis Bread, Dens a Tooth , & c.
The
An Introduction to the
The Latin Tongue has only Eight forts of
D2. eclined
WORDS, viz.
Noun Adverb
Pronoun Conjunction Ulodceli
Verb Prepofition ned
Participle Interje&tion
Of a NOU No
A Noun is the Name of any thing.

There are Two fortsof Nouns, a Noun Subſtan
tive and a Noun Adjective.
A Noun Subſtantive, is a Word that by it felf
has a fullSignification. AsVirga a Rod,Liber aBook.
A Noun Adjective is a Word that has no fig
fica ion alone, as, Bonus good, Dulcis ſweet.
Again there are two forts of Nouns Subftantives,
Common and Proper.
A Noun Subjt antiveCommon, iswhen one word is a
Name for every thing of that fort. As Pomum is a
Name for every Apple.
A Noun SubſtantiveProper, is aNamegiven to one
particular thing : as JoannesJohn, Londinum Lon
don, Germania Germany .
of NUMBER .
in Nouns be two Numbers, the Singular and the
Plural : the Singular Number denotes but one
La thing , as Nux a Nutt ; the Plural Number denotes
laore than one , as Pile Balls.
OF
Eight Parts of Speech.
of CASES
Nouns be Declin'd with ſix Caſes thro' both

Numbers : The Nominative, the Genitive , the Dan
tive, the Accuſative, the Vocative, and the Abla
1
tive'; which are difinguiſhi'd according to Signs
and Place as follows.
Nominative , A or the before
the Verb .
Genitive, of or's at the end of
a Word.
Dative, to or for .
The Sign of the Accuſa
Ver
tive, 4 ortheafter the
b.
Vocative, o .
Ablative With orBy generally:
alſo in, through, from , and
chan, after the Compara,
tivedegree.
Of GENDERS
Genders of Nouns are three, which follow with
their proper Articles.
Į . The Maſculine, hic.
2. The Feminine, beca
3. TheNeuter,bec.
A 3 Theſe
Theſe are borrowed froin the Pronoun , to fhew
Singulariter
Pluraliter
what ſort of Adjective the Subſtantive requires,
and are thus Declin'd .
No. Hic, hæc, hoc.. Nom , Hi, hæ, hæc.
Gen. Hujus. Ge.Horum harum
Dat. Huic. Da. His. horum
A.Hunc ,hanc,lioc, Ac .Hos.lias, hæc.
V. caret , i.e. want. Voc. Caret,
l'Ab. Hoc,hac,hoc. Abl. His.
Of DECLENSION
Declenſion is the changing of the laſt Letter or

Syllable of a Word.
There are five Declenſions of Nouns Subſtantives ,
which are diſtinguith’d, both by their Nominative
and Genitive Cafes Singular.
.
The firſt Declenſion contains Nouns ending in

a, all of the Feminine Gender , except they ſignify
Singulariter
a Man .
Pluraliter
As in Example,
Nom : Hæc Muf - a Nom . Hæ Mura
Gen. Mur- se Gen. Mur- arum
Dat. Mul- ce Dat . Muſ is
Acc . Mur am Acc. Mur as
Voc. Muf- 4 Voc . Mure
Abl. Mur- a |Abl. Muf- is.
The ſecond Declenſion contains Nouns ending in

er, ir, ur, us, of the Maſculine Gender ( except a
few ) and in um of the Neuter.
Singulariter
Pluraliter
As in Example,
Nom , Hic Magiſter Nom . Hi Magiſtri
Gen. Magiſtri & Gen. Magiftrorum
Dat. Magiſtro Dat. Magiſtris
Acc. Magiftrum Acc. Magiſtros
Voc. Magiſter Voc. Magifiri
Singulariter
| Abl. Magiſtro Abl. Magiſtris.
Pluraliter
Nom. Hic Dominus Nom . Hi Domini
.Gen . Domini Gen. Dominorunt
Dat. Dominis
.
Dat. Domino
Acc . Dominum Acc . Dominos
Voc. Domine Voc. Doirini
Abl. Domino ( Abl. Doininis
Note, That all Nouns of the Neuter Gender,
of whatſoever Declenſion , have the Nom. Acc
and Voc. alike in both Numbers, and in the Plur,
Singulariter
they end all in a.

Pluraliter
As in Example,
Nom . Hoc Regnum Nom . Hæc Regna
Gen. Regni Gen. Regnoruina
Dat. Regno Dat . Regnis
Acc . Regnum Acc. Regna
Voc . Regnum Voc . Regna
LAbl. Regno ( Abl. Regnis .
The third Declenſion contains Nouns ofmany

endings and all Genders. It's Gen. ends in is,
A4
Singulariter
8 An Introduction to the
Pluraliter
As in Example,
Nom . Hæc Sedes Nom . Hæ Sedtes
Gen. Sedis Gen. Sedtium
V
Dat . Sedi Dat. Sedtibus

Acc . Sedem Ace . Sedes
Voc. Sedes Voc . Sedes
Abl. Sede All Sedibus ‫; ܝ‬-
Singulariter
The fourth Declenſion contains Nouns ending in

Pluraliter
us, ( for the moſt part Maſculine) and in u Neu
ter. As in Example ,
Nom. Hic Cafus Nom . Hi Calus
Gen. Cafûs Gen. Cafuum
Dat, Cafui Dat. Calibus
Acc . Caſum Acc. Caſus
Voc . Caſus Voc . Caſus
Pluraliter
Abl. Caſü Abl. Canbus

Nom . HocCornu Nom . HæcCornua
.Gen . Gen. Cornúum
*
Dat. Dat. Cornibus
Acc . Cornu Acc. Cornua
Voc. Cornu Voc. Cornua
Abl. Cornu Abl. Cornibus
The fifth Declenſion contains Nouns ending
Singulariter
ines, all of the Femine Gender, except Meridi

cs and dies : It's Gen. ends in ei.
Pluraliter
Ås in Example ,
Nom . Hæc Res Nom . Hæ Res
Gen. Rei Gen. Rerum
Dat. Rei Dat . Rebus
Acc. Rem Acc. Res
Voc .
Abl,
Res
Re
Voc.
Ahl.
Res
Rebus
。
Of
r

Of the Declenſion of Adjectives,
There are three ways of Declining Adjectives,
which differ according to the ending of the Nom .
Singulariter
which are 3 , or 2, or 1 .
Pluraliter
A Noun Adjective of three endings, isthus declina,
Nom . Bonas, a ,um Nom . Boni, & , a
Gen. Boni,e, i Gen. Bonorum , arum ,
Dat. Bono, &, 0 Dat. Bonis (orum
A. Bonum , am , um Ace. Bonos, as, a
vor. * Bone, a, um Voc. Boni , , a
Abl. Bono, a, o Abl. Bonis.
Singulariter
A Noun Adjective of two endings thus.

Pluraliter
Nom .Hic & hæc Tri- Nom . Hi & hæ Tri

ftis , & hoc Trifte ftes, & hæc Triftia
Gen. Triftis Gen. Triftium
Dat . Trifti Dat. Triftibus
A.Hunc & hanc Tri- Ac. Hos & has Tri
ftein , & hoc friſte fes, & hæc Triltia
Voc. Ô Triſtis & e Voc. Ô Triſtes & ia
Trifti
Singulariter
( Abl. Abl. Triftibus

Pluraliter
No.Hic & hæcMelior No. Hi & hæMeli

& hoc Melius ores, &hæcMeliora
Gen. Melioris Gen. Meliorum
Dat. Meliori Dat. Melioribus
4. Hnnc & hancMe- A.Hos & hasMeli
liorem , & hoc Melius ores & hæcMeliora
Voc. Ô Melior & us V.ÔMeliores & ora
IL A Meliore or Meliori ), il Abl. Melioribus
Sin ,
to An . Introduction to the
Singulariter A Noun Adjective of one ending thus.
Pluraliter
Nom . Hic,hæc,học Nom . Hi & hæ Felis
Felix ces, & hæc Felicia
Gen. Felicis Gen. Felicium
Dat . Felici Dat. Felicibus
Acc. Hunc & banc Ac. Hos & has Feli.
Felicem ,& hoc Felix ces , & hæc Felicia
Voc . Ô Felix Voc.ô Felices & licia
( Abl. Felice or i Abl. Felicibus
Of The COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.

There are three degrees ofCompariſon, accora
ding to Equality, Exceſs, or Defect.
1. POSITIVE. As, durus hard.
2. COMPARATIVE.- As, durior harder:
3. SUPERLATIVE. As, duriſſimushardeſt.
To the firſt Caſe of thePoſitive that ends in i, we
muſt add or, as durior, and then we have the Compa
rative ; llimus, and we have the Superlative; as,Du
riffimus.
1. Except the Poſitive in r, that takes şimus, as
tener tenerrimus.
2. The Poſitive in ilis, that makesi llimus ; as, Hu
milis Humillimus, Gracilis Gracillimus &c. But Ota
ilis vtilifimus.
Adjectives that end in usafter a Vowel, asaſſiduus,
are compard with Magis and Maxime ; as, Aſſiduus
magis aſſiduus, maximeaffiduus.
SOME PARTICULAR OBSERVATIONS
CONCERNING NOUNS.
of NUMBER .
* Note, That ſome Nouns tho' Singular as to
their Declenfion, yet have a Plural Signification and
fuch
ſuch are callid Nouns ofMultitude; asPlebs Grex , & c.'
Some alſo have but one Number, as inay be ſeen
in the Heteroclite Alphabetical Table.
Of the CASES
+ 1. The Nominative Caſe ſo call’d from Nomino ,
becauſe it Names the thing , comes before the Verb ,
and is found by the Queſtion Who or What ; as,
Puer Ludit, theBoy plays:
2. The Genitive Cale always comes after aNoun
expreſs’d or underſtood. It is ſo call’dfrom Genus
Kindred or Family, becauſe it is uſed in the Genea
logy of Families; as Filius Ade, the Son of Adam .
3. The Dative Caſe is ſo call'd from Dare to
give, and always imports ſome Thing or Perſon to
or for whom fome Convenience or Inconvenience
is deſign'd : as,AmicusMuſis, a Friend to theMules ; »
Grammatica Studere, to Read Grammar .
4. The Accuſative Cafe denotes thatThingor Per
ſon to which fome Action relates , it is to call'd
from the Verb Accufo) as Lego Librum .
5. The Vocative like the Nominative , is always
ſet before the Verb express'd or underſtood, becauſe
it is us'd in Calling to others ; it is thence
call'd from Voco.
6. The Ablative ſhews the Manner how, the In
ſtrument wherewith, or the Reaſon why any thing
is, does, or has any thing done to it. This Caſe in
Latin always has a Prepoſition before it , either
expreſs'd or underſtood. It is call'd Ablative, bem
cauſe moſt commonly it has its Prepoſition taken a
way ; as, Peregit rem (cum ) Mira Celeritate. Cum
is underſtood. Ob
Obſervations upon every Declenſion

+ 1. We muſt obſerve, That theNominativeand V.
cative thro' all Declenſions are alike ; except in
fome Nouns of the ſecond Declenſion which are
diftinguiſh'd by theirendings.
2. That the Dative and Ablative Plural are in
every Declenſion the fame.
3. In the third and fifth the Nominative, ACGU
Jative and Vocative Plural end all alike in es.
DECLENSION ,
* 1. The Genitive Caſe Singular by thePoets is
made ai , as for Aula Aulai. And ſometimes as ;
in Profe likewiſe; as Familias, Auras, Efcas, Liv.
2. The Genitive Plural inſtead of arum is made
am ;as r in Patronymicks; as, Dardanidûm forDar ,
danidarum ,
1
2. In the Compounds of Gigno and Colo; as 1

Terrigenûm, Celicalúm .
3. Nundinûm , amphorûm .
3. The Accujative changes all Foreign Words in
to am and an' ; as Aneam and Anean, & c. Patrony
micks in des, make en, am, and an ;as Atrides, atri
den, atridam , atridan.
4. Is is made abus to diitinguiſh Nouns of this De 7
clenſion from the ſecond , when both wou'd be alike;
as Anima, Afina, Domina, Dea, Equa, Famula, Filia,
Liberta, Mula &c. from Animu , Afinus, Dominus & c.
5. Greek Nouns of this Declenſion end in As,
A , Maſculine , and « Feminine: Hebrews in am .
1
A Table of Greek and Hebrew Words,
Nom . G. D.AC.
j
V. Ab.
Hic Æneas . anan. а
Anchiſes. en
Je,ora
23
e, or a . fe ,ora,
Hæc Penelopees. e . en . e.
HEBREW .
Adam , , am , am, a.
DECLENSION , 2 .
+ We muſt obſerve , that Words of this Declena
did formerly end in us ,
fion ending in er , ir, ur,Plautus
which makes us find in the Voc.
Puere in
1. When the-Nominative ends in us, the Vor.
changes usinto t;asDominus, Domine, except Deus
that makes O Deus,
2.TheGenitive from Nouns ending in er and us after
a Muteis of equal Syllables with theNominative ;
as Liber, Libri; Cancer, Cangri ; Dominus, Domini;
Vafer, Vafri.
* Liber Free, and when 'tis put for Bacchus, makes
Liberi; fo do Adulter, Aſper,Celtiber, Dexter , Ex
ter,Gibber, Lacer,Mulcibér, Prosper, Socer ; and all
the Compounds of Fero andGero, as Lucifer, Armi
ger &c. If there be any otherwiſe found, they do
not come froin the Nom . in er, but us, as Iberi from
e
Iberia 3. Th
3. The Vocative is moſt commonly the ſameas
the Nom .except Nouns in us as before, ( tho' the
Poets in Imitation of the Greeks retain us, as Virg .
Adfis letitie Bacchus dator. And Lucan . Lib. 2 .
Degener o populus.And ſome that have both Termi
nations, as in the following Verſes.
O Deus, 0 Lucus, popule & populus,fluviuſq;
Et Fluvie, & vulge& vulgus, pelagufq; notabis,
Et Pelage adjungas,choreq; & chorus,agnus & agne.
- When the Nominative ends in ius, if it be the pro
per Name of a Man, the Vocative is form’d by ca
fting away us from the Nominative ; as , Georgius
Georgi. So do all others for themoſt part as Fili,
Geni. Tho' we read Cancellarie and Secretarie :
The moſt Ancient Writers uſed e Liv. Andr. Lue
tretie, and Filie. vide Priſc. Lib. 7 :
4. We fee no Alteration made ofany of the Plu
al Cafes, only the Genitive Plural, by the figure
Apocope ; as,Nummûm for orum ; Virûm , Magnani
min & c.
A Table of the Greek Nouns, ending in os,

on , and eus .
E
N. 1 G. 1 D. [ Acc. I V.1 Ab.

OS Androgeos. i,o ,onis.fô ,oni.jon,ona,o. 05,00,one
on Encheiridion i. 0. on . on.
cusl Orpheus. ei, eos./eo, i. eum ,on,a. eu . o.
Partiz
Eight Parts of Speeeh . is
PARTICULAR REMARKS UPON THE
THIRD DECLENSION.
1 DECLENSION 3 .
+ The Terminations of this Declenſion are
Twenty -one.
Maſculine 7
An, in, on, er, or, os, o, except a few .
‫܂܃؛‬
Feminine 5 .
As, aus, es, is, with Bi-conſonant s .
Neuter 9.
C , A, I, e, t, ar, en , ur , us.
1. The Nominative in many Words, has loft it's
Ancient Termination ; as,
Animale r Animal
Ciner Ginis
Ducis Dux
Latte Lac
Anciently Y now
Melle Mel
Plebes Plebs
Turben Turbo
.
Sanguen, &c. Sanguis s
2. The Genitiveof this Declenfion is more dif

ficult to be known than in any Declenfion, for it
Varies according to the following Endings of
Words.
A makes ätis, as , Problema ätis.
Tho' Plaut. makes Schema. z .
C. Has only two Words Lac La&tis, Haleo, kis,
D. Add is to the Nom . as David , Ebud, is.
E. Is made is ; as, Cubile, is; Rete, is.
I. Is Undeclined ; as, Gummi, Sinapi.
L. Takos
Introduction
L. Takes is, as Daniel, is ; Conful conſulis.
except mel, and fel,that double the l ;' as mellis,
An Titan, anis.
N. Thus In Delphin , inis
Sin Phoreyn, ynis
En finis Latin ; as Numen, inis.
ZēnisGreek.
Except of the Latins.
bien
Syrer Seris 63
Splen S
On . Damon . inis
Acheron . ontis
0.makesinis, as, Hirundo 2 inis
Imago }
Apollo
Cardo
Cupido
Homo
inis ht
Nemo
ME
Ordo JE
4
Margo ban
Turbo
All others önis. But Tendo, inis, and õnis.
The Compounds of tedo, Comedo, õnis.
The proper Name. Turbo,onis.
Carno, Carnis
Anio, čris are particularly Declin d .
Nerio, ēnis
+ Gentiles in 0 make önis; as, Macedo, onis.
But Burgundio,is, önis.
# FemininesOriginally Greek , areönis and ůs:
Ino , et Jo, Dido, Sappho, Clio,atq; Calgpſo,
Aletto, Clotke, Mante; Califto, Eratoq;
R.Joia
17
R. Join ( is) to the Nominative ; as,
År. Maſc. åris ; as, Ceſar, åris.
Lar, åris.
Neut. āris ; as, Calcar, aris.
Except Nectar, åris.
Jubar, äris.
Far, rris.
Hepar, ätis.
A Man's Naine, Lar, artis
Er. Latin Nouns ėris ; as,Carcer, eris.
Greek ēris , as,Crater,eris.
* Except Adjectives in Cer, Ber ,fter ,that call
away the e; as,
Alater, cris.
Celeber, bris.
Paluſter, ſtris.
But Uber and Puber have eris.
7 Subftantives in Ter among the Latins , change
it into Tris; as , Pater, Patris : But Jupiter
makes Jovis. Iter Itireris, from the old Word
Itiner.
Ir andIr. iris and gris areof Foreign Extraction ,
is , Gadir , iris.
Martyr,yris. S b
Or. Has õris ; as , Honor, oris , long.
Aquor,
Arbor,
Except Corpus, Söris, fort
Decus,
Marmor ,
Chemor ,
But Cor makes Cordis,
Ur. üris; as , Vultur, üris.
But Fur , üris,
Somechange u for e; as,Ebur , öris.
Femur , oris.
Jecur, öris. and Fecinoris.
Robur , öris.
+ Jecur makes 7ečinoris , becauſe it comes from
the Antient Word Jecinus.
S. Is according to the following Terminations,,
As, Makes the Genit. 'atis, as ; 400
Atas, atis.
As, affis . 097
Except. si
Mas, Maris.
Vas, valſis.
Vas, vadis.
Greek Maſc.2 Pallas Pallantis 2017
antis; as, S.Gigas, Antis.
Fæmin .. Patro- Pallas, ådisaini
bir inymicks, and Lampas, ădis.
Gentiles; as,Sarcas,'ädis.
ÆS Makeş, the Genitive itis, étis, ētiszedis, šdis.
or idis, or changes es info is.
Maſc. and Commons: 2 :
or Adjectives are as Pedes itis.si
Except I. itisſhort.
Aries;
Hebes,
Indiges,
Interpres, sitis.
Paries, ,
Perpes,
Prepes,
Teresy
2 ētis long ; as, Inquies... ?
Locuples,
Manſues , ētis.
Lebes,
Magnes,
Tapes, & c. J ' & all Greeks almoft:
34 edis ſhort ; as, Pes;ědiswith its coinpounds
4. ēdis long ; as, 2S Heres, S
All compounds
} äditeto
of Sedeo have idis
Defes, S
Prejes 3 idis,
ſhort, as ;
The fame way
S. Rejes, Sidner
Greek Patronaymicks & Euripides, idis.
in Design s,
Is. Words ending in is ,'have the Genitive like

the Nomas ; Panis, 2 Panis.
Gaffis,f Cafſis.
. Except Calis, a Helmet.
Guspis.
Lapis, all idis
. Promulſis,
Promulcts,
Bracin
Alfpis,
And ſo, many Greek Jaspis,
Words, Patrony- Pyxis,
micks, Gentiles, and, Paropſis idis or idos,
proper Names ;as, Ner eis,
Thetis;
B 2 Theſe
20 An Introdnetion to the
+ Theſe following haveitis
Dis
long.
,
Liss
itish
Quiris,
Sannis ,j1
Four have èris ſhort: Cinis,
Becauſe from the old Cucumis, ëris
Num . Ciner , Pulver ,
SG.Von .
Pulvis,
Pomis, }
Soms vary ; as , Impabis & impuberis
Glis, iris.
Sanguis, iniso
Salamis , inis.
Simois, entis.
In Foreign Words in ys make the Genitive in
jos, ydis, and ynis; as,
Eryrags,
Thetys, 3 yos..
Chlamys ,
Pelamys, Žydis:
Phoreys, ynis, & c V
Has oris ; as , Flos, 3 öris.

Glos, s
Arbos , öris. ſhort?
Cos , 2
Except fome in otis,Dos ,
Monoceros, ötis .
} ötis long
Nepos, ötis. with all from xiyr
Scerdos, ötis.
Compos
Eight Parts of Speech
Compos2 ötis Thort

Impos }
.
Somc vary ; as , Cuſtos, cuſtodis.
Bos, bovis.
Greek Words are beſt Icarn’d in their own

Language, for ſome of 'em are Declind in
ois ; as Heros, öis.
Minos, õis,
Tho Saluft has Minos , önis,
Greek Neutersin os ſhort,rętaintheir Greek

Inflection ; as , Chaos
Melos
Argos } ûs, 86,
* Sometimes they are chang'd intoLatin Teri
minations; as, jucunduma melum , & c.
Vs. Words of two Syllables, and many Syllables
of this ending, have öris ſhort ; as,
Corpus, 2
Lepus,' S üris.
Except Compar, as ; Melius, oris,
3
Thero
Introdukt
ion.se the
All
2. There are Twenty that make èris ſhort; as,
* FAucnus, Pondu
u s,
Fædu s, Rudus,
Glomus, Seelus,
s,
Genu
s,
Sidus,
Latu vicu
s
Munus
s, Vulnu ,
, Vellu
s, Şëris.
Olus, Viſc s,
Onus
, Venu uss
Opus, s,
Vetu
s,
Virt
3. Five have ūtis as ISwaelnus,
uts,
us,
;}
en tu
Snetrve&i s, utis long
S
I t
only one, ercuuss,, útis.
Three have ūdis as ; Palus, ūdis.
I ncus,
Su
which ownhlyenonNee,uPteecr,buſsm,causkūiediss,Pecoris,
Monoſyll
}
+ ables in Os make üris ; as ,
M
us , is, ür
I so does TPeulls,us,üurriis.s .
Grus and Sus make Gruis , Suis: And Greeks
insûs CiCrcumflext , make untis ; as, Trapezus ,
**
untis . ompounds ofmis odis; as, Oidipus,

edis .
Two
*
Bight Parts of speech. 23.
* Two in aus: as ; Laus , Frans, make wudis.
Nouns in Bs. Ms. Ps. make the Genitive in Bis.
Mis. Pis. as ; Hiems, Hiemis.
Trabs, bis.
Stirps, piso
Except.-- Celebs, 'ibis.
Auceps, upis.
All compounds of Capio make cipis ; as,
: ,
Forceps,
Of caput ipitis. as ; Anceps, ipitis.
Biceps , &c.
# For anciently they were written Ancipes, & c.
Ls. Ns. Rs. make Tis. as, '
Lens , tis.
Frons, tis ,
Puls, tija na!
Exceptſome dis. Lens,
Frons,
Glans, il
Juglans, i} disa
Libripens,
Nefren's,
And the Compounds 2 Coricors,3dis.
of Cor.as ; Difcars
1. Only one, Caput, iris, i with it's Compounds,
X. Changesinto Cis, & Gis.
B4 ! * Monosyllables,
* Monofyllables, Cis. as ;
Vox , vocis.
Except four Gis. Grex, gregis,
Lex, Legis.
Rex , regis.
Strix, Strigis.
Theſe Greeks Styx, Phryx, Sphinx, gis orgos:
Ax . Makes acis, aftis, axis, ägis ; as ,
Fornax , acis long.
Greek . Thorax, Sācis long. hi
Clymax, acis ſhort.
Hylax ,
Alyanax, jaftis. G
Hipponax,
Bibrax ,
One in axis, Briax , axis.
Harpax , ägis ſhort.
3x. Makes icis, écis, igis, egis. 1
All words Polyſyllables inake icis, as ; 1
Judex, icis.
Except. Vibex ,icis. long
Vervex ,
,
Celex ,
Halex,
Refex , Sécis .3 thort
Remex, Ligis.S
Leler,
Aqu ilex ſe s. fhort.
} giigis.
Exlex & c. gis long. * Senes
* Senex makes Senis : Supellex Supelle&tilis.
1x. Exceeding one Syllable makes icis : as ;
Calix , icis Short.
Except Perdix,
Coturnix ,
Cornix ,
Cervix ,
Lodix , icis long.
Radix ,
Struix ,
So Adjectives Felix ,
& Verbals, as; Nutrix ,
Greek Nouns are beſt found in their Authors
Ox . makes öcis ; as, Vox , Vocis.
Fxceps -- Cappadox, ocis Short
Precox , öcis
Allabrox,ögis
Pernox , perno&tis.
Ut. xcis ; as, Iradux , xcis. Short
Redux
Except ---PolluxSucis long.
Conjux , conjugis.
Tx. Greek words ending thus are beſt found in
their proper Authors, howerer they Change
variouſly ; asycis,ychis, ygis.
Eryx, yois. Short.
Bebryx ,ycis,Com .
Onya
Onyx, ychis. Shorta
Coccyx, ygis. long
Japyx, ygis. Short. & c.
Lx. Nost. Rx . Change x. into Cis ; as, Calx ,
Calcis , & c.
The DATIVE of the Third DECLENSION,

fometimes ends in e ; as, ,
Pede for Pedi ; Hæret pede pes. Virg.
Vell . Paterc. Diſcrimine, Poſſeſſione, &c.
Funere & Morte in Propert. in the Epitaph of Plaut.
The ACCUSATIVE Ends in - im alone in theſe
following words.
opis.im |areSome
Buris. s, im. Pelvis.
Amulſi Opinioarian
of Gramm s
n , that
Canabis. Preſepis. Jour Ears are the pro
Carybdis. Ravis. pereſt Judges in di
Contufis. Securis . ſtinguiſhing when a
Cucumis . Sinapis. Word ſhould have en
Elis . Sitis. or im; but it iş beſt
Fabaris. Syrtes. to be guided by the
Fur. Tulis. Authors .
Gummise : Tigris.
Leucaſpis: Tybris,& 'allNames of Rivers,
Magudaris. Vis. '
Mephitis.
Some
Eight Parts of Speech. 27.
Some have both em , & im.

Aqualis, But Reſtis, 2em; im .
Bippennis, Turris,J oftner im .
Canalis ,
Clavis ,
Cratis , * Note that all theſe
Cutis, em im .make the Ablative in
Febris ; @ , or i.
Lens ,
Melis,
Navis , 1
Puppis.
The Vocative is always like the Nominative
only Greeks caſt off s .
The Ablative ſometimes Ends in 1, ſometimes
in ER I.
I. 1. Neuters that End in al, ar, & e, make the
Ablativei ; as,
Mare,
Calcar,
rii . Vectigal, &c.
1
* Plaut. & Ovid. Mare.
2. Adjectives whoſe Neuters end in e.
+ The Poets ſometimes haveCeleste, Amne,Pe
renne &c. Porcà Bimeſtre. Ovid .
3. Subſtantives like Adjectives, ſuch as Fami
liaris, Sodalis &c. make i,
* Plin. Sodale. Lucan. Natali. Valer. Max.
Natale. Horat. Rude, & c.
Except
Except proper Names , ſuch as Juvensa
lis, Martialis, Vitalis,& c, that all make s .
But Gentiles are yet ip doubt , whether
Athenienfe or Athenienfi.
4. Names of Months havei ; as Septembri.
& c. And ſuch as have only im, in the Acc.
+ Add to theſe Strigili, Canali, Mugili.
E or 1. 5. All other Adjectives make the Abla
tive e op i ; as , Felice or i.
Except Sospite , Hofpite , Paupere. And
the Compounds of Par, and Memor , that
coinmonly have i alone.
6. Subſtantives in &tis, mnis, guis, guis and
vis, have i alone ; as Vesti,Amai,Igni, Unguj,
Civi & c.
Avi, Ovi. Varro. Amni. Liv. Ali. Lucil.
Civi. Cicero. Colli. Lucret. Fufti. Plaut.
Pofti, Ovid. Sordi, Lucret. & c.
REMARKS ON THE PLURAL NUMBER .
Note, That when the Ablative Singular
ends in i, or i and Promiſcuouſly, that the
Neuters Plural muſt end in ia.
Except Tetus, vetera
Plus, Plura and ia .
Comparatives. Melio-ta.
So Compounds of ra.
Corpus, as ;
The Genitive Plural makes ium in all Nounsthat
come from Ablatives in i, or in both e and i.
Except
Eight Parts of Speecb.
Except 1. Comparatives; as, Majorum .
and theſe Artificum .
Divitam .
Inopum .
Locupletumo.
Mugilum .
Memorim .
Strigilum .
Supplicum .
Others by. Syncope ; as, Sapientum & e
2. Nominatives that end in wo Conſonaats
as, Pars make ium .
Except. Pollyſyllables in bs, and ps; as ,
Celebs, Calibum .
Princeps, Principum .
* But Auceps, and all Compounds of Capuz
ma ke sum .
3. When there is an equal Number ofSyllablo

in the Nom . and Gers as ; Collis, Collium ,
Except. Apis, um&ium . Mater.
Canis , um .. Panis. ,
Collis. Pater .
Frater . SCHEX . T
Indoles. Soboles,
Juvenis. Volueris.
* The Poets ſometimes change the True De
clenſion of this Caſe for Verſe-fake; as,
Ovid . Menfum for ium ,
Sil. Ital. Cedum .
Cladunr & c. Can
An Introduétion to the **
Caro makes Carnium , becauſe from the ancient
Nominative Carnis.
4. Nouns that end in is long ; as, Lis, Quiris,
have ium ; as , Litium & c.
5. Nouns too that are only Plural ; as, Vires
Virium , & c .
6. Gentiles, inas ; as, Arpinatium .
7. All Monofyllables as,Mons, Nix , & c.
Bos. boum .
Éxcept. Dux.?1:9 ; -Lex . 170
Fax , Mos .
04 Flos. 11 ** Num.
Fraus. Ren .
Les Frux . 2 Splen. !
F3 Grus. ) Sus .
Grex.n ! Vox .
el.com.br
© Plin. Suumpro Suium . Juftin . Murum .
Many Wordsthat are forin'd now in um, are
Grgong: theAncients ium ; -as.ſtatium Givitatiüm ,
Facultatium , & c . but not now to be followid:
† Names of Feafts,make ium and orum , as
Bacchanalia, ium & orum ,
The ABLATIVE PLURAL Ends always

in bus.
Except Greek Nouns in ma with m doubled
which inake ibor bus; as , Epigrammd ,Epigramo
matis, or bus. ;5:18
....
A
A SCHEME of the Declenſion of
Greek Words.
N. G [ D. I A. IV. Ab.
Titan OS. a. an , e.
Pallas is.
OS ; i. em , a . as .
Pariiss le dosis. 1. a, in . i.
Poel i.
Chremesis, eos, ios,is. 1. Jin,
em . im . is.
es , c.le.
Crater OS , is. a, emer . e.
Dido onis , US fo. .
N. I G.LD. I A IV.1A
Plur .oes . umn . oruibus, is, les,as. es.bus
pou ces But
FOURTH DECLENSION .
1. The Genitive of this Declenſion ſometimes
Ends in uis, which was theAncient way of Declin
ing ofit, & ſometimes in i ; as, nihil ornati, nihil
Tumulti. 7
2. The DativeSometimes in l. as, Pàrcemetu

bir Cythereu . „ Virg . T !
13. The Genitive Plural is ſometiines contracted
as ; paffüm , currúm .
: ‫در بین نودة‬ s .4. ‫ است‬ere
Th
5
ADOTTA
32 " An Introductionto the
4. Thoſe Nouns following make the Dative
Plural in ubus;as, Acus, Artus,Ficus,Lacus, Partus,
Portus, Quercus, Specus, Tribus, Veru ; yet
fometimes we find Artibus, Vcribus, &c. Genu &
Queftus,makeboth.
The Fifth DECLENSION .
I. Some Genitives of this Declenſion are ii : as ;
manera letitiamq;diia - Ciccro makes it es ; as,equi
tes daturos illius diespenas; & ſometimes é;as,Libre
die fomniq; pares ubifecerat horas.
ADJECTIVES.
* . An Adje&tiveproperly conſider'd, is no Noun ,
but rather a Word, which ferves to Thew what
kind of a Thing a Noun is. As a Great Storm , a
Terrible Scold .
1. All Adje&tives in us, are declin'd after the
firſt and ſecond Declenſion, except Vetuseris, and
fomethat have the Genitive ins and Dative i, as ;
Alius,
Alter,
Neuter , Gen. Dat .
Solus , ins i. & c , as Borus.
Totus,
Vllas, 1 The five laſt want the Vocative
Uter ,
2. Adje&tives in is are declin'd all like Triſtis ;
except Poctical Epithets ; as Tricuspis. Ergman ,
this.
PARTICULAR

COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.
* Sômé'are-Irregular ; aș, )
Bonus, Metior," Optimus
Magnus , Major , Maximus. I 2010
Multus », P 4 ‫روک‬ Plurimus, via
Multä, " Plus, Plurima,
70 Mkitum, Plus, Plurimum .
Malus, Pejor , Peffimas ; ‫ ܐܶ܀‬: 17 :)
"
Parvus, Minor, Minimus,
. ? " Pris,obs: Prior; Primus.
Some want the Poſitive : as, I
Deterior , Oryor , Penitior , ign
Or form'd' from Politives diſus’d ; as,
Citerior, Citimus, from Giter.
Interior, Intimus, from Interuso,
Exterior, .
Superior , Iratis - 13 :
Pofterior ,
Ulterior, the ſame way ,
Some want the Comparative : as,
Apricus Falfus Meritus. Uſe will teach more
Bellus , Fidus, Novus.
Conſultus, Invictus Nuperus.
· Diverfuss Inviſus, Sacer & c.
Some want the Superlative.
Commyris, Dexter, Ingens, Longinquus, Senex ,
.
Declivis, Infinitus, Juvenis;Taciturnus,Słpinus & c
Some
34 * An Introduction to the
Some are Comparative only , as,
Axterior, Habitior, Licentior , & c.
And fuch as are forin'd from Subſtantives
as ; Cinædior, Normnior, &c. 9
NOUNS ARE EITHER PRIMITIVE, DE

RIVED , OR COMPOUNDED . 14
11
1. A Primitive Norn, is a word from which D
others are deriv'd , as, from Pater , Paternus ; Vox

Voco ; from Lingua,Linguax.Linquaculus, Li
s
nguofus:
And theſe fo taken are callid Derivative .
Of Derivatives there are five Sorts.
1. Patronymicks. as ; Pelides the Son of Peleusi
Phaethontis, Siſter of Phaeton .
2. Gentiles: fignifying Country or Family ; as,
Anglus - from Anglia ; Gers Ostavia from Osa
tavius.
3. Poſſeſſives, denoting a Right ; aš, jus Regium :
Poteſtas Patria. 1
4. Diminutives ,which end-in ulus, ula, ellus,

ulum , after,-- As,Puerulus, Animula , Libellus,
Corculum , Poetaſter.
5. Denominatives are all Names given on Ac
count of any Property whatfoever .
* NOUNS ARE COMPOLINDED SEVEN
WAYS.
1. With Nouns, as ;. Pater - Familias.
2 Pronouns. as ; Aiguis . & ce
3. Verbs,
3. Verbs, Agricola.
4. Adverbs, Satisfactio.
5. Prepoſitions, as , Internuncius.
6. Numerals , | Biennium .
7. Some Decompounded, ( Condefcenfio.
If two Nominatives unchangid Compound a
Word, they both are chang’d in the oblique Cafes.
Except Alter-uter ,Leo-párdus,Oluf-atrum ,Roſ-marinus
But if a Nominative and an Oblique compound a
Word, the oblique continues unvaried.
Of theGENDERS of NOUNS.
Gender is an old Word denoting a Sex ; there
fore there are but Two Genders rightly conſider'd .
1. All He's are Maſculine.
2. All She's are Feminine.
3. Words in um, and Things inanimate are nei
ther, therefore call'd Neuter : And thoſe inanimate
Things that are found to be either Maſculine or Fe
minine, are fo'on Account of ſoine Refemblance in
!
Nature , or Analogy which they bear to the Sex
whoſe Article they haveres villappear in the follow ,
ing Rules.
+ Such Nouns as are of Two Gender's are Den
clin'd with bic & hæc, and therefore call'd Commons ;
as hic & hæc parens .
* Others there are to which we know not what
Gender to give, and hencethey are called Doubtfuls ;
as, bic or hæcdies ; bec or hoc halec .
I The Gendersof Nouns arediſcover'd two ſeveral
ways ; as, ..
General,} by their { Signification.
1.2. Special , S Termination.
C 2 GENERAL
n
d uktio
36 A Short Intro to the
GENERAL RULE 1 .
1. Gods, Angels, Men, Months, Rivers, Wind
Muit ever be with hic Declin'd ; -
Thus every common Name for He
Muſt of the better Gender be : As,
Bacchus, Gabriel, Cato, Januarius, Tibris, Boreas,
Papa, Taurus, &c.
GENERAL RULE 2.
Goddeſſes, Women , Cities, Illes,
All Hec, a True Grammarian Styles ;
So Syrens, Furies, Harpyes, Graces,
Becauſe they all have Female Faces :
: Nymphs, Muſes, Fates, this Gender crave ;
Andev'ry common Naine they have,
As, Hec Virago. To theſe Nouns
Add Countries, Villages, and Towns .
Venus, Anna , Opus, Brittannia, Parthenope, Ale&to ;
Aello, Aglaia, Galatea, Calliope, Atropos, & c.
GENERAL RULE 3.
Decline with Hæc moſt Names of Trees ,
Becauſe they've Female Properties ;
By bearing Fruit, and Summer's Pride,
They're nearly to the Sex aliy'd.
GENERAL RULE 4 :
AN Names of Metals, Pulfe, and Fruit,
Do with the Neuter Gender fuit.
But if both Fruit and Tree they found,
The Female hæc ſtill keeps it's Ground. As,
Oliva, Nux, Glans, Cajt anea, Avellana.
RULE
RULE the 5th ,
Nouns that expreſs both kinds are common,
As Senex an old Man and Woman ;
But yet by Epithets we find
Some are to one lide more inclin'd .
REMARKS upon the five Preceding

RULES. ...
RULE 1:
TheReaſon why God's, Months, Rivers and
Winds are of the Maſculine Gender, is, becauſe the
Particulars contain’d under any Univerſal follow
it's Gender"; as under Hic Deus, Hic Jupiter, Bac
cbus, Apollo &c. So likewiſe under Hic Fluvius, Men
fis , Angelus, each individual : Except Names of
Rivers under Hæc Aqua ; as, Lethe, Styx , & c . and
under Hoc Flumen ; as, Jader, Nar , & c. There is al
ſo a natural Reaſon why Gods, Angels; Months, Ri.
Hers, and Winds ſhou'd be Maſculine, becauſe the
Heathens, tho' abſurdly, worſhip'd them as having
*Human Shape ; and thuswe find them deſcrib'd by
moſtof their Pocts .
RULE 2.
Under the Female Sex We do not only
comprehend all that are of it, but alſo all Imagi
nary Beings, that haye any Similitude of the Sex ;
As Goddefjes, Muſes, Graces, Furies, Harpies, Fates,
Nymphs, Syrens, Countries, Iſlands, Towns and Trees.
For
* 38 An Introduction to the
For Countries have one Property of the Sex , aş
they produce People, Trees, & c ) And Cities were
anciently Painted like Women with many Breaſts,
g Suck': Trees alſo , as to their bearing Fruit,
ivinan
gbear exact Analogy to the Feminine Gender. The
ſameReaſon of Particulars,in reſpectoftheirUni
verſals, holds good in this Rule as well as the for
mer, viz. Words under Hæc Femina, Hạc Dựa,Hæc $
Vrbs, & c. Tho'lomeare conțiind under Hic Págús i
as, Plurals in i, ſuch as Hi Gabii, Veii, Philippi;
Vbii &c. And Maſculines Singulars ; as, Epidaurus,
Caminus, Pulmo, Narbo Croto, Hoppo,Agragas : And
others again under: Hoc oppidum as, all ending in
e , um, & ur; as, Çere, Ilium , Tybur.
Some areDoubtful : ſometimes Feminine ‫ ;ܪ‬, as,
Hec Ilios. Horat.
Defenſa eft llion armis. Ovid .
Neuter ; as, Ilium ,
hæc Sodoma , &
hæc Gomorrha, e .
And hoc Sodomum , i.Juſtin.
hoc Argos.
hæc Hieroſolyma, & .
Hierofolyma, orum .
Candidus Anxur. Martial.
Impoſitum Anxur. Horat.
Arabs, Arpinas , Burgundio , & c. with Homo
underſtood , are all of the Common of TwoGender .
RULE
Eight Partsof Speechi 39
RULE 3 .
Some Names of Trees are Maſculine
Such as, Pinafter a Wild Pine :
Hebenus, Cyrifjús , Rubus,
Are Maſculine, likeSpiñas, Dumus,
Acer, Siler, Suber's, for Hoc ,
And Robur like a Sturdy Oak .
* All Namesof Places appointed for the Growth
of Trees, areNeuter ; as, Coryletym, Dumetum.& c
22 ‫رز‬ ‫و‬
RULES.
We muft obſerve Nouns that are Common ,
Sometimes for Mar, Lametimes for Woman i
But by the Senſe weloon may fee,
With what Sex they can beft agree.,
Civis, Canis, Autor, Comes,
hoito2.1.1
Antiſtes, Parens, & inlich
Affinis, Conjux, with Teftes,
&
Dux , Vates, Vindex , & Miles,
Hoftis, Adoleſcens, Sus,Boss FB
3
Nemo,Cliens, & Sacerdos, und
To all which you may join Cuftos.
Some Words we know ; by Nature bent,
To either şex Indifferent. 2
Silex, Groſjus, Ales, Forceps,

With Imbrex , Balanus'; "Adeps,
Phaſelus, Barbitus, Natrix ,
Serpens, Dies, Limax, Onyx ,
Pampinus, Torquds too , we fees
With hic er hæc alike ágree
с 4 Other
30 Az Introduction to the
Others arefound gan ddifatline
Chiefly to be otr Maſculine.70 27 *
As, Margo, Rudens, Rutúss Amnis; 10 :
Bubo, Cardo, Culex, Angais ; )
Cortex, Corbis , Pepres, Cinisj.130 :
Latex, Pulvis; Obex Finis ;? 912 pon
Narciſſus, Sentis, Variks Finis ,ia boa
6. And fo-Camilis, Punem olunifova IIA *
is in huoh 916597710
And ſomebý Nåtore too thereare,
That to the Females-moſt adhere.
Calx, Crux , Frons, Lynx , Gruse
• Stirps, Colus, Lihter , Atorni do 10
Scrubs, Talpa, Dumk, Carbapis21
Unto the3 reftlegger
ter’s-jeit mussorgs
til grunn
Verbals in a muſt follow theſe
And NounsdenotingOffices
In which the Male and Female are
Obligd to have an equal Share .
As, Augura Eques,Pedes,obfes,
Interpris, Index, Judex , Hoſpesa
side o
* Words thatare Diſtinctiy applicable to either
Sex, mayhave an Adjective of eitherGender ; as,
Bonus Parens, or Bona Parens &c. But NounsSig
nifying both Sexes confuſedly ; as, Advena, Exul,
Fur & c. have Adjeđives Maſculines, Thus we
can't ſay, Homo Bona, or Fur Mala, nør Senex Ru
gola ; but Bona Femina, Femina Furacillima, and
Vetula Rugofa .
* Nouns are ſaid to be Epicene when they
fignify both Sexes , but are déclindbut with one
Ar
Eight Parts of Speech. 4r
Article ; and tỉát according to Termination ; as,
hic Paſſer, hat. Aquita , hec Hirundo, & c.
* When any word is Diftin & ly applied to one
Sex, and not to the other, when we have Occaſion
to mention both, we muſt Diſtinguilh them thus ;
as, Aquila mas, Paſſer Femella ; & c. I KI
. .. .. .! ‫و‬
OF KNOWING THE GENDER OF -NOUNS

BY TERMINATION..
VOICIO 7
DECLENSION I. ; *
*
9782
All Nouns in a, makę Feminine, min ? วัน
If youlike Mufà them decline,
- Except they're from a Græcian tipood
line, buse )
Or by their Senfe ate Maſculine.
DECLENSION 2
Moſt Nouns iñer, or,us, oʻth Second
- Muf t with the Maſculine bereckond;
So Nouns uncha ngd : And Nouns in um ,
Decline with hor; as, hoc Regnum .
2
DECLENSION 13.
An, er in osa on , or, & 18
The Third enjoins with hic to go,j ciobnitou
S. guarded
With ,ans,
hæc for es,is,&
Females as, paſs
allmuſt Joti bo
de ;
But hoc for; c , 2, 1,2, 4, ar, en , ur , use
The third Declenſion does afure us.
DECLEN ,
AB An Introdu&tion to the
DECLENSION 4
The Fourth Declenſion's Endings two,
Us Maſculine & NeyterHot T
" ،is . ‫ا‬ od 30 .
DECLENSION 3.0
But of the Fifth they'reall sin es, 2C.... 8. e5
And ſo are of the Female Race.
Particulár OBSERVATIONS upon and Ex

CEPTIONS td , the foregbing RULES.
DECLENSION 1.
* Such Greek words as end incs of i, at Athletes;
Athleta, are Maſculine.
rii prin
* Scriba a Scrivener, Scurra a Buffoon, Oc :
Adria becauſe Sinus isunderſtood, are of the fame
Gender. But DamaaBuck,orDoes Talpa a Mole,
are Maſculine and Feminine.
DECLENSION 2: $
* Vir becauſe frăm virusy and it's compounds

are of this Declenfion..Pag
Hec Domus, Vannus, Carbajus,in
Colus, Ficus, Acus, Humus,
But hicheç Groffus, penus. Specks,I
Withtheſe Phaſelus doubtfulmake us,
Beſides Hoc Peláguy, & kuforia hedhi
Bothto be Neuter, do delare uso sol
And Hic hoc vulgus we muſt conftrue,
Th' unfetled Many-headed Monſter,
Men's Names, and Women's tho in ums
Don't charge : as ; hæc Glycerinm.
oca Tis
'Tis difficult to force their Will, 1
For Females will be Females Still:
Os Greek , made us, we muſt decline
With hec, becauſe it's Feminine.
As Balanus, Antidorus,
Cryſtallus, Aretus, Barbitus,
Byllus, Dipthongus, Eremus, 1
Abyſsus, Vannus, Atomys,
And Peri-meth-ex - Synodus, 2
With which Dia -Peri-Metrus.
DECLENSION 3.75
EXCEPTIONS of FEMININES in on, er,os, o
All Nouns that end in go, and do,
If paſt two Syllables they go
And verbals ending in 20,
Are Fem’nine, as ;Deftruétio:
* Tho' weread Harpago, oniswith hic, folike
wife Optio.
Perduellia,
jo maſc. Unio ,
SeTernio, 2 imphing Nimerus.

nio," }impl ying
Pugio,
Comurio ,Linter ,Icon,
Rébellio, Grando, Sindon,
Cos, Caro, Dos, Seditio,
Perduellio, Condition
Ditio
An Introduftiort to the
Ditio, Portio, & Arbor ,
Among the Feinales always harbour.
OF NEU TER S in er, or os.
Cadaver , Iter, Marmor , Tüber,
Ver, Ador, Lafer, Cicer, Suber,
Piper, Papaver, Sifer,Uber,
Gor , Equor , Siler, as ,' epos,
Are Neuter, tho' er,or, & 05. .
Of MASCULINES inas, es, is, s. *

As, Știpes, Ames, Alamas
Es Greek , Magnés, & Elephas,
Lebes, Tapes, Gurges, Frames de colla
Limes, Cespes, Palmes, Fomesec 6:41
Poples, Termes , Pepres, Parif.cz
Pes, Præs, are Maſculine with theſe an
Ignis, Funis, Cenchris, Calis,
ex vermis, Sentis ,Axis, Fafcis, ; )
Mugilis, Aquális, Crinis,
Panis, Pulvis, Lapis, Çiniş,
Piſcis, Poſtis, Caulis, Follis,
Amnis, Sanguis, Callis, Collis ,
Glis, Torris, Cucumis, &Menis,
Lienis, Orbis , Vectis , Enſis ,
Seps, Finis, Unicornis, Fons, Pons,
Unguis, Hydrops, Rudens , Deps, Mons,
Gryps, Bidens, Chalybs,
Phænix,Cali ,
Torrens, Bombyx , Fornix , varix::. :)
In Ax , Diffyllables & ex .
The lak we bave is little Grex: isi
DISSILLA
Eight Parts of Speech 45.
DISSYLLABE ES in ax, ex, Doubtful.
But Carèx , Fornax , & Forfex ,
Are doubtful ſo we find Pellex,
Limax , Perdix , likewiſe Cortex.
...
NEUTER S'in as, es,
As, Vas, Nepenthes, Panaces,
Are Neuter , fo's Cacoethes.
MASCULINES in !, en, ur, us. l

Ren, Petten , Flamen , Mugil, Sol,
Lichen , Splen , Lien, Lepus, Sal,
Turtur, Furfur, Vultur, Mus,
Are Maſc'line, but make Common Grus.
EXCEPT SOME FEMININES in us.
Incus, Pecus, Subſcus, Salus,
Sene &tus, Juventus, Palus,
Servitus, Tellus, & Virtus,
Are all the Feminines in us .
.
The Fourth DECLENSION.

Hæc Acus, Ficus, Porticus,
With Domus, Tribus, & Idus,
And Manus ; for a Fig Ficus. }
* Seven Words of this Declenſion are Invarja
ble in the Singular Number:
Cornu, Specu, Geln, Genu,
Tonitru , & Veru , Penn.
The
The Fifth DECLENSION,
Meridies and all Compounds of Dies are Mar
culine; Dies moſt commonly in the Singular is
read Feminine; in the PluralMaſculine. Çicero
notwithſtanding, has ; O reliquas Omnes Dies noctefa
que eas.
AA CATALOGUE
La , of S.
NOUNS
1
In which are almoſt all Extant.

N..S. ſtands for No Singular. N.P. No Plural.
m . Maſculine. f. Feminine. 6.Common. n.Neuter. Inv,
Invariable. Nom . Nominative. Acc. Accufative;
Ab. Ablative. G. Genitive.
A.
Aborigines -um , N. S. m . d'abaftrum -i, n .
Abfceffio -onis,F. Alabaſtrus-i, m .
Abſceſſus- us, m . Alluvio- onis, f.
Abuſio -onis, f. Alluvies-ei, f.
Alluvium - ii, n .
Abufus-ûs,m .
Acceſfio- onis, f. Atherd- Athra, fi
Acoelins-lls, in Ather -eris, m.
And thus moft Verbals . Ambag 85- Ab. S. e. All P
Acinum -i, n . Antes-ium , N. S. m .
Acinus-i, f. Antie -arum , N. S. f.
Acorum - i, ni Apes ; & Apis; f.
Macarus-i, m . Apine -arum , N. S. f. VO
Aranea -2 , J: G
Ata -orum , N. S. a
Aer-ěris, N. P. m . Ara :
Eight Parts of Speecb. 47.
Araneus -i, m . Cannabis- is, f.
Arbor, & Arbos-oris,f . Cancelli-orum , N.S. m .
Archiater. i, m. Capiſtrum , n. S. i & a , P,
Archjatrus- i, m. Capulum -i,1.
Arma örum , N, S, n . Capulus-i, m .
Athene-arum , N. S. f. Carbafus-i, f.
Avernus- i, N. P.m. Carbaſa-orum , N. S. m
Averna oruin, N. S.Th Caſſida-æ, f.
B.
Cafis-idis,f.
Carrum -i, n.
Bacchanalia -orum -ium ,N.Carcus-i, m.
Balneum -i, N. Pin. (S. 2. Caſtra -oruin, N. S. X
Balne - arum , N. S.f. Cepa-&, f.
Baptiſmus-i, m . Cepe- is, n.
Baptiſma- atis, 2. Cetusi, m .
Barbitos-i, f. Cete, Inv. n.
Barbitus -i, m . Chaos, Nom . Acc, n .
Barbiton - i, m . Cbao, Ab.
Batillum - i, ni Chironomon -ontis, m.
Batillus i , m . Chironomus- i, m.
Buris-is,f. Clitelle -arum , N S.A
Bur 4-2 , f. Coccum -i, n.
Beatitas-atis, f. Carcus- i, in .
Beatitudo inis , f. Celum -i, N. P. n.
Bilis - is, N. P.fi Celi-orum , N $. m .
Blanditie -arum ,N.S.f. Ceenam -i, N. P. n.
C. Commentarius -ii, m .
Commentarium -ii, 2 .
Cacabum - i, n ,
Cae abus-i, m . Compita - orum , N. S. **
Calenda -arum , N , S. t. Congius-
Congium ii, m.
-ii
Callum - i, N. P. n. , 1s,. f.
Contagio-oni
Campanus m .S. i.& a, P.Coptagies-ei,f.
Cannabum -i, ni
Cohen
An Introduction to the '
Coflis-is, Ⓡ . Elekirum-i, P. a. 3 .
Collus-i, m . Elephantus-i, m.
Cratereris, m . Elephas antis,m .
Cratera æ. f. Epulum -i, N. P. n .
Crepundia-orum , N. $.n. Epula -arum , N. S.f.
Cune-arum , N.SE Embryo -onis, m .
Cunabula- orum , N. S. n. Embryon -ii, n .
Ephet e -arum , N. S. m .
D. Epimeria orum , N. S. n .
Decaduchi-orum ,N. S.m. Epiphania-2, N. P. F.
Decatente-arum , N. S.m .Epiphania-orum, N. Sino
Eventu's-ús, m.
Decipula : ,f. Eventum- i , n.
Decipulum -i, n . Excubic- arum, N. S.f.
Delicium -ii, N. P. n.
Delicie-arum, N. S. f. Exequia -arum , N. S. f.
Exta -orum
Deliquium - ii, N. P. n. Exverrie -arum,' N. S. n .
Deliquiæ -arum , N. S. f. , N. S. f.
Delphin-inis, m . Exuvia -arum , N. S. f.
Delphinus- i, m . F.
Dire -arum , N. S. f . Facetie -arum , N.S. f.
Denarium -ii, n . Fama-&. P. as, f.
3
Denarius -ii, m. Fames , N.P. f.

Dindymus -i, m . S. P. i, a. Fas, Nefas, Inv.
Domus -i.ûs, D. ui. Far- P. ra. n.
db -o. P. us-orum , &uum . Fafti-orum , N.S. m.
Acc. os-us. Ab.Domibusf. Fauces; N. S. but Ab.e.
Dorſum - i, n. Februa -orum , N.S.n.
Dorfus-ûs, m . -arum ,N. S.fi
Druide -arum , N.S. n . Ferie
Fel-llis, N. P. n.
Druides-um , N. S. m . Floces -um , N. S. m .
Flori-orúm , N. S. m .
E. Forum -i, N. P. n.
Effigia -x ,f. Foria-orum , N. S.R.
Efigies-ci, f. * Free
Frænum like Colum . Halec -êcis, n, & f.
Frivola -orum , N. S. Hiruſpex icis, m.
Fuga -æ, P. as f. Harnſpica -2, f.
G. Hexapla-orum , N. S.n.
Hiburna orum , N. S.n.
Gabalum i, n. Hibiſcus-i, m.
Gabalus - i , ma Hibiſcum -i, n.
Galearii -orum, N. S. M. Hilaria -orum , N. S. n.
Ganea a , fi Hilan - i, N. P. n.
Ganeum i , n.
Gaunaca a f. Hippa -arum , N. S. f.
Holothuria -oruin , N. S. n .
Gaunacum i, n . Humus i , N. P. f.
Gelu, Inv. n. Hyacinthia -oruin , N. S. n .
Genethlia -orum , N. S. n . Hydarides-um , N. S, f.
Geometrica -orum , N. S. n.
Georgica-orum , N. S. n. I.
Gerræ aruin , N. S. f. Idone a - orum , N. S. n.
Gibba -2, f. Idus -uum , N. S. f.
Gibber eris , m. Ilia -ium , N. S, n.
Gibbus i , m. Impilia -orum , N. S.n.
Gigeria -orum , N. S. n. Impuritie -arum , N. S.f.
Gloria 2 , N. P. f. Incile- is, n .
Gluten- inis, N. P. n. Incilla -x , f.
Grandebale -aruin , N. S.f. Incunabula orum, N. S. n .
Grates, Nom .Acc.N. S.f. Indig itamenta orum , N.S.
Greinia orum , N. S. n. Induciæ arum , N. S.f.
Gummi, Iny. n. Indoles- is, N. P. f.
Gummis- is, f. Inficias Acc. N. S.f.
Gutturnium- ii, n. Ingratiis, Ab. P. f.
Guttus-i, m. Inft ar , Inv. n.
Focus as Campanus.
H Indicie - aruin , N. S. f.
Hereditas -atis , f. Inſidiæ -arun , N. S. f.
Heredium -ii, n. Jubar -aris, N. P. n.
Halex - ccis, f. D Jugen
50 An Introduktion to the
Jugerum i , n. Liſe arum , N. S. f.
Jugeris. G. Jugere . Ab. Locus as , Jocus.
J1gera -rum , &c. P. Lupercalia -orun ,N . S. 71.
Jup ite r , G. Jov is. Luperciorum , N. S. m.
Jullu Injuflu , Ab. * All Fe afts, and Names
Juſtitium ii, N. S. n. . of Priejt's Including a
Juventa æ, N. P. f. Number of perſons want
Juventus-utis, N. P.f. the Singular Number.
‫ܠ‬ Luftra orum , N. S. n. 重
L. Lutum i , P.a. n .
Labia 2, f. M.
Labium - ii , n. Macellum i, N. P. n. ‫;ܗ‬
Lac . N. P. n . Menalus as , Avernus

Laftantia um , N. S. 11. Magalia -orum , N. S. 11 .
Lastes- ium , N. S. f. Magnates um, N.S. m.
Lamine - arim , N. S. f. Málluviæ arum , N. S. f
Laterani-orum ,N.S. m Malluvium -ii, n. 1
Latumiæ -arum N. S.f. Mane -Inv. n .
Laurices um , N. S. n . Mares -ium ,N. S. M.
1
Lantia orum . N. S. n. Manua & , f.
Leciula- x , f. Manuale is, n.
Lerulus i , m. Manubie -árum ,N.S.fi
Lembani crum, N.Sm. Materia - æ , f.
Lemures-um , S. N. m. Materies- ci, f.
Letum i , N. P. n . Mel-lis, P.a. n.
Leucanthemis -is, f. Melomeli- Inv. n.
Leucanthemum i , n. Melomelum i, no
Liberi - orem, N. S. in . Menda -x, f.
Libraria æ, f. Mendum -i, n.
Librarium ii , n. Meniana - orum , N.S. na
Librilla-orum , N. S. n . Metus- us, N. P. m.
Limus - i, N. P. m. Minutia
)
Minutia æ , f. Odor -oris, m.
Minuties-ei. f. Odos-oris, m.
Modium - ii, n. Oeſtrum i, n ..
Modius ji , m . Oeſtrus-i, m .
5 Mænia - iuin , N. S. n. Olympia orum, N. S. n .
Mæftitia -æ, f. Oppuvia -orum , N. S. m.
.
Mætitudo-inis, f. Opis. G. Opem . Acc.
Molimen - inis , n. Ope. Ab. all the P.
Molimentum i, n. Os-ris, P. a . n.
Mundus- i, N. P. m. Oſtrea -2 , N. P. f.
Munditia æ , f. Oſtrea orum, N. S. n.
Mundities -ei, f. Oxygala -x, f.
Munia oruin , N. S. n. Oxyg ala -actis, n.
Muscus- i; N. P. m. P.
Muftum -i, P. a. n . Palaria -orum , N. S. .
1 N: Palmeſia- orum , N. S. n.
Nabla - 2 , f. Palumbe s-is, m. or f.
Nablum -i, n . Palumbus- i, m .
Nablium - ii, n. Pang aus, as Ayernus.
Natu , Ab. Inv. Papyrus-i, f.
Nihil , Iny. n. Papyrum -i, n.
Nibilum - i, n. Parce-arum, N. S.f.
Nitrum - i, N. P. n. Paſcha -2 , f.
Nng&-arum , N. S. f. Pajcha -atis, n. 1
Nundina-arum , N. S. f. Paſt illum -i, n.

Nundinum - i, N. P. n . Paſtillus-i, m .
Nutrimen - inis, n. Patete -arum , f.
Nutrimentum - i, n. Pax-acis, N. P. f.
0. Paupertas-atis, N. P.fi
Pecu , Inv. P. Pecua.
Obſidio-onis, f. Pecuum, &c, n.
Obſidium -ii, n. Peculatio - onis, f.
Oculiferia-orum , ; N. S.n.
D
Peculatus- üs, m.
2 Pellus
Pelluvia -arum , N. S. f. præſefes- is, f.
Penu - Inv . n. Praſepis- is, f.
Penum - i , ne Præfepium- ii, n?
Penus i, or ûs, m. Prætextum-i , n.
Penus -oris, n . Pretextus ûs , m.
Perennia orum, N. S. f. Primitiæ -arum , N. S. f.
Perlecebra-arum, N. S. f. Primores-um, N. S. m.
Permiſsu, Ab. Proceres- um, N. S. m.
Phala - arum , N. S. f. Præbia-orum, N. S. n.
Phalangite -arum , N. S.f. Prolubiesei, f.
Phalere -arum , N. S.f. Prolubium -ii, n.
Phiditia -orum , N. S. n. Proluvies- ei, f.
Piamen inis , n. Proluvium ii, n.
Piamentum i, n. Propole -es, f.
Pileun - i, n. Propolis- is, f.
Pileus-i, m . Proſapia- , f.
Piſtrina-x', f. Prolapies-ci, f.
Piſtrinum -i, n . Proſtibulis-is,f.
Placamen - inis, n . Proſtibula æ , f.
Placamentum - i, n . Pugilares -um , N. S. m.
Plaga-«, N. P. f. Pumilio -onis, m.
Plage -arum , N. S. f. Pumilo-onis, N. S. m .
Plebes- is, f. Q.
Plebs . is, f.
Pole -arum , N. S. f. Quatuor-Inv.
Polimen inis, n. And all Numbers as far
Polimentum -i, n. as Centum .
1
Polities-ei, f. Quisquilie -arum , f.
Politio -onis, f. R.
Pontificia -orum , N. S.n. Rament
Potine-arum , N. S. f. a - 2 , f.
Porricia-arum, N. S. f. Ramen tum-i , n.
Præjepe is, n. Rapacia -orum , N, S. n .
Re
Rapacide-arum , N. S. f, Salus-utis, N. P. f.
Raſtrum -as, Frænuin , Sanier- ei, N. P.
Rauder a um, N. S. n. Samnites -um , N. S. m .
Recelliclune -arum , N. S.f. Sari, Inv. n .
Regalia ium, N. S. n . Sapientia & , N. P. f,
Reje tane a - orum ,N S. n. Scalpellum i, n.
Reliqua - orum, N. S n. Scalpellus i, m
Reliquie -arum , N. S.f. Schidia orum , N. S. n.
Requies-etis, & ei, f. Scope arum , N. S. f.
Resticula -x, f. Scopes-um , N. S. t.
Reſt iculus i, m. Scrupi-orum , N. S. m .
Rhe te -arúm , N. S. m. Scrupulum i, n.
Rijtuin -i, n. Scrupulus i, in .
Ristus- ûs , m. Siruta -oruin , N. S. n.
Robur oris , n , Senectus utis , N. P. f.
Robus-oris , n .
Seria orum , N. S. n.
Roftra -orum , N. S. n. Sejqui. Inv . n.
Rutuli- orum , N. S. m . Sexaginta, P.,Inv.
Rupicones-um , N. S. m. Siliqua -arum , N. S. f,
Rus-ris, P. a. n. Sinapus is, f.
Ruta-orum, N. S. n. Sinapi, Inv . .
S. Sijer-eris, n.
Sitis -is, N. P. f.
Sabaoth, P. Inv. Solipedes-uin , N. P. 17 .
Sal - is , m.
Sal-is , n. Solum.i, N. P. n.
Sopor-oris,
Salebre-aruin, N. S. f. Spe N. i,P.m m.
cus -ús,vel, .
Saliva -z . f.
Salivumi, n . Spica-& , m.
Saltus -ûs, m. Spicus-i, m .
Saltus -i, mi Spinu, Inv. n.
Salus - i , m . Sponſalia -orum , N. S. n .
Salun -i, N. P.8 , Spontis, G. e. Ab. N. P.f.
D 3 Suppellex
Suppellex etilis, N. P. f . Teſtu, Inv. n.
Supellectilia -iuin, N. S. n. Te tum -i,n.
Teſtus-ûs, m.
T Tétricitas-atis, fi
Tabelle - arum , N. S. f. Tetritudo- žuis, 1]
Tabulx -arum , N. S. f. Textrina-, fi
Tabulata-orum , N. S. n. Textrinum -i, n.
Tabum - i, o , n. Textrum i, n.
Tatici-orum , N. S. m. Textura a , f.
Teditudo-inis, f. Therme-arum , N. S. f.
Tædiuin ii , n. Threnum - i, n.
Tenia -orum , N. S. n. Tbrenus-i, in
Talaria orum , N. S. n. Thus-ris, P. ra .
Talio-onis, N. P.f. Thymum- i , n.
Tapes-etis, m. Thymus-i, m.
Tapete-is, n. Tigula-orum , N. S. n .
Tapetum -i, n. Tomacine -arum , N.S.f.
Tapetus-i, m. Tonitrus ûs, m.
Tarditas-atis, f. Tonitru, Inv. P. ua.
Tardities ei, f. Tonitruum i , n.
Tarditudo-inis ,f Tonitrum -i, n.
Telligraphia -orun ,N.S n. Ionſe-arum , N S.f.
Tellus-uris, N. P. f. Topia-orum , N. S. n.
Tenebræ-arum ,N.S.f. Torale - is, ni
Tergum -i, n . Toralium -ii, n.
Tergus i, m . Torculare is, 12.
Termen -inis, n . Torcularium ii , n.
Trata -orum , N. S. n.
Termo-onis, m. Tragularii -orum , N. S.m ,
Terminus-i, m.
Terricula æ, f. Tapes-etis , f.
Terriculum i , n. Tapetum -i, n.
Teruncium - ii, n. Tapetus-i, m.
Teruncius- ii, m. Triarii- orum , N. S. m.
Tifqua -orum , N. S. n. Irice -arum , N. S. f.
Trif
Eight Parts of Speech, 55
Triſcuria -orum , N. S. n. Vernaculi-orum , N. S. m .
Triſtitia æ , f. Verticillum i , n.
Triſtities-ei , f. Verticillus- i, in .
Iriſtitudo -inis,f. Verticuli -orum N. S. m .
Turbo-inis, m. Veſper -eris. N. P, m.
Turben -inis, m. Veſperus i , m.
Tulſis - is, N. P. f. Vexamen inis , n.
Vexatio-opis, f.
V. Vibramen -inis , * .
Vibratio onis, fi
Vacuitas- atis, f. Vicinia -x , 4.
Vacuum -i, n . Vicinium - i, n ,
Valetudo -inis, N. P.f. Vicis-cem , e . P. ces, ibus,
Validitas- atis , N. P. f. Vidu !um i. n.
Valles- is, f. Vidulus-i, m.
Vallis-is, f. Vigiliæ arum, N. S.f;
Vallum -i, n. Vigor oris , N. P. m.
Vallus -i, m. Vindicie arum , N. S. f;
Valve -arum , N. S.f. Vinum- i , P. a. n.
Vapor -oris, m. Virus, Inv. .
Vapos-oris, m . Virus i, m. $
Varie -arum , N. S.f. Vifcum -i, N. P. n .
Variola -arum , N. S. f. Vitalia-ium , N. S. n.
Varices-um , N. S. f. Vitrum - i, N. P. n.
Vaſtitas-atis, f. Umbre- arum , N. S. f.
Vaftities -ei, f. Voconia orum , N. S. n.
Vaſtitudo inis, f. Vomer- eris, m.
Vaticinium ii, n. Vomis eris, m .
Vaticinatio onis, f Urunca- æ, f.
Venuſtas -atis, N. P.f. Druncus i , m.
Ver- is, N. P. n . Uter i , m.
Vermen -inis, n. Uterus-i, m
Vermis-is, m. Vulgůs-i, m.
Vernacula -orum , N. S. Vulgus- i, n.
D 4 * Note ;
zion
56 An Introdu to the
* Note, That where a Noun has but a Cafe or
two in a Number, that the Terminations are only
ſet down , in this Table of Heteroclites.
* Note alſo that all proper Names of perſons

( except where Several of the fame Name are to be
Mention d ) Places, and alſo common Names of Ver
tues, Vices, Diſeaſes, Arts, Ages, Herbs, Liquors,
Metais, Grains, and Spices want the Plural Num
ber ,
All Nouns too of the Fifth Declenſion except
Acies, Dies, Facies, Res , Species) have no more
t..an the Thrce Plural Cafes in es.
Of a P R O NO U N:
A Pronoun is a Word fet before a Noun , either
to Shew it, or putin ic's Place, when the repeat
ing of the Noun wou'd be Ungrateful. And,
1. Such as ſhew the Noun, are called Demon
ſtratives ; as, Ego, Tu, Hic, Ijte, Ille, Is, Ipſe.
2. Thoſe that are put in the Place of a Noun,
are called Relatives ; as, Qui, Sui ; fo are Ille ,
Ijte, Ipſe, Is, & Hic, when alone in a Sentence.
3. Pronouns that denote ſomething belonging 10
one, are Named Poſſeſſives ; as, Meus, Tuus, Suus,
Nofter, Veſter, Noftras, Vetras.
4. Thoſe we uſe in Asking of Queſtions, are
called Interrogatives; as, Quis, Cujus, Uter. Of
Eight Part of Speech. 57
of the Four DECLENSIONS of

PRONOUN S.
The Firſt Declenſion contains theſe Three, Ego,

Tu, & Sui, thus declin’d.
Sing. Nom. Ego. Gen. mei. Dat. mihi. Ac. me.
Voc. is wanting. Abl. me.
Plu . Nom. Nos. Gen. noſtrum vel noſtri. Dat. no
obis. Acc. nos. Voc. is wanting. Abl. nobis.
Sing. Nom.Tu. Gen. tui. Dat. tibi. Acc. te. Voc.
tu . Abl . te.
Plu. Nom . Vos. Gen.veſtrum , ve! veftri. Dat. vobis.
Acc . vos. Voc. vos. Abl . vobis.
Sing. S Nom. is wanting. Gen. Sui. Dat.fibi. Acc.ſe.
Plu. 2 Voc. is wanting. Abl se.
* Note, That the Pronouns Sulſt antivesare always
taken to be of the fame Gender with the Nouns
for which they are put.
*. Theſe Three Pronouns are of any Gender.
When they are Compounded with Met, Te, they
are Emphatical ; as, Egomet, Tute, &c.
Singulariter
The Second Declenſion , has theſe Six , Ille, Ipfe,

Pluraliter
Ifte, Hic, Is , & Qui. Its Genitive Ends in ius orjus.

Nom. Ifte, iſta, iſtud. Nom . iſti, iſtæ, iſta.
Gen. iſtius. G. iftoru ,iſtaru iſto
Dat. ifti. Dat. iftis. ( rum .
Ac.iſtum , iſtam iſtud. Acc.iſtos, iſtas,ifta.
Voc. is wanting: Voc . is wanting:
Abl. iſto , ifta, itto . ( Abl. iſtis,
IS
Singulariter
Ille and ipſe are declined like iſte only ipſe mak
Pluraliter
cth not ipſud, but ipſum . Hic, hæc, hoe,as before.
Nom . Is, ea , id Nom . ii , eæ , ea .
Gen. ejus G. eorum , caru , eoru
Dat: ei Dt.iis vel eis
Acc.eum , eam, id ACC . eos, cas, ea
Singulariter
Voc. is wanting Voc.is wanting
Pluraliter
Abl. eo , ea , eo Abl.iis vel eis
Nom . Qui , quæ ,quod Nom . qui , que que

Gen. cujus
G.quor.arum orum
Dat. cui D.quibus vel queis
Ac.quem ,quam , quod Acc.quos quas,quæ
Voc. is wanting (qui Voc. is wanting
Abl. quo,qua ,quo ,vel Ab.quibus,velqueis
* Is Compounded with dem is thus declin'd.
Nom. Idein , eadem ; idem .
Gen. Ejusdem
Sing Dat. Eidem ,
Acc. Eundem, eandem , idem.
Voc . it wants,
Ab. Eodem, eadem , eodem.
! Nom. Iidem , eædem , eadem,
Gen. Eorundem , earundem, eorun
Dat. Eisdem or iisdem. (dem.
Plur.
Acc. Eosdem , eafdem , eosdem.
Voc: It wants.
11.Ab. Eisdem or iisdem .
Qui
Fight parts of Speech. 59
Qui is compounded with the Particles Dam,
Vis, Libet, Cuncq; and declin'd much after the
ſame Manner, with the former.
* Quis the Interrogative is declin'd thus. 1
Nom . Quis , qu£, quid.

Ac. Quem, quam , quid.
In the reſt like Qui. It is alſo Compounded
with theſe following Particles.
1
Nam . as ; Quiſnam , quænam , quidnam , &c.
Ec. Ecquis, ecqua , ecquod or ecquid.
Nun. . Nunquis, nunque ,nunquod or quid .
Si, Siquis, fiqua or ſiquæ, fiquod or quid.
Theſe Six Meus, Tuus, Suus, Noſter, Veſter and
Cujus, be of the third Declenſion, and declined like
Nouns Adjectives of three Terminations, in this .
wile.
Meus, mea, metuen, &c. Noſter, noſtra, noſtrum ,

&c. only meus in the Vocative Singular makes mi,
mea, meum, and not mee. And of Cujus, there is
ſcarce any thing read but cuja , cujam and cujum .
The Fourth DECLENSION.

ContainsPronouns ending in as, ſuch as, Cujas ,
Veftras, Noftras ; to this alſo belong Nouns
Gentiles in as ; as, Ravennas, Arpinas, & c. all
which are to be declin'd like Felix ,
* Note
!
* Note, That the Vocative in all theſe Declen
fions may be allign'd to every Pronoun , except Ego,
becauſe when the Senſe requires it, they may be
ſo us’d ; as, Eſto nunc fol teftis , & hæc mihi terra
precanti. Virg.
of a VERB.
A Verb is a Word that cannot Signify any thing
without a Noun, and it is known by Two Signitica
tions. Aition ; as, Seco I cut, Secor I am cut : or Biing ;
as, Sum I ain .
Of Verbs there are Two forts, either Perfonal or
Imperfonal.
A Verb Perfonal is a Verb that has Perſonseither
espreſs'd or underſtood : For which Rcafon it tor
rows from the Pronoun ; Ego, Tu , Ille ; Plur. Nos,
Vos, Illi; to ſupply the Names of Perfons, or Things.
* All Nouns, Pronouns, and Participles, except
Ego and Tu, are of the third Perſon.
A Verb Imperſonal is. Conjugated thro' the third
Perſon Singular of the Ative and Palive Voice, and
is cominonly known by the Engliſh Signs it or there ;
as, Tedet it irketb. Oportet Aliquem elle, there muſt be
ſome Body.
There are Three kinds of Verbs Perſonals; Aitive,
Paſive, and Neuter.
A Verb Active ends in o, and cannot make senſe
without a Word after it , to ſhew it's Action ; as , Se
co Pomum I cut an Apple. Amo Ludere. Video Ma
giftrum. And by putting r to it, it may be inade
Pallive ; as, Secor
A Verb Paljive ends in or, having commonly theſe
Eight Signs, (am, are, art, is, iwas, were, been, be)
and Reflects it's Actionupon the foregoing Perſon ;
as, Secor I am cut : Which again by putting away
I may be made Active ; as , Seco.
A Verb Neuter ends in o, or, or m, and whether
it's Signification be Active or Paffive , is Intranſi
tive ; that is, it will not admit of an Accuſative
Caſe after it : as ; Gaudeo I am glad. When it ends
in o it is diſtinguiſh'd from an Active , by being
Senſe alone ; as ,curro I run. Hither may be Re
ferr’d Verbs Subſtantives, that only fignify the bare
Being of any Thing; as, Sum , exiſto, & c.
* Verbs Neuters in Imitation of the Greeks fome.
times govern Acculatives after them, but then they
are ſuch, as have a hear Relation to the Verb ; as,
Vivere
*
vitam , Loqui verbum.
Note , That when it ends in or that in ſome
Words it has both Active and Paſſive Significati
on ;as, o fonlorte I kiſs thee,ofulor a te I am kiſſed
of thee.
Likewiſe in 9 as, Agroto,Iam ſick, Curro I run.
But not in the ſame Word.
VERBS expreſs the Three Differences of

TIME, ( before, now, and after ) five ſeveral
Ways ; call'd' , TENSES.
As, The Preſent Tenſe denotes the time now ; as,
Amo I love.
The Imperfe&t Tenſe denotes the time not perfe&tly
paſt as
The Perfect Tenſe denotes a thing already done ;
as, Amavi I have loved,
The
The Pluperfect Tenſe' denotes fomething done a
while Since ; as, Amaveram , I had lov'd.
The Future Tenſe denotes the Time to come ;
as, Amabo I ſhall or will Love.
Next it is neceſſary to be known that Verbs Ana
ſwer the two Numbers Singular, and Plural ; and
have for their Six Variations Six Perſons. Thus,
Ego amo, tu amas, ille amat. Plur. Nos,
Anamus, vos amatis, illi amant.
VERBS alſo have Four MOOD S to
thew the Manner of any ACTION ,
viz. The Indicative, Potential,
Imperative, & Infinitive.
1. The Indicative Mood, poſitively affirms Some
thing done, a doing, or to be done ; as, I do, did ,
have, had, hill or will love.
2. Imperative, bids or Commands ; as, Lege
Read thou .
The Potential is a Mood that denotes Liberty,
Power, or Duty of doing ; as, I may, might ; can
or cou’d ; ought or mou'd Read .
* When it has a Conjunction join'd to it, it is
call’d Subjunctive; and when an Adverb of wiſhing
it is call'd Optative ; as,
Cum amem, when I love.
Utinam amem, God Grant I love.
The Infinitive Mood, ſhews the Naked Significa
tion of the Verb ; without any Number Perſon or
Tenſe ; it's Sign in Engliſh is To ; as, Amare to Love.
Το
1

To this Mood belong Gerunds, and Supins, which
ſhall be treated of in their proper Place.
VERBS have Four CONJUGATIONS.

Which are Diverſified according to thefollow
ing TERMINATIONS, and CHANGES:
1. The Firſt CONJUGATION varies o , by a long,
thus 0 , as , äre, avi, atum, as ; Amo, amas, amare,
amavi, amatum .
2 , The Second CONJUGATION varies eo, by e long
thus, eo, es, ēre, ui, itum , as ; Moneo, mones, moníi mo
nère monitum .
3. The Third CONJUGATION varies Thus, 0, is,
éré, i, tum & fum . as ; Lego, legis, legi, legere,
lectum.
4. The Fourth CONFUGATION varies io, by i long,
thus ; as, Audio, audis, audivi, audire,auditum .
* There are Three Principal Parts of a Verb, from

which the reſt are Form’d, the Preſent Tenſe, Perfect
Tenſe, and the Firſt Supine: According to which Mes
thod I have ſet down the Verbs following.
The
The Firſt CONJUGATIO N.
Preſent Line Preter Line.
Ative. Paſive. Indic. Active .
Indicative. Preſ. Amo. or . Pret. Amavi,
Iimperf. Amăbam , abar. Pluperf. Amaviram
Future . Amibo. abor. Subjunktive
Imperative. Pref. Ama. äre, Pret. Ainaverim .
er
Subjunctive . Pref. Amem. Pluperf. Amaviſſem . li
Imperf. Amarem . ärer. Future. Amavëro.
Infinitive. Preſ. Amāre. ari. Infinitive,
Particip . Pref. Amans.Fu.andus. Pret. Amaviffe.
Gerunds. Amandi, ando, andum .
* Note, That the Preter Line Paſſive is made of the
Participle of the Preter Tenſe and the Verb Sum.
Supine Line.
Firſt Sup. Amatum , to love.
Latter Sup. Amatu , to be lov’d . (or likely to l.
Particip. in rus Amatūrus, one that ſhall,willis abt.
Particip. of the Pret.Amatus, onethat isor has been l’d.
Fut. Infinit. Amaturum efle, will, about or likely
( to love.
The Second CONJUGATIO N.
Prefent Line . Preter Line.
Aktive. . Paffive. Ind . Active.
Indicative Pref. Moneo . Or . Pret. Monži .
Imperf. Monēbam . ebar. Pluper . Monuěr am
Future. Monebo. ebor: Subjunctive.
Imperative Preſ. Mone ire. Pret. Monuerim .
Subjunctive Prej. Moneam . ear. Pluper.Monuiſem .
Imperf. Monerer črer, Futur. Monuěro.
Infinitive Pref. Monēre. eri. Infinitive.
Particip. Preſ. Monens Fn.endus. Preter. Monuiſe.
Gerunds. Monendi, endo, endum .
Firſt
111 Supiné Line.
né
Firſt Sup." Monitum , to warn .
Latter Sup. Monitu, to be warn'd .
Particip. in ruso Moniturus, one that ſhallwill,is about
(or likely to barn .
Particip. of the Pret. Monitus; one that is or has been
(warn'd .
Fut. Infinit. Moniturum , efle, will, about, or
( likely to warn .
The Third CONJUGATIO N.

Preſent Line. Preter Line.
Ative . Paſive. Ind. Azive.
Indicative Pref. Lego. ór. Pret. Legi.
Imperf. Legebam . ebar. Pluperf.Legeram .
Future. Legam . ar. Subjuntive.
Imperative. Pref. Lege. ëre. Pret. Legerim .
Subjun :tive.Preſ. Legam . ar.
Pluperf. Legifjem .
Imperf. Legerem . erer. Future. Legero.
Infinitive, Preſ. Legere. Legi. Infinitive
Particip. Prej. Legens. Fut. endus. Pret. Legiſſe.
Gerunds. Legendi,endo,endum.
11. Supine Line.
Firſt . Sup. Lectum, to Read.
Latter Sup. • Lectu ," to be Read
Particip. in rus. Lectürus, one that ſhall,will isabt.
Particip. of the Pret. Lectus, Read. ( orlikely toRead
1 Fut. Infinit. Lectarum eſſe, will about or like
( ly to Read.
E The
The Fourth GONJUGATION.
Preſent Line. Preter Line.
Active, Palive. Ind . Active.
Indicative. Preſ. Audio , ior . Pret.Audivi.
Imperf. Audiebam , ebar. Plup.Audivěr am .
Future . Audiam iar. - Subjunctive
Imperative Pref. Audi, ire. Pret.Audivérim .
Subjuntive Pref. Audiam , iar. Plup. Audiviffem
imperf. Audirem, irer, Fut Audivěro.
Infinitive. Preſ. Audire, iri . Infinitive.
Particip. Pref. Audiens. Fut. endus Prêt.Audiviſſe.
Gerunds Audiendi,iendo,iendum .
Supine Line.
Firſt Sup. Auditum , to Hear.
Latter Sup Auditu , to be Hear'd .
Particip. in rus. Auditūrus, one thatMall,will ,is abt.
Particip.of the Pret. Auditus, keard.orlikelyto beheard
Fut . Infin. Auditòrum eſſe,will, about, or like
( ly to be heard .
-
The First CONJUGATION in 0 , making 1
1
AR E long.
AMO , AMAS. AMAVI , AMARE . AMATUM .
The INDICATIVE MOOD .
Preſent Tenſe
Sing. Plur .
1. Amo, I Love, or do love. | Amămus, we love,or do l.
2. Amas,Thouloveft or doft I. Amātis, Ye love,or do 1.
3. Amat, He loveth, loves, Amant, They love, or do
(or does love. ( love:
Im
is the
Imperfect Tenſe.
Sing Plur:
1. Amäbam , I loved , or did | Amabāmus, We loved one
(love . ( did love.
2. Amabas , Thou lovedſt or Amabātis, Te loved or
(didft love. (did love.
3. Amabat, Heloved ,or did Ainābant, They loved or
( love. (did love.
Perfect Tenſe.
1. Amāvi, I have loved . Amavimus, We have 1?
2. Amaviſti, Thou haſt lov- Amaviſtis, Te bave love
(ed. (ed .
3. Amăvit , He has lov- Amavērunt '?
( ed. | or Amavēres Theyhavel.
Pluperfect Tenſe.
1. Amaveram , I had lov- | Amaverāmus, We had
( ed . ( loved ,
2. Amavéras, Thou badjt Amaverātis, Te had love 1
( loved. ed ,
3. Amaverat, He had lov- Amavérant, Theyhadlov
(ed. (ed
Future Tenſe.
1. Amabo, I shall or will | Amabimus, We shall or
(love. (will love.
5. Amābis, Thou shalt.or Amabitis, le Shall or will
wilt love. love.
3: Amabit, He fall orwill Amabunt, They ſhallor will
(love. ( love.
E 2 The
}
ion
68 An Introduct to the
The IM PERATIVE MOOD.

Preſent Tenſe.
Sing Plur .
2. Aina, üté, love thou. Amate, atöte, loveyeo
Amanto, let them love.
3. Amāto, let him love.
The SUB JUNCTIVE POTENTI
AL or OPTATIVE MOOD .
Preſent Tenſe .
MOOD
Sing Plur ..
1. Amem , I love, or máy Amněmus, We love, or may
( love. (love.
2. Ames, Thou loveſt, or Amētis, Ye love, or may
( love .
(mayſt love.
3o Amet , He loveth, or Ament, They love, or may
(may love . ( love.
Imperfect Tenſe .
1. Amārem, I loved , or | Amarēmus, We loved , or
(might love. (might love.
2. Amăres Thou lovedſt ,| Amarētis , Te loved ,or might
love .
(or mightft love.
3. Ainaret,Heloved ,or Amarent, They loved , or
(might love. I (might love .
Perfect
Eight Parts of Speech. -
69
Perfect Tenſe.
1. Amavěrim, Ihaveloved,| Amaverimus, We have lo
for might have loved. T ved , or mighthave l.
2. Amaveris, Thou haſt lo- Amaveritis, Te bave loved,
ved , or might'st have.l. (or might have loved.
3. Amavërit, Hehasloved Amaverint , They have lo
(or might have I. (ved, or might havel.
Pluperfe &t Tenſe.
1. Amaviſſem , I had loved . | Amavillemus We hadlov’d .
2 Amavilles, Thou hadſt l. Amavilletis, Te had loved
3. Ainaviſſet, He had loved . | Amavillent, They had l.
Preter -Future Tenſe.
1. Amavero, IJhall have Ainaverimus, We all have
1. ( loved. ( loved.
2. Amayeris, Thou malt: Amaveritis, te fhall have
( have loved. ( loved.
3. Amavërit, Heshall have Amaverint, Theyſhallhave
( loved. ( loved,
The INFINITIVE MOOD,

Preſ. & Imperf. Amare, to love.
Perfe&t. & Pluperf. Amaviſſe, To have or bad been Id.
Fut. Amaturum efle, Will, about, or likely to love.
PARTICIPLES . GERUNDS. I SLIPINES
Pr. Hic, bæc, hoc Amans | Amandi, Amatum
one thatI's, or is loving . Of loving To love.
Fut. Amaturus,ra,rum , Amando, Amatu ,
one that is, jhall , will, For in by Ing . To be loved
or is about , or likely to Amandum .
love. Muſt, or to 1,
E 3 It
It is neceſſary in this place, to have the Verb Sum
becaule it is an Auxiliary Verb for the Paſſive Voice.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
Sing. Plur.
1. Sum, I am . Sumus , We are .
2. Es, Thou art. Eſtis, Te are.
3. Eft, He is. Sunt. They are.
Like this the Compound Poſſum.
Poffum , potes, poteſt. | Poljumus, poteftis, poſſunt,
Imperfect Tenſe.
1. Eram, I was. Eramus, We were.
2. Eras, Thou wert. Eratis , Ye were .
3. Erat, He was. Erant, They were.
Poteram, &c.
Perfect Tenſe .
1. Fui, I have been. Fuimus, We have been .
2. Fuiſti, Thou haſt been. Fuiftis, Ye have been.
3. Fuit, He has been. Fuerunt, or ere, They have
( been.
Potui, ifi, it. | Potuimus, iftis,erunt ,or ere.
Pluperfect Tenſe.
1. Fueram , I had been. Fueramus, We had been .
2. Fueras, Thou badít been . 1 Fueratis, Te had been.
zi Fuerat, Hehad been. Fuerant, They bad been:
Potheram , & c . I was able & c.
Fus
Light Parts of Speech. 71
Future Tenſe.
Sing Plur.
1.Ero , I ſhall or will be. Erimus,Wafballor willbe
1. Eris, Thoufhaltor wilt be. Eritis, Tejhall or will be.
3. Erit, Heſhall or will bé. Erunt,heyſhall
I or willbe
Potero, &c.
--
IMPERATIVE MOOD .
Preſent Tenſe .
2. Es, eſto , Be thou . Eftote, Be ye.

1 Sunt
3. Eſto, Let him be. o , Let' them be.
SUBJUNCTIVE, OPTATIVE,
Or, POTENTIAL MOOD.
Preſent Tenſe.
1. Sim , Imay or can be. Simus,We may or can be

2.Sis,Thou mayt or canſt be Sitis, Te máy or can be.
3. Sit, He may or 'can be. Sint, They may or can be.
Pofl-im , &c.
*Tenſe
Imperfect Tenſe.
1. Effem , Imightor cou'd | Effemus, We might of
(be. ( cou'd be
2. Effes, Thou mightft or Effetis, Te might or cou'd
( coud't be. (be.
3. Effet,He might or cou'd Effent, They mightor
(be " (cou'd be.
Poffem & c: Pers
.
ion o he
²가 In Introduft t t
Perfect Tenſe.
Sing. Plur
s . Fuerim , Imight dr cou'd . Fuerimus We might or
(have been (cou'd have been .
2. Fueris, Thou might ft or Fueritis, Ye mightprcou'd
( coud't have been . (bave been
3. Fuerit,Hemightor cou'd Fuerint , They might or
(have been takaou'd have been ..
Patuerim & c,
Přuperfect Tenſe.
1. Fuiſſem , Imightorcou'd
(have had been. | Fuiffemas, We mightor
(Cou'd have bad been .
2. Fuiſſes, Thou migheft or Fuiffetis, Ye mig bt or
( coudſt bave had been. icou'd have bad beer.
3. Fuiſſet,He might or cond. Fuiffent, They might ar
. (have had been ., ( gum havehad beer.
Potuillem & c.
Future Tenſe.
1.Fuero, Iſhall or will be. Fuerimus, We(will
hellor
be.
2. Fueris, You shallorwill Fueritis, Te fallor will
(be. fle.
3. Potuero
Fuerit, He shall or will Fuerint, They shall or
& c. (be, (will be
INFINITIVE MOOD.
Efe, To be. is I
Pofſe,To be able.
Preter and Pluperfect Tenſe.
Fuiffe, To have or had heen .
Potuiffe, To have er had beeæ able.
Future
Eight Parts of Speech . 73片
Future Tenfe .
Fore or Futurum efle, to be hereafter.

* Sum has its Preter Tenſes, from the old Verb Fuo,
nor has it any.Participles but'in Compoſition; as,
Abſens, Prefens: Tho' Philoſophers uſe Ens and Elſendi.
The First CONJUGATION
Through the Paſſive Voice.
AMOR. AMARIS. AMARI, AMATUS,
AMANDUS.
INDICATIVE MOOD .
.
Preſent Tenſe . i
Sing. Plur:
1. Amor , I am loved . Amămur, We are loved.
2.Amāris ,orre ,Thou art ld : Amamini, Te are loved ,
3.Amatur, He is loved . Amantur, They are loved .
Imperfect Tenſe.
1. Amābar, I was loved. | Amalaāmur, Wewere loved.
2. Amábaris, or re, Thou Amabamini , ye pere lo
wast Loved. ( ved .
3. Amabātur , He was Amabantur , They were lo
(loved. I (ved.
Perfect
Perfect Tenſe.
Sing. Plur.
1. Amatus fui, I have | Amati fuimus, We have
(been loved. (been loved.
2. Amatus fuifti, Thon Amati fuiſtis, Te have been
( haft been loved . (loved,
3. Amatus fuit, He has | Amati fuerunt, Theyhave
( been loved. (been loved.
Pluperfect Tenſe.
1. Amatus fuer am , Ihad Amati fueramus, We had
(been loved. (been loved
2. Amatus fueras, Thon Amati fueratis, Te had
1
hadſt been loved. ( been loved
3. Amatus fuerat,He bad Amati fuerant, They had
(been loved. (been loved.
Future Tenſe.
1. Amābor, Ishallor will.| Amabimur, We ſhall or
(be loved . ( will be loved.
2. Amabëris, Thou ſhalt Amabimini, Ye Mallor will
(or wilt be loved ( be loved.
Amabitur, He fall or Amabuntur, They mall or
(will be loved. (will be loved.
IMPERI
IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Preſent Tenſe.
Sing. Plur.
2. Amāre, ator, be thau Amamini, aminor be ye
( loved . ( loved .
3.Amātor, let him be lov- Amantor , Let thembelov
(ed . (ed.
The SUBJUNCTIVE, POTENTIAL, and

OPTATIVE MOOD .
Preſent Tenſe,
2. Amer, I may be loved. | Amêmur, We may be loved.
2. Amèris, or ére, Thon Aměmini, le may be love
(mayſt be loved. (ed.
3. Amètur, He may be | Amentur, They may be lov
( lou'd (ed.
Imperfect Tenſe.
1. Amărer, I was loved. | Amarēmur, We wereloved.
2. Amarèris,or čre, Thou Amarēmini, Te were lov
(wert loved. (ed :
3. Amarētur, He was lov- Amarentur, Theywerelov
(ed. (ed.
Perfect
76 An Introduzion to the
Perfect Tenſe .
Sing . Plur.
1. Amatus fuerim , I have | Amati fuerimus, We have
been loved. ( been loved.
2. Amatus fueris,been haffd . | Amati fueritis
Thoulove , Te have
s been loved,
3. Amatus fuerit, He has Amati fuerint, They have
(been loved . been loved.
Pluperfect Tenſe.
1. Amatus fuiſſem, I had Amati fuiffemus, Wehad
been lived, been loved .
2. Amatus fuiſſes, Thou | Amati fuiſſetis, Te bad
(hadſt been loved. been loved.
3. Amatus fuifjet, He had Amati fuisſent, They had
been loved. ( been loved.
Future Tenſe.
1. Amatus fuero, Imall or | Amați fuerimus,WeMall

(will be loved. ( or will be loved.
2. Amatus fueris, Thou Malt Amati fueritis, Ye Shall
( or wilt be loved, ( or will be loved .
3. Amatusfuerit, Heſhallor Amati fuerint, They Mall
(will be loved. (or wil le loved.
Infinitive.
Pref. & Imperf. Amāri, to be loved.
Perf. & pluperf. Amatum eſſe or fuiſſe ,was, or had been
loved .
Fut.Amatum iri or Amandum eft, Will or wou'd be
Loved . * No
Eight Parts of Speech, 77
* No Gerunds or Supins belong to Verbs in or,
Except they be ſuch as ſignify Ait ively; as, Teftor, to
Witneſs. Conor, to Endeavour, & c.
Note, That the Potential Signs, may, can, might;
cou'd , are Expreſs’d by Poſſum , Valeo, Queo, Licet ;
1
wou'd by Vole , Libet ; Ought, and Mou'd by Decet,
Oportet, Opus ejt, & c.
The Second CONJUGATION in Eo,

making Ere long:
MONEO . MONES . MONUI . MONERE .
MONITUM
The INDICATIVE MOOD.

[
Preſent Tenſe.
..in
Plur:
Sing
1.Moneo, I warn, or do Moněmus, We warn or de
(warn. (warn :
2. Mones, Thou warneſt, Monētis , Te warn , or do
(wa a rn
(or doſt warn.
3. Monet, He warneth, Monent, They warn or do
(warns, or doth warn . (warn .
Imperfe &i
Imperfect Tenſe.
Sing Plur.
1. Monlebam , Iwarned, or | Monebāmus, We warned
(did . warn (or did warn.
2. N. anebas. Thou warnedft, Monebātis, Te warned or
( or didft warn . ( did warn .
3. Monebat , He warned, or Monebant, They warned
wa
(did rn . ( or did warn .
Perfect Tenſe .
ab 10
1. Menúi , I have warn'd . Monuimus, We have w
2. Monuifti, Thou haſt w. Monuiftis, we have w.
3. Monuit, He has wara'd . Mon uerunt
orMonuêre They have,10
Pluperfect Tenſe.
1. Monuër am , I had w. Monuerāmus, We had v0?
2. Monkeras , Thou hadftw . Monuerātis, Te bad w .
3. Monuërat, He had w. Monuerant, Tbey had w.
Future Tenſe:
1.Monebo, Iſhall, or will | Monebimus, We mall or
( warn . (will warn.
2. Monēbis, Thoushalt or Monebitis, Teshall or will !
( wilt warn . (warn .

3. Monèbit, He shall or Monēbunt, They fall or
itor (willwarn .lj (will warn.
The
Eight Parts of speech 79
The IMPERATIVE MOOD.

Preſent Tenſe.
Sing. Plur.
2. Monē ēto ,Warn Thou. Monête, etöte, warnte!
3. Monēto , let Him warn. Monento, Let them warn.
The SUBJUNCTIV E, POTENTIŅ

AL or OPTATIVE MOOD.
Preſent Tenſe .
1. Moneam , I warn , or may | Moneamus, We warn or

(warn. (may warn .
2. Moneas, Thou warneſt Moneatis, Te warn or may
(or mayſt warn . (warn .
3. Moneat,He warneth, or Moneant, They warn or
(may warn . ( may warm
Imperfect Tenſe.
1.Monerem , i warned or Monerēmus, We warn'd
(might warn. ( or might warn .
2. Monēres, Thou warnedfit Monerētis, Te warnd or
(or mightft warn. (might warn .
3. Moneret, He warned or Monèrent, Theywarndor
(might warn. (might warni
Perfect
Perfect Tenſe.
Sing. Plur .
1. Monuérin , I wårn'd, or Monzerimus , We have
[might have warn’d. [warn’d ormight have w.
2. Monueris,Thou warned '; ! Monueritis; Te have w .
[or mightſt have warn'd. [or might have warnid.
3. Monuerit, He has warnd Monuerint . They have w .
Eor might havewarn'd : [ or.might have warn'd .
Pluperfect Tenſe.
1. Monuiffem ; I bad warn'd : Monuiffemus, We had n .
2 , Monuiffes , Thou hadt w. Monni fetiš, Te had w.
3. Monu ilet, Hebud warn’d. Monuiſsent, ' They had w.
Preter-Future Tenſe .
1. Montëro , I shall have | Monuerimus , W : shall
[warnd. [ have warnd.
2. Monueris,Thou ſhalt have Monueritis, Ye Shall bave
[ ward, [warn'd.
3.Monuerit, He shall have Monuerint, They Mall
Inspe[warn'd. [ have warn de
The INFINITIVE MOOD
Pres. & Imperf. Monêre to warn. Perf. & Pluperf.

Monniketa have or had warn’d . Moniturum effe, Willi
alont , or likely to warn.
PARTICIPLES. GERUNDS. SUPINES
Prej.Hic bec hoc Monens. · Monendi Monitum ,
one that warns, or is Of warning To warn .
warning ? Monends, Monitu ,
Fut. Monitūrus,ra,rum . For, in, by w. To bewarnd .
one that is,ſall, will, or Monendum,
is about,or likely to warn. ' muſt or to W.
The Second CONJUGATION

;
Through the Paſſive Voice.
MONEOR . MONERIS -RE. MONERI. MONI
TUS . MONENDUS.
INDICATIVE MOOD.
Preſent Tenfe.
Sing Plur.
1. Moneor, I am warn'd. Moněmur, We are warn'd .
2. Monēris, or re, Thou art Monēmini, ye are warn'd.
(warn'd . ( warn'd .
3. Monētur, He is warnd. / Monentur , They are
1
Inperfect Tenſe.
1
1. Monébar,Iwas warn’d . ( Monebāmur, Wewere

2. Monebāris or re , you Momebāmini , ge were
jy were warn'd. (warnido,
3 . Monebatur , He Was W. | Mombantur, They were pa .
1 Perfect Tenſe.
1. Monitus fui, Ihavebeen | Móniti fuimus, We have

(warn'd . ( been warnd .
2. Monitusfuiſti,you have Moniti fuiftis, ye have
( been warn'd .
( been warn'd.
3. Monitus fuit, He has- Monitifuerunt,or ere,They
( been parnd. (bave been warn'd .
Pluper
Pluperfect Tenſe.
Sing: Plur.
1. Monitus fueram ,I had | Moniti fueramus, We had
( been warn'd . (been warn'd .
2. Monitus fueras, Thou Monitį fueratis , Te had
( had'ſt been warn'd . ( been warn'd.
3. Monitus fuerat,He had Moniti fuerant, They had
(been warn'd . (been warn'd .
Future Tenſe 1
1. Monēbor, I ſhall or will | Monebimur,WeMall or will

be warn'd . [ be warn'a.
2. Monebëris, Thou ſhaltor Monebimini; ye halor will
(wilt be w. [ 'be warn'd.
3. Monebitur, Heſhall or Monebuntur, They ſhall og
(will be w. [ will be warn'd .
IMPERATIVE MOOD .
Preſent Tenſe.
2. Monere, etor,Bethouw. Monimini, be Te warn'd.

3.. Monětor , Let him bew . Monentor, let Them be w..
THE SUBJUNCTIVE, POTENTI
AL, Or, OPTATIVE MOOD.
1. Monear , I may be w. Moneamur , We may be wo .
2. Moneāris, or re, Thor Mone amini, le may be
[mayſt be warnd [ warn'd.
3. Mopeãtur, Hemay be w. Moneantur, They may be w.
Im
Eight Parts of Speech: 81
Imprəfect Tenſe.
Sing. Plur,
1. Moněrer, I was warn’d. , Monerēmur, We were w.
2.Monereris or re , Thou Moneremini , Te were
waſt warn'd. [ warnd.
3. Moneretur, He was w. Monerentur, They were w.
Perfect Tenſe.
1. Monitus fuerim , I have | Moniti fuerimus, We have

[been warnd. [ been warn’d .
2. Monitus fueris , Thou Moniti fueritis, Ye have
[ haft been warnd. [ been warn’d.
3. Monitus fuerit, He has Móniti fuerint, They have
[ been warn'da [ been warnd
Pluperfect Tenſe:
1. Monitus fuiffem , I had | Moniti fuiſſemus, We had
[ been warnd. [ been warn'd .
2.Monitus fuiſſes, Thou Moniti fuiſſetis , Ye had
[ hadft been warnd. [ been warn'd .
3. Monitusfuiſſet,He had' Moniti fuiſſent, They had
[ been warnd. [ been warnd.
Future Tenſe.
1. Monitus fuero, I ſhall or | Moniti fuerimus, Wejhall

[ will be warnd. [ or will be warn'd.
2. Monitus fueris , Thou Moniti fueritis, YeMallor .
[ ſhalt or wilt be warned. [will be warn'd .
3. Menitusfuerit, Hefall Moniti fuerint, They ſhall
Cor will be warnd. [ or will be warnd.
F2 Ins
SA An Introd to the
u ction
The INFINITI V E.
Pref. & Imperf. Moneri, To be warn’d .
Perf. & pluperf. Monitum eſſe or fuiſſe,was, or had
been warnd.
Fut. Monitum iri, or Monondum effe,fallor muſt be
warn'd .
The Third CONJUGATION in 0 ,
L
making ert Short.
LEGO. LEGIS , LEGI. LEGERE, LECTUM .
The INDICATI VE MOOD .

Preſent Tenſe.
Plur .
Sing1 Read or do read. | Legimus, We read or do r .
1. Lego,
2. Legis, Thou readeft or Legitis, ye read or do r.
[dost read.
3.Legit,Hereads ordoesr. | Legunt They read or dor.
Födig, fodis , fodit. : Fodimus, foditis, fodiunt.
Imperfect Tenſe.
1. Lege ,Iread ordidr. Legebāmus, Wer.or did r.
ba m
2. Legebas, Thor readft or Legebätis, ye road or did
[ didft read. [ read.
3. Legebat, He read or did Legēbant, They read or did
[ read . [reado
Perfect Tenſe.
1. Legi, I have read. Legimus, We have read.
2. Legiti, Thou'baft road. Legiftis, ge bave read.
3. Legit, He has read. Legērunt,orêre theyhaver . IM
Fodi, fodiſti, fodit . Fodimus , fodiſtis, foderunt,
[ or ère ,
Plupers
Eight Parts of Speech . 85
Pluperfect Tenſe.
Şing. Plur.
1. Legéram , Ihad read. Legerämus, We had read.
2. Legeras ,Thou hadft r. Leger atis, ye had read.
3. Legerat, He had read. | Legerant, They had read,
Future Tenſe.
1. Legam , I ſhall orwill Legēmus, We ſisall or will
[ read. ( read.
2. Leges , Thou shalt or Legêtis, ye ſhall or will
[ wilt read. [ read.
3. Le ge t, Hes bal l or wil l Leg ent, The y sha ll or will
[ read: [ read.
* Fodiam ,fodies, fodiet. Fodiemus, fodietis,fodient.
The IMPERATIVE MOOD .
Preſent Tenſe.
2. Lege ito, Read thou. Legite, öte, Read ye.
|
3. Legito , Lethim read. | Legunto, Let them read,
Fode, ito, & c.
The SUBJUNCTIVE, POTENTIAL, Or
OPTATIVE MOOD .
Preſent Tenſe.
1. Legam, I read or mayr. | Legamus, We r.or mayr,
2. Legas, Thou readejt or Legatis, ye read or may
( mayt read. ( read .
3. Legat ,' He readeth or Legant, They read or may
I may read . ( read.
Fodiam , fodias, fodiat. Fodiemus, fodiatis, fodia
( ant .
Per
Imperfect Tenſe .
Sing. Plur:
1. Legerem , I did or | Legerēmus, We did or
(might re ad. (might read . :
2. Legëres, Thou didst, Legerētis , ye did, or
Cor mightſtread. (might read .
3. Legëret, He did or Legërent ,They did or might
might read read .
Foderem ,foderes,foderet. Foderēmus, foderētis ,foderent,
Perfect Tenſe.
1. Legérim , I have read | Legerimus, We have read

Çor might have read. [ ormight bave read.
2. Legëris, Thou haſt read, | Legeritis, Te have read or
[ormight'ſt have read. might have read .
3. Legerit, Hehas read or Legerint, They have reador
[ might have read. (might have read.
Foderim , foderis, foderit, Foderimus, foderitis, fode
( rint.
11
Pluperfect Tenſe. 2
10
1. Legiſſem , Ihadread. | Legiffemus, We had read. M
2. Legilles,Thou hadftr. Legiſſetis, Te had read. ic
3. Legiſset, He had r. Legiffent,They had read.
Fodiljem , fodiſſes,fodij- ' Fodifſemus, fodiſfetis, fodif
(fet, ( Jent.
Preter
Eight Parts of speech 87
Preter - Future Tenfe.
Sing. Plur.
1. Legero, I shall have Legerimus, We shall have
(read. (read
2. Legëris, Thou Malt Legeritis, Te shall have
( have read. (read .
t
3. Legeri , HeMall have Legerint, They fall have
( read. ( read.
Fodero, foderis, foderit . ' Foderimus, foderitis , fode
(rint,
The INFINITIVE MOOD.
Pres.& Imperf.Legere, to read.

Perf.& pluperf. Legiſſé, to have or bad read.
Fut. Lecturum eſſe,Will, about, or likely to read,
Fodere, Fodiſſe, Foffurum effe.
PARTICIPLEȘ. GERUNDS. SUPINES.

Preſ.Hic hec hoc,Legens Legendi, of | Lectum , to
one that reads, or is reading read .
reading. do
Legen , for, Lectu, to be
Fut, Lecturus, ra, rum . in ,by,reading . read .
One that is,ſall,wil , Legendum ,
or is about, or likely muſt; or to
to read . be read.
Fodiens, fodiendi, do, dum. Foffum , fofly, foffurus•
F4 The
The Third CONJUGATION thro' the

Paſſive Voice.
LEGOR . LEGERIS-RE. LEGI. LECTUS:

LEGENDUS,
INDICATIVE MOOD.
Preſent Tenſe.
Sing. Plur.
3. Legor, I am read. | Legimur, We are read.
Thou. Legimini, le are read.
re, read
2. Legeris, or( art
3. Legitur, He is read. Leguntur. They are read.
or Lectus fum , & c.
Fodior , eris or ere,itur. 'Fodimur, imini, inntur :
Imperfect Tenſe.
1. Legēbar, I was read. | Legebamur, We were read.
2. Legebāris, or re, Thou Legebamini. Ye were read.
(waft read.
3. Legebatur, He was r. Legebantur, Theywere read .
or Lectus eram , &c. .
:
Fodiebar, fodiebaris, or Fodiebamur , fodiebamini,
( re, atur, ( fodiebantür.
Perfect
Eight Parts of Speech . 89
Perfect Tenſe.
Sing. Plur.
1. Le& us fui, I have been | Lecti fuimus, We bave
( read . (been read.
2. Leitus fuifti, Thou baft , Lecti fuiftis, Te have been
(been read. (read.
3. Lectusfuit, He has been | Lecti fuerunt,or,ere, They
(read. } ( have been read .
Foſſus fui,& c.
Pluperfect Tenſe.
1. Lectus fuer am , I bad | Lecti fueramus, We had
(been read . ( been reada
2. Lectus fueras, Thoubadst Lecti fuerātis , Te had
(been read. (been read .
3. Lectus fuerat, He bad Lecti fuerant, They had
(been read. ( beenread.
Fofus fueram , & c.
Future Tenſe.
.
3. r. Legar , I Mallor willbe | Legamur, We Mallor will
(read. (be read .
. 2. Legõris,or re, Ton shall Legemini, Te Mail or will
( or will be read. ( be read.
3. Legetur, He hall or Legentut, TheyMallor will
1.
(will be read. (be read.
* Fodiar,ieris, or, iere, ietur. Fodiemur , iemini, ientur,
1
" IMP ERA .
go An Introduktion to the
IMPERATIVE MOOD,
Preſent Tenſe.
Sing 1
Plur..
2. Legere, itor be thou r. Legimini ,iminor, be yer. WWW
3.Legitor, let him be read. Leguntor, let them ber.

Fodere itor , itor. Fodimini, iminor , iuntor . AT
VU
14
The SUBJUNCTIVE POTENTIAL, or OP V
TATIVE MOOD .
Preſent Tenſe.
1. Legar , I may be read . Legămur, We may be r;
2 Legaris, or re, Thou Legamini, Te may be read.
(mayſt be read.
3. Legătur,He may be r. Legantur, They may bër.
Or Lectus ſim ,&c. And thus in every Conjug.
* Fodiar, fodiaris, or are, Fodiamur, amini, antur,
(atur.
Imperfect Tenſe.
1. Legerer, I was read , Legerēmur, We were read.
2. Leger,ris,or ēre Thou Legeremini, Ye were read.
(waſt read .
3. Legeretur,He was r. Legerentur, Theywere read.
OrLe tus effem , & c.
Foderer, fodereris,or re, Foderemur, emini, entur.
( retur
Perfect
Perfect Tenſe.
Sing, Plur.
1. Lectus fuerim , I have | Lecti fuerimus, We have
( been read. (been read.
3.Lectus fueris, Thou haft Lecti fueritis, Ye have
(been read. (been read.
3. Leétus fuerit, He has Lecti fuerint, They bave
( been read. ( been reade
Foffus fuerim , &c.
Pluperfect Tenſe.
1. Lectusfuiſſem ,I had been | Lecti fuiſſemus, We had
(read. (been read
2. Lectus fuiſſes, Thou hadſt | Leéti fuiſſetis, Te had
( been read. (been read.
3. Lectus fuiſſet,He had been Lecti fuiſſent, They had
(read. (been reading
Future Tenſe ,
1. Lectus fuero, Iſball or | Lecti fuerimus, We soal

( will be read. ( or will be read .
2. Lectus fueris ,ThonSalt Le &ti fueritis, Te Mallbe
( or wilt be read. (or will read .
3:Lectus fuerit, He ſhall Lecti fuerint, They Mall
( be read. ( or will be read.
Foffus fuero, & c.
INFE
92 An Intraduzion to the
INFINITIVE MOOD .
Pref:& Imperf.Legi to be read.
Perf.& pluperf.Ledium effeorfuiffe,was or had been r .
Fut. Lectum iri or legendum effe, ſmall or muſt be r .
Fodi. Foffum eſſe or fuiffe Follum iri or fodiendum effe.
* Such Tenſes of Fodio, as are markºd with an
Aftterisk, are like the Fourth CONJUGATION ,
Theſe Fifteen VERB Š following, with their
Compounds, (Imitating the Third and Fourth) are of a
mixt CONJUGATION
Capio. Gradior. Patior.
Cupio. Jacio. Quario. And are all Con
Facio. Lacio. Specio.
Fodio. Morior . Rapio. jugated like Fodio.
Fugio . Pario. Sapio. J
Sapio.
The Fourth CONJUGATION in 10 ,
1
making IR E long. "X
AUDIO . AUDIS. AUDIRE, AUDIVI. AL

DITUM .
!
' INDICA TIVEMO OD
Preſent Tenſe.
Sing. Plur.
5, audio, I hear or do h. 1 Audimus,We hear or do b . 1
2.Audis, Thou beareſt , or Auditis, Ye bear or do

(doſt bear. (hear.
3:Audit, He hearsordoes Audiunt, They hearordo
(bear. ( hear.
Imperfect
.
Imperfect Tenſe.
Sing Plur.
s. Audiēbám, I heard or | Audiebāmus, We heard
3
( did bear. (or did bear .
2 Audiebas , Thou heardeſt | Audiebātis, Te heard or
for didſt bear. (did hear .
3. Audiebat, He heard or Audiebant, They heard or
(did bear. (did heard
Perfect Tenſe.
1. Audivi, I have heard. Audivimus,We have heard .

2. Audiviſti, Thou haſt h. Audiviſtis, Te have heard.
3. Audivit, He has heard. Audiverunt, or ēre, They
(have heard,
* Pluperfect Tenſe.
1. Audivėram , I bad heard. Audiverāmus, We bad 1 .
2, Audivéras, Thou hadjt b. Audiverātis, Te had b.
3. Audivërat,He bad beard. Audivèrant, They had bij
Future Tenſe.
1. Audiam , Ifall or will | Audiêmus, Weshallor will

{bear. (bear )
2, Audies, Thou Malt or Audiētis, Te mall or nim
(wilt hear . (heart
3. Audiet, Hejhallor will Audient, They Mallor will
( bear. (heori
IMP3
94 An Introdu &tion to the
IMPERATIVE MO OD :
Preſent Tenſe.
2. Audi, ito, hear Thou . Audite, itōte, hear Ye.
3. Audito,letHim hear. Audiunto,let themhear?
The SUBJUNCTIVE POTENTIAL, or OP
TATIVE MOOD .
Preſent Tenſe .
1. Audiam, I hear or Audiamus, We bear or may
(may hear ( bear.
2. Audias,Thou heareſt Audiātis , .- Te kear or may
( or may ſt hear. ( hear .
3. Audiat, He hears or Audiant , They hear or may
(may hear. ( hear.
Imperfect Tenſe.
1. Audirem , Idid or might | Audirēmus , We did or
[ hear. [ might hear .
2. Audires, Thou didſt or Audirētis, Te did or might
[ mightſt bear [ hear.
2. Audiret , He did or Audirent , They did or
[ might hear. [ might hear.
Perfect Tenſe.
1. Audivėrim , I might or Audiverimus, We might or O

( cou'd have heard. ( cou'd have beard .
2.Audivëris,Thou mightft Audiveritis, Te might or
(or coudſt have heard. ( cou'd have heard.
3 Audiverit, He might or Audivering, They might or
( cou'd have heard. I (cou'd have heard.
Plu
EightParts of speech. 95
Pluperfect Tenſe
Sing. Plur
1. Audiviflem , I had heard. | Audiviffemus, We had h .
2. Audiviſſes , Thou badit b . Audiviſſetis, Te had h .
3. Audiviſſet, He bad b. Audiviſſent, They had bez
Future Tenſe.
카
1. Audivéro. I fall have Audiverimus , We shall
[ heard. (have heard .
2. Audivaris, Thou salt. Audiveritis, Ye Shall
Chave beard.
[ have heard.
3. Audivérit, He Shallhave Audiverint, They shall
( heard. [ have beard .
Infinitive.
4
Pref. & Imperf. Audire, to bear.
Perfect &Pluperf. Audiviffe, to have or had heard ,
Fut. Auditurum eſſe. Will,or about to hear.
1
PARTICIPLES. GERUNDS. I SUPINES.
Pref. Audiens, Onethat Audiendi, of | Audidum ,to
hears, or isheard . hearing. hear .
Fut. Auditurus,ra,rum Audiendo,for, Auditu, to
1
One thatisshall, will, in ,by,bear be heard,
or is about, or likely ing
to hear , Audiendum ,
muſt" or to
be heard ,
The
The Fourth CONJUGATION Thro

the Paſſive Voice, making I R I long.
AUDIOR . AUDIRIS -RE. AUDIRI. AUDI
TUS. AUDIENDUS.
INDICATIVE MOOD .
Perfect Tenſe.
Sing. Plur.
1. Audior, I am heard. | Audimur, We are heard.
2. Audiris, or re, Thou Audimini, Te are beard.
( art heard .
3. Auditur , He is beard. | Audiuntur, They are heard.
Imperfect Tenſe .
1
1. Audiệbar , Iwas heard . | Audiebamur, We were ho

2. Audiebāris, or re, Thou Audiebamini, te were
(wat heard . (beard.
3. Audiebātur, He was b. Audiebantur, They were b.
PerfectTenre.
1. Auditus fui, Ihave been | Auditi, fuimus, We have

(heard. (been heard.
2. Auditus fuifti, Thou Auditi, fuiftis, Te hare
(haft been beard. ( been heard .
3. Auditus fuit, He bas. Auditi fuerunt, or re, They
( been beard (have been beard.
Pluperfect
17 Eight Parts of speech
ไhool Pluperfect Tenſe!!!
Sing Plur.
ADI 1. Auditus fueram , I had | Auditiifueramus, We had

(been heard (been heard,
2. Auditus fueras, Thou Auditi fueratis, Ye had
(hadſt been heard. ( been heard.
3. Auditus fuerat, He had Auditi fuerant, They had
( been heard. ( been heard
Future Tenſe
1.
ar:
hey 1. Audiar, I ſhallor will be | Adičmur, We ſhall of

(heard. (will be heard :
2. Audieris, or re , Thou Audiemini, Te ſhallor will
Thalt or wilt be heard. (be heard .
ere 3. Audiêtur, He mall or Audientur, They Mall or
(will be heard . (will be beard ,
bear
ITLE
IMPERATIVE MOOD.
hip Preſent Tenſe .
eart
2. Audire, itor, Be thou h. Audimini, be Te-heard
eart 3. Auditor, Let him be Audiuntor, Let them be
1,7 ( heard. (beard.
eatri
‫مع‬
‫ماریمکمل‬
Thi
An Introdu &tion to the
996
The SUBJUNCTIVE POTENTI
AL or OPTATIVE MOOD.
Preſent Tenſe.
!
Sing. Plur. 2
1. Audžar, Imay be beard. Audiamur, We may be hi 1
2. Audiaris , or re, Thou Audiamini, Ye may be

(mayt be heard. ( heard.
3. Audiātur, He may be h. . Audiantur, They may be ha
Imperfect Tenſe.
ve Audirer, I was or might | Audirēmur, We were or
(be heard (might be heard .
2. Audirēris, or re, Thou Audiremini, Te were or
(waſt or mightſt be heard. (might be beard .
3, Audiretur, He was or Audirentur, They were
(might be beard . (or might be heard,
Perfect Tenſe.
1. Auditus fuerim , I might | Auditi fuerimus, We

(have been heard. might have been heard.
2. Auditus fueris, Thou Auditi fueritis, Temight
(might, have been heard. (have been heard.
3. Additus fuerit, He might Auditi fuerint, They
have been heard. (might have been heard .
Pluperfect
99
Pluperfect Tenſe.
Sing Plur.
1. Auditusfuiffem ,I hadbeen | Auditi fuiſſemus, We
(heard. (had been heard.
2. Auditusfuiſſes, Thou hadt Auditi fuiſſetis, Te had
beert heard. ( been heard .
3. A'uditus fuiſſet, He had Auditi fuiſſent, They had
been heard. ! ( been heard .
Future Tenſe.
1. Auditus fuero, I mall or Auditi fuerimus, We

(will have been beard. mabil have been heard.
2. Auditus fueris, Thou Auditi jueritis, Ye ſhall
( halt have been heard. have been heard .
3. Auditus fuerit, Hejhall Auditi fuerint, Theyſhall
(have been heard. (have been heard.
1
The INFINITIVE MOOD.
Pref. & Imperf. Audiri, to be heard.
Perf. & pluperf. Auditum fuije, to have been heard .
Fut. Auditum iri, or Audiendum effe, to be heard
Particip. Perf. Auditus, beard. hereafter.
.
Fut. in dus, Audiendus, to be heard .
* Note, That the laſt Tenſe of the Subjuntive 1
Mood, may be either taken in a Future, or Preter .

Future Tenſe, for which Reaſon I have, ſometimes
uſed One, an d ſometimes the other.
G 2 * We
* We muſt Note alſo, That the Verb Sum and the

Participle of the Preter Tenſe , ſupplies - the Preſent
and Imperfet Tenſe of the subjunctive Mood , as well
as of the Indicative.
Theſe VERBS following, VOLO, MALO ,

( of Magis -Volo ) Nolo ( of Non -Volo. ) Edo,
Fero, & Fio, are Irregulars, and have a For
mation Peculiar to themſelves. As,
1. Volo. Vis. Volui. Velle. Volens. No Supine. to be
( willing
2. Malo. Mavis. Malui. Malle. Malens. No Supine, to
( be more willing .
3. Nolo. Nonvis. Nolui.Nolle. Nolle. Nolens. No
( Supiné, to be unwilling.
4. Edo. Ediş or es. Edi. Edere or effe. Ederis. Eftum
(or Eſum , To Eat.
5. Fero. Fers. Tuli. Ferre. Latum. To Bear .
6. Fio. Fis. Factus fui. Fieri. Factus. Faciendus. To be
( done.
The INDICATIVE MOOD. !
Preſent Tenſe.
Sing Plur.
1. Volo, Vis, Vult . Volumus, Vultis, Volunt.
2. Malo,Mavis, Mavult. Malumus,mavultis,malunt
3. Nolo, Nonvis, Nonvult. Nolumus, nonvultis, nolunt.
4. Edo, edis ores,edit or eft. Edimus,editisor eftis,edunt
5. Fero, fers, fert. Ferimus, fertis, ferunt.;
6. Fio, fis, fit. | Fimus, fitis, fiurt.
Im
Eight Parts of Speech 101 :
Imperfect Tenſe .
Sing . Plur,
1. Volebam , ebas, ebat. Volebamus, ebatis, ebant.
2. Malebam , ebas, ebat. Malebamns, ebatis, ebant.
3. Nolebam , ebas, ebat. Nolebamus, ebatis, ebant.
4. Edebam , ebas, ebat. Edebamus, ebatis, ebant.
5. Ferebam , ebas, ebat. Ferebamus, ebatis, cbant,
6. Fiebam, ebas, ebat. ' Fiebamus, vebatis, ebant.
Perfect Tenſe.
1. Volui, ifti, it. Voluimus, iſtis,erunt ,orere.

2. Malui, iſti, it. Maluimus,ifi is ,erunt, orere .
3. Nolui, iſti, it. Noluimus,iliis ,erunt,or ere .
4. Edi, iſti, it. ' Elimus,iſtis,erunt, or eren
5. Tuli, iſti, it . Tulimus, iftis,erunt, or ere.
6. Faétus, fui, &c. Fa&ti fuimus, & c,
Pluperfect Tenſe.
I. Volueram , ras, rat. Volueramus, ratis, rant.
2. Malueram , ras, rat. Malueramus ,ratis, rant:
3. Nolueram , ras, rat. Nolueramus, ratis, rant.
4. Ederam , ras , rät. Ederamus,-ratis, rant.
5. Tulerain , ras, rat. Tuleramus, ratis, rante
6. Fa &tus, eram , &c. Fati; eramus, & c ,
Future Tenſe.
1. Volam , es , et, Volemus, etis, ent:
2. Malam , es, et. Malemus, etis, ent.
3. Nolam , es , et . Nolemus, etis , ent.
4. Edam , es, et . Edemus, etis, ent.
5. Feram , es, et. Feremus, etis, ent.
6. Fiam , es, et, Fiemus, etis, ent.
G 3 IM
The IMPERATIVE MOOD

Preſent Tenſe.
* Valo & Malo, want this Mood: So does the Verb
POSSOM
Sing. Plur.
3. Noli, ito, ito. 1 Nolite, itoto, nolunto .
4. Ede, ito, or eſto, edito. Edit , itote or eftote,edunto .
5. Fer, ferto, ferto. Ferte, fertote , ferunto.
6. Fi, ito, ito. Fite, itote, Fiunto .
The SUBJUNCTIVE, POTENTI

AL or, OPTATIVE MOOD.
· Preſent Tenſe .
1. Velim , is, it. Velimus, itis, int. 1
2. Malim , is, it. walimus, itis, int. 1
3. Nolim , is, it. Nolimus, itis, int.

4. Edam , as, at. Edamus , atis, ant.
5. Feram , 4s, at, Feramus, atis, ant.
6. Fiam , as, at, Fiamus, atis, ant.
Imperfect Tenſe.
1. Vellem ; es , et..! Vellemus, , etis, ent.
2. Mallem , és, etc Mallemus, etis, ent.
3. Nolem , és, et. Nollemus; etis, ent.
4. Ederem, or eſſem . Ederemus.or ellemus, &c
5. Ferrem, es, et. Ferremus , etis, ent.
6. Fierem , es, et. Fieremus, etis , ent .
Perfect
Eight Parts of Speech 103
Perfe &t Tenſe.
Sing Plur.
1, Voluerim , is, ito Voluerimus, itis, int.
2. Malverim , is, it. Malutrimas, itis, int.
1 3. Noluerim , is, it. Nolureimus, itis , int,
4. Ederim , is, it. Ederimus, itis, int.
5. Tulerim , is, it ." Tulerimis , itis, int.
6. Faétus fuerim , & c; Fatifuerimus, &c .
Pluperfect Tenſe
3. Voluiſſem , iſſes, iſſet. Voluiffemus, etis , ent.
2. Maluiſſem , illes, iſſet. Maluiſſemus , etis, ent.
3. Noluillem , illes, iffet. Noluiſſemus, et is,ent.
4 Ediffem , iffes, iſſet. Ediſlemus, etis, ent.
5. Tuliſſem , iſſes, iffet, Tuliſſemus, etis, enr.
6. Faltus fuifjem , &c, Faiti fuiſſemus, & c .
Future Tenſe.
1. Voluero, is, it . | Voluerimus, itis, int.
2 , Maluero, is, it. Maluerimus, itis, int.
3. Noluero , is , it. Noluerimus, itis, int.
4. Edero, is, it. Ederimus, itis, int.
5. Tulero, is, it, Tulerimus, itis, int.
6. Fazus fuero. & c. Fa&ti fuerimus, &c.
The INFINITIVĘ MOOD.
1. Velle. Voluiffe .
2. Malle. Maluiffe.
Pref. & 3. Nolle. Perf. & Noluiſſe.
Imperf. 4. Edere,or effe pluperf. Ediſſe.
5. Ferre, Tuliffe.
6. Fieri. Fa &tum fuifje.
GA * Note:
* Note, That Fero has the Paſſive Voice, and is
Form'd according to the Changes before Obſerv’d,
in the Method of Regular Verbs.: :
* Note, That the Verbs Eo, & .Queo, are irregular
in ſome Tenſes (tho of the Fourth Conjugation of Re
gular Verbs) for we Read, ibam & . Quibam , in the
Imperfe&t Tenſe of the Indicative Mood ; and Ibo &
Quibo in its Future Tenſe : The Gerunds alſo are
Eundi, Eundo, Eundum . But we muſt Except one
Compound, Ambiendi, Iendo, 'Iendüm . In all others
the Simple is unchang’d.
An Alphabetical TABLE, in which are
all ſuch Verbs; as Vary_from the Common Man
ner of Conjugation . N. P. Stands for no Perfect
Tenſe. N. S. no Supin , Coinp. Compounded, à .
Parentheſis Includes ſuch as are Obſolete.
The First CONTÚGATIO N makesthe
Perfect Tenſe AV 1, the Supine, ATU M ; M
V
as, A M AVI, AM ATUM ,
Except theſe Following.
Crepo, ui, itum . Mico, ui, N. S.
Cubo, ui, itum. Neco, avi, atum (ui &um)
Do, dedi, datum . Plico, avi, atum, ui icitum ,
Doino,ui, itum. Poto , avi (atum ) potum,
Frico, ui, ctum . Seco , ui, & um .
Juvo, Juvi, jutum . Sono, ui , itum.
Labo, N. P. Sto, Steti , Statum .
Lavo, lavi, lotum, Tono, ui, itum ,
lautum & lavotum . Veto , ui, itum .
* Note that ſome
times'tis Read
lavere . All
Eight Parts of Speech. τος
All Compounded V ERBS, are Generally

varied like the SIMPL E.
Except of the Firſt CONJUGATION.

Crepo. Comp. In-dis-crepo,-avi,-atum . (ui itum .)
* Do , Comp. Is of the Third Conjugation ; as, Ad
.
do, Condo, &c. But Circum - Peſfun
Satis-Venun -do, like the Simple.
Lavo. Comp. Re-lavo, lavi. lotum. The reſt as,Dilug
2
Proluo, are of the,Third Conjugation
3 ( from Lavère.
Neco. Comp. E -Inter -neco, ui, & um . (avi atum.)
Plico. Comp. Ap-Com -Ex-Im -Plico like the Simple;
(all the reſt are Avi, Atuin .
Sto. Comp. Stiti, Stitum (Statum ; Circumſto,N. S.
* The following Compounded VERBS

Change their Firſt Vowel thro' allMOODS
and T ENSES:
Calco - Inculco. Lacto - Illeto.
Canto - Accento. Mando-Commendo. Except A
Capto - Accepto . De- Pre -mando.
Damno -Condemno. Patro- Impetro .
Halo - Anhelo. Ex- Sacro - Conſecro.
(cept Exhalo. Salto - Ex - In -Sulto.
1 Jacto -Conjecto. Tracto-Contre &to. Except Exs
Juro - De- Pe - Jero. Per - Re- 1r4 &to.
The reſt as, Ab-Con
Juro. The
The Second CONJUGATION, makes PARA
the Perfect Tenſe, Ul, and the Supine ! SU

!!
TU M; as, MONUI, MONITU M ,

Except theſe Following.
Ine
Algeo,-lt. N. S. Licet,-uit,-itum .
Arceo ,-ui, (arcitum) Liqueo,-ui. N.S.
Ardeo ,-h , fum . Luceo ,-Luxi. N. S.
Audeo ,- Auſusfui. Lugeo ,-xi-ftum .
Augeo,-xi,- tum . Maneo ,-fi, fum . 20.
MIN
Caveo,-vi, cautum. Medeor, Medicatus fui.

Cenſeo ,-ui, Jum . Mæreo, Mæftus fui. halt
Cieo , -ciēvi;-citum . Miſceo,-cui,-ft um .
Deleo ,-vi,-tum . Miſereor, Mijertus.
Doceo ,-ni,-Etum . Miferet,-tam .
Egeo ,-ui. N. S. Mordeo, Momordi,-morfum ,
Fateor,-faffus fui. Moveo, vi,- tum.
Faveo,-vi -fautum . Muléeo ,-fi,-lum .
Ferveo,-ui;-vi. N. S. Mulgeo, ſ1,- * i;-87um:
Fleo ,-vi-tum . Neo ,-vi,-tum .
Foveo ,-vi,-tum . Pateo ,-ui. N. S.
Frigeo ,-xi. N. S. Paveo ,-vi. N.S.
1
Frendeo ,-i-freffum . Pendeo, Pependi. N. S.
Fulgeo,-fi . Nos, Pleo, vi,-tum .
Gaudeo -gaviſus. Piget, uit, itum.
Hæreo ,-fi,-fum . Pudet,-uit,-itum .
Indulgeo,-ſe,-tum . Prandeo,di,-fum .
Jubeo ,-h ,-jjum . Reor,-ratus fui.
Langueo ,-ui. N. S. Rideo ,-rif , riſum .
Libet,-uit,-itum. Sedeo ,-di, Sefjum.
Soleo
Soleo, Solitus fui. Tondeo, totondi,-tonſun .
Sorbeo ,-ui,-pſi,-tum. Torqueo, ſi,-tum .
Spondeo ,Spospondi,Sponfum Torreo ,-ui,-toft um .
Strideo,-di, N. S. Turgeo, li, N. S.
Suadeo, ſi, ſum . Video ;-di,-fum .
Teneo,-ui,-centum. Vieo , vievi, vietum .
Tergeo,-fi ſum . N. S. Voveo ,-vi, votum .
Timeo ,-u1,-N . S. Urgeo -fi, fum .
Theſe Nine Verbs have no Perfe&t Tenſe, and Con .
ſequently no Supine.
Aveo. Liquet.
Clueo . Liveo.
Denfeo . Polleo.
Flavco . Renideo .
Giabreo,
All Neuters in V. I want their Supines. Except theſe

Ten.
Caleo, ui, itum . Nocco , ui, itum .

Careo, ui, itum . Oleo , ui, (itum )
Doleo, ui, itum . Pareo, ui, itum .
Jaceo, ni, &tum . Placeo , ui, itum .
Lateo, ni, itum , Taceo, ui, itum .
Note, That all Verbs in E0, are of the Second

Conjugation , Except theſe of the Firſt ; Beo, Creo,
Calceo. Enucko, Langueo, Naufeo, & Screo, Eo & Quce
of the Fourth Conjugation, as before.
Com .
Compounded V ER B S of the Second CON

JUGATION, varying from the Com ;
mon FORM.
Arceo. Comp. Co-ex -erceo. Except Abarceo,

Egeo. Indigeon-ui. N, S.
Habeo. Thus Ante-poſt-Super -habeo; but Ad-co-ex -in
(per -pro-red -bibeo.
Maneo, So Per -re-maneo. E -im -pre -pro- Super- emi WL
(neo. Ņ . S,
Mordeo. All are as Remordeo, Remorfum.
Oleo. Ob-per-red -Sub-oleo, are like the Simple: But,
Ex-obs-oleo, evi, (etum -èri) itum . And Adoleon
evi,-(ui) adultun.
Pendeo. Ap-de-im -pro-ſus- pendi. N. S.
Şedeo . Circum -ſuper- ſedeo, are like the Simple ; But,
As-con -de-circum -dis-in -ob pre -re-ſub-ſideo, Jea
di,-Seſſum .
Sorbeo. Abforbey, the ſame as the Simple ;. But we
find Ex - re-förbeo, only forbui:
Spondeo.De-re-fpondi, ſum .
Teneo. Abs-con -de-dis-ob-re-ſus-tineo,-ui, tentum ; At
per-tinui. N. S.
Tondeo.De-tondi,-ſum .
The
1
Eight Parts of Speecho 10g
The I ird CONJUGATION makes

the Perfe&t Tenſe, I, and Supine Tu M or
SU M. As,
LEGI, LECTUM . FODI, FOSSUM .
And is beſt learn'd by the following Endings' of
its Verbs.
.
BO. BI. TU M. * Gliſco. N. P.

Bibo, bibi,-bibitum. * Hiſco. N. P.
Except. Parco,-vi,-paſtum.
Cumbo, cubui,-itum . Poſco,-popoſci. N. S.
Glubo,-i,-itum .(pſi-tum .) Quieſco , vi, tum .
* Labor , -lapſus. * Sueſco ,-vi, -tum .
Lambo ,-i, N. S. Hither may be res
* Nubo,-nupſi,-tum . ferr'd Neuters in SCOR .
Scabo ,-i. N. S. Adipiſcor, Adeptus.
Scribo ,-pſ1,-tum . Comminiſcor, Commentus.
Expergiſcor, Experre&tus:
CO . CI. CTUM . Nancifcor ; Natus ,
Vinco ,-ci,- &tum , Naſcor,-tus. Naſciturus.
Except. Obliviſcor, oblitus.
Dico,-xi,- &tum . Paciſcor, Pactus .
Duco ,-xi,-€tun. w To theſe Verbs alſo
* Parco -fi, fum , & peperci , belong ſuch as wecall In
(parcitum.ceptives, which ignify the
Beginning of ſome Change
SCO. V I. TUM . as,Pueraſco, to begin to be
Notco ,-vi -tem: a Boy. None ofwhich have
Except. ever any PerfeEt Tenſe, on
Fatiſco . N. P. - ly ſuch as are made of
Verbs
Verbs ; as, Reſipiſco, Reſipui, GO. XI. CTUM .
from Sapio. Jungo ,-xi,-&tum .
Except..
DO. DI. SU M. Ago -egi,-actum .
Mando,-di,-fum . Ango,-xi, N. s.
Except. Clango ,-xi, N. S.
Cado, cecidi, caſum . Figo ,-xi,-&t um ,-xum .
Cædo, cecidi, cæfum . Fingo -xi,-fi&tum .
Cedo, celli, ceſſum . Frango, fregi, fra &tum .
(orCludo) ft,-fum. Frigo,-xi-etum ,-xum .
Claudo,
Cudo,-fi,-fum . Lego -gi,-Etum .
Divido,-ſi-fum . Lingo,-xi,-lictum ,
Fido,fiſus. Mergo,-fi,-lum . And thus
Findo,fidi, filſum . (all with r before go.
* Frendo , di,-fum . Mingo ,-xi, miłtum .
Fundo,fudi,fufum . Ningo ,-xi, N. S.
Lædo, laſi, jum . Pango,-xi, pegi)pactum .
Ludo ,.fi ,-fum. Pango, pepegi,paétum .
Pando,-1,-paſjum. Pingo,-xi,pi&tum .
Pedo, pepēdi, itum . Pungo,-xi, pupugi,pun&tum .
Pendo, pependi, penſum. Stringo,-xi, Strictum .
Plaudo,-1,-/um . Tango, tetigi, tačtum ,
Rado,-firfum . Vergo. N. P.
Rodo,-fi,-Jum . Fungor, fun &tus.
Rudo,-i. N. S. HO. XI. CTUM.
Seindo;,di;-Sciſſam. Traho,-xi- Etum .
Sido, (i) jedi,
ſeffum . Veho,-xiq &tum .
* Strido,-i; N. S.
Trudo,-ſi -lum. LO . UI. ITU M.
Tundo , tutudi, tunfum or Alo, alui, alitum. YA
( tufum . Except.
Vado,-fifum Cello,-ni,-fum. TYL
Colo;
Colo - ui,-cultum . PO, PSI. TU M.
Fallo ,fefelli,falfum . Carpo -pfie-tum .
Molo,-ni,-itum . Except.
Pello, pepuli,pulſum : Rumpo,-rupi ,ruptum .
Prallo , li. N , S. Strepo,-ui, itum .
Tollo, Suſtuli, ſublatum.
Vello,-li,Vuli, ſum . QUO. QU I. TUM :
Volo ,-ui. N. S. Linquo, qui, Etum .
Except.
MO. U I. ITU M. Coquo, coxi, cožtum . And
Vomo,-ui, itum , ( fome Neuters .
Except. Liquor. N. P.
Como,-fi,-tum . Loquor, locutus,
-3
Demo,-fi, tum . Sequor, ſecutus.
Emo , emi, emptum .
* Fremo ,-ni,-itum , R O: VÌ. Tu M.
Promo,-ſi tum. Except.
Sumo,- i,-tum . Curro, cucurri, curfum ,
* Tremo,-ui: N. S. Fero, tuli, latum .
+ NO . V I. TU M. Quæro; quæfivi, itum .
31
Sero, ſevi, ſatum .

Sino, Sivi, Situm . Sero ,-ni,-tum .
Except. Tero, trivi,tritum .
Cano , cecini, cantum . Verro, ſi, ſum .
Cerno, (crevi, tum ) Uro, ulli, uſtum .
Gigno, genui, itum . Queror, queſt us.
Lino, ( linivi, lini, livi froin
Linio) levi (from Led; SOSIVI. ITUM
litum. Arcello, fivi,-itum .
Pono , poſui, pofitum . Capeffo,ivizi-itum .
Sperno, ſprevi, Spretum . Faceſſo ,-ivi,-i,-itum .
Sterno, ſtravi, ſtratum . Laceſſo ,-ivi,-1,-itum .
Temno,-fi,-tum . Inceffo,-i. N. S.
Depro
Depſo,-uiz-itum . Capio, cepi, captum .
Pinfo ,-ui,-itum , piſt um . Cupio, cupivi.itum .
Viſo,-1,-fum . Facio , feci, fa &tum .
TO . TI. TUM. Fodio,fodi,foſſum .
Sifto, fteti,ftatum . Fugio , fugi, fugitum .
Except. Gradior, greſſus.
Electo,-xi,-xem. Jacio, Jeci, jactum.
Meto, eſſui, meſſum . ( Lacio,) lexi, le &tum .)
Mitro, miſi,miſſum . Morior, mortuus. 1
Netto,-xui, (i xem. Pario , peperi, partum.

Plecto,-xui, ( i ) xem. Quatio, quafſi, Jum .
Peto ,-ivi,-itum . Rapio,rapui,raptum .
Siſto, Stiti, Statum . Sapio, ( ivi) ui. N. S.
Sterto ,-ui. N. S.
Verto,-ti,-ſum . U o ( and U O R) U I.
U TU M.
Amplector ,-xus.
Complector,-xus. Acuo ,-ni,-utum .
Revertor ,-fus. Arguo ,-ui,-utum .
Exuo ,-ni,-utum .
Utor,-uſus. Imbuo,-ui,-utum .
VO. VI . TUM. Induo ,-ni, -utum .
Except. Minuo ,-ui,-utum .
Solvo ,-vi,-Solutum . Spuo ,-ui,-utum .
Volvo ,-vi,-volutum . Suo,-ui,-utum .
Vivo ,-xi,-& um , Tribuo ,-ui,-utum .
X 0. UL. U M. Except.
Nexo ,-ui,-um . Fluo ,-xi,-xum .
Texo ,-ui,-tum . Gruo,-i. N. S.
0 , after a VOWEL in Pluo ,-vi,-1,-utum .
VERBS, ending in 10 Ruo,-i,-itum .
and IOR. Struo ,-xi.-&tum .
Com
Compounded VERBS of the Third C'ON
JUGATION , That vary from the Com ,
mon FOR M.
Ago. Comp. as, Exigo. But Circum per-ſat-ago.
Cado, In -oc-re-cido,-di, caſum ; but Ac-con -de-ex -ci.
do,-cidi. N. S
Cado . Oc- cido,-cidi,-cifum .
(Cando)Ac- in -Juc- cendo,-di-fum .
Cano. Con -cino,-ni,-concentum .
Carpo. De-cerpo.fi. tum .
(Cello) Ex -pre-cello ,-ni,-lum. Per-cello,-culi, culfum .
Recello. N. P. Antecello. N. S.
Claudo.Con -ex -cludo, & c.
Colo. Thus Ex - in - re-colo. Ac -colo. N. S. Occulo ,ui,
tum,
Curr.). Pre-cucurri : But Circum -dis-in-per -re-fuc
curri. And Ac -con -de-ex -pro-cucurri, & 'curri.
Emo. Redimo ; But Coemo.
Facio .' With aPrepoſition changes ; as,Afficio ; but
not with a Noun or Adverb ; as; Cale-fátis;
facio:
Fallo. Re-fello,-felli. N. S.
Frango. Con -de-ef-in -per-fringo-fregi.
Jacio. Ad -jicio-jeci, tun .
(Lacio) Al-il-pel-licio-lexi, le&tum . But, Elicio, ui,
itum.
Lædo. Al-col-il-lido,-/ - ſum .
Lego. A -per-pre -re-ſub-trans-lego; But Col-de-e-le
ligo ; Di-intel-reg -ligo- lexi.
Luo. The ſame as, Lavo in Signification. Pel-lno,
Pollutum .
H Nuo :
Nuo. Ab - an - in - re -nuo. N. S.
Pario. : A -o-perio -perui,-pertum . Com -re-peri-pertunt,
* Theſeare of the Fourth Conjugation.
Pango. Circum -de-ex -re-op -pängo,-xi, (pegi ;) But 2
Com -im -pingo,-pegi.

Pafco. Depaſco. We find Com - dis-peſcui,-itum .
Pello. Compuli. & c.
Pendo. as, Dependi.
Plaudo. Ap-com -ex -plau -plodo,-/1,-ſum. Tho' Dis-sup
plodo .
Pungo. Com -re-pupugi. Dis-ex -punxi.
Premo. Opprimo, & c.
Quatio.Concutio;-culli,-cuſſum , & ic .
Quæro. as, Acquiro,-ſivi,-fitum .
Rapio. as, Eripio,-ui,-reptum .
Ar-di-e-cor-rigo. But As-con -ex -in-re-ſurgo,
Rego. rexi.
Sapio. De-re- fipie -ui. N , S.
Scando.A -de-con-ex -ſcendo;-di-fum.
Sero. In the Comp. Supines , as, Infitum .
Sifto. As, Re- ftitum ;; but Abs -ſtiti. N. S.
Tango.As. Conting0;-tigi, tačtum ,
Tendo.As, Contendi, inthe Comp. Perfect.
Tollo.Suſtuli SublatumComp.As Extali;but Attollo.N.P.
Tundo.As, Per -tudi,-pertufum .
Of V ERBS IMPERSONALS.
The Suppreſſing of the Nominative Caſe has
given us the Notion of Verbs Imperſonals ; but,
a nearer Examination , we ſhall find there are no upon
luch
Verbs, for every one of them has either a Nominative
Cafe Underſtood , or elſe Included in their own Sig
nification, or Oblique Cafe; As,
Pugnapur (ab hoftibus.) Non bene ripa creditur:
(prex ) is underſtood. * Thc
Eight Parts of Speech ITS
* The moſt obviousand ufual are theſethat
Follow .
Accidit. Dolet: Noceti Pudet?
Cæpit. Eft. Obeft. Refert.
Conducit. Evenit. Oportet. Reftat.
Confert. Expedit. Patet. Solet.
Conftat. Intereft. Pænitet. Sufficit.
Contingit. Juvat. Piget. Tædet.
Convenit . Libet. Placet . Vacat,
Decet. Licet . Poteft.
Dedecet. Liquet. Præftat:
Diſplicet. Miſeret. Prodeft.
OF VERBS DEFICIENT!
That is, VERBS Wanting certain MOODS
TENSES , andPERSONS.
Sing . Plur .
Indic. Preſ . A10, ais, ait. Aiune
Imperf. Aiebam , as, at. amus, atis, ant.
Perf . Aijti. aiſtis.
Imper.Preſ. Aí.
Sub . Preſ. Aias, 41. amus Ant
Partic.Preſ. Aiens.
Impe. Préſ. APAGE,
Indic ite.
. Fut . AVEBIS .
Imper.Pres. Ave, eto.
Infin. Prej: Avire.
HI POR
Sing. Plur
Pot. Pres. AVSIM , is, it. int.
Indie. Perf. COEPI, ifti, it. imus, iſtis,erunt or ere .
Pluper.Cæperam , ras,rat.ramus,ratis rant.
Sub. Perf., Cæperim , ris,rit. rimus ritis, rint.
Pluper.Cæpiſſem, fes, ſet. ſemus, fetis.ſent.
Fut. . Cæpero, ris, rit. rimus, ritis, rint.
Infi. Perf. Cæpille.
Sub. Fut. DUIS. duint,
For Dederis. dederint.
Indic.Preſ. Explicit, it unfolds.
* FAXIM FAXO, is, it. int.
Put for Faciam & Fecero.
* FOREM for Fuerim .
Indic.Pref. INFIT, it begins.
DEFIT. - it fails.
Indic.Fut. Defiet. Subjunct. Preſ. Defiat:
Indic Pref. IN QUAM (or IN QU10 )is, it. imus, itis
( iunt.
Imperf. Inquiebat. ebant,
Perf. Inquiſti.
Fut. Inquies, et . ents
Imper.Pref Inque, ito .
Sub. Pref. Inquiat.
1
Part. Pref. Inquiens.
MEMINI-ODT, like Cæpi.
Indic. Pref. OV AT.
Part. Pref. Ovans,
Indic.Prof. Quæſo. Quæfümus.
SALVE As, AVE.
So YALE .
* Note
* Note, That the Verbs Dari , & Fari, have loſt
the Firſt PerſonSingular of the Preſent Tenſe, ſo that
Dor, & For, are never Read.
Some Neceffary OBSERVATIONS on

the VERB S.
* The Word Verb is focall'd from Hoc Verbum , a

Word ; and this Name is given to it on Account of
it's Power , among the other parts of Speech ; for up
on it Chiefly depend all the Circumſtances of Perſon
Time and Number, with the Manner how Things bear
a Relation, One to another.
1. As to it's Definition , we muſt obferve, that there
are ſome Verbs, that do not come within it ; as, Cubo
Jaceo, Libet, Liquet, Oportet, Pendeo, Soleo, and fuch
like, which neither Signifie Doing, nor Suffering; nor
meer Being.
1
2. There is no Verb but what muſt be by it's Sig .
nification, either Aitive, Paſſive, or Neuter : That
is, Implying, either Doing, Suffering, or Being , ( except
ſuch as í haye already Named ,) and therefore they are
not ſo well to be Diſtinguiſh'd by their Ending: For,
3. A Deponent, thoʻit hasa Paffive Ending isAtive,
and has this Name for it's puttiog off it's Paſſive Signi
fication .
4 Some of an Active Termination in 9 are Paſſives;
as, ' Agroto,I am Sick. Tho' commonly, and in a
miſtaken Senſe call'd Neuter:
5. A Verb is call'd Neuter , becauſe this word in Ens
& liſh is Neither , ſo that when a Verb is neither Active
nor paffive, Grammarians give it this Name.
H 3 6 There
6. There are certainly many Verbs in OR, that have
both Ative, and Paſive Signification, for which Rea
fon they are call'd Commons ; and tho' San &tius explodes
them, as obſolete, yet there are to be met with in Au
thors of the beſt Stile : If Cicero,-Plautus,Juſtin ,
and Livy may be Accounted ſuch . Non ætate, verum
ingenio,' * adipiſcitur Sapientia. Plaut. Tho' this
Verb, is commonly taken in an Active Senſe, here we
find it otherwiſe ; ſo may we meet with Aſpernor, Co
-mitor, Criminor , Dignor, Dominor, Fateor , Hurtor , Po
tior, Sector, Stipulor, Tueor, and others uſed after
the fame Manner.
7. There are ſome Actives in 0, which having their
Ation Immanent in themſelves, never become Paffive;
ſuch as, Curro I run , Volo I fly, & c. And theſe like
NounsSubſtantives have a full. Signification alone, and
require no other word to help them out, for which
Reaſon they become Intranſitive.
OBSERVATIONS upon the

MO ODS
* The word Mood ( frem Modus) is the ſame in Sig

nification, as the word Manner ; becauſe we are under
a Necëſity of expreſſingour Sentiments various ways ;
whetherweAfirm or poſitively Deny any thingdone,
Ask , Command, Wiſh, or declare the Duty or Pofſibility
of doing it. All theſe require a different Manner of
Expreſſion, that our Conceptions may be the eaſier
Underſtood .
1. The
1. The Indicative Mood has it's Name from the
Verb Indico to tell, becauſe in it alone the Truth or
Falſity of any Action is declar'd. It ought alſo to be
cali'd the Interrogative Mood, for in every Tenſe of it
Queſtions may be Ask’d . As, Legiſne? Legebajne ? Le
giſtine ? Legeraſne? Legeſne ?
2. The ImperativeMood, having it's Name from
the Verb Impero to Command, needs no farther Ex
plication than this, that it is the Mood which we make
uſe of, when we Command any thing to be done ; tho
1 ' tis often uſed in an Entreating Senſe.
3. The Optative, Potential, and Subjunktive Moods,
: tho' not differing in theVariation of the Verb, yet
are very diftant in their Significations. The Firſt ( fo
calldfrom Opto to wiſh ) is Diſtinguiſh'd by Adverbs
of wiſhing , join'd to it ; the next (from Subjungo to
ſubjoin )by Conjun &tionsandit's dependance upon ſome
other Words ; and the laſt ( from Poſſum ) by it's Signs
which are May,can , might, wou'd, cou'd, mou'd , or
ought.
: 4. The Infinitive Mood, (from theword Infinitus)
becauſe it has no Determin'a Signification to this, or
properlyrankis being the Root of the Verb,may be
moſt cominonly in Authors find it taken in thePlace of
a Subſtantive.

TENSES.
* Tenſe is only another Word for Time, the Latins
haye five of them , tho' all Times may be Reaſonably
H reduc'd
reduc'd to Paſt, Preſent, and to come . Their Names
are Preſent, Imperfect, Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future
Tenſe. Which in Engliſh amounts to the Senſe of,
Now , Not done, Laſt, More than pajt, To come. 4
Of the Preſent Tenſe.

1. Although we have already Aſſign’d the Time now
to the Preſent Tenſe, yet we find & in an Imperative or
Exhortative Sente ; as ,
Quin potius pacem æternam , patoſque hymencos
Exercemus?--Virg.
And foinetimes too in Imitation of the Greeks, in a
Future Senſe ; as,
Vos, quorum imperium eft,Conſul, præcepta ,modumque
Bellandi pofco ,Sedeone ? An montibus erro ? Sil.
Of the Imperfe&t Tenſe.
&A
2. When ever we have Occaſion to make mention
of any Thing that is a doing, and not quite finiſh'd the
Imperfect Tenſe is undoubtedly the proper Tenſe for it ;
tho we meet with it in the beſt Authors very often
in a Perfect Senſe ; as, Seneſcere, igitur, civitatem ,
otio, ratus, undiquemateriam belli excitandi quèrebat.
Liv. Nam quod hoftis appropinquabat , conſuetudine
Jua Cæfar ſex legiones expeditas ducebat. Poft eas totius
exercitus impedimenta collocabat. Cæs. Com .
* The beſt way then that the true Nature of this
Tenfe is to be underſtood, is by Conceiving the Verb
denoting a Thing as Preſent, at ſometimes Paſt.
Of
Of the Perfe &t Tenſe :

3. The Perfe &t Tenje, by it's Signification, ſhou'd al
ways denote a Compleatneſs, and yet we find in Con
ſtruction, that it willnot always admit ofthe Paſtſign
(Have) but inſtead of this, takes the Imperfe&t figu
( Did ; ) as, in theſe following Lines.
Ium freta diffudit, rapidiſque tumeſcere Ventis
Juſſit, & ambitæ circumdare litora terre. Ovid .
Of the Pluperfect Tenſe.
4. What this Time more than Perfectly paſt is, is
heard to underſtand, and eſpecially to Diſtinguiſh it
from the Imperfect and Perfect Tenſe, which areboth
taken in a Palt ſenſe. However the moſt fafe way is
to be Directed by the Engliſh ſign (Had) which can
beſt Direct us to it's True meaning ; tho this ſameis
not altogether to bedepended on ; for we ſometimes
31 find the Latin Pluperfe&t Tenſe requires the Engliſh of
the Perfest Tenſe. And vice verſa. As in,
Quæ poſtquam evolvit, cecoque exemit acervo.
Diſſociatalocis concordi pace ligavit . Ovid .
We find too that Ovid uſes the Imperfe&t and Pla
7 perfect in the ſame Time; as,
Nec circumfuſopendebat in aere tellus
Ponderibus librata ſuis, nec brachia longo
Margine terrarum porrexerat Amphitrite.
71
Of
Of the Future Tenſe.

1
s. This Tenſe calld the Future Tenfe has two Signi.

fications, one expreſſing the Time to come ; and the 4
other equivalent to a Command ; for which Reaſon we

may allow the Imperative Mood a Future Tenſe,as well
as make the Future Tenſe. Imperative . The true mean
ing of this will appear from the following.Examples .
Tu HacSilebis ,Ciceronem puerum curabis , & amabis.
Cic . Sed amabo te nihil incommodo valetudinis tue
feceris. Cic.
The Tenſes of the Potential Mood, are moſt
> Difficult to be underſtood , becauſe that the ſame
mib
Signs viz . May, can , Preem ,jou'd , or onght, in
differently belong to the Preſent, Imperfe&t, and Pers
long to
fe&t Tenſe; ſo that ourfafeſt and beſtMethod ,when we
meet with a Sentence of any Obſcurity is to try them
all round, and which ever the Senſe beſt bears, that
make uſe of.
.
OF GERUNDS,
* Gerunds, having their Denomination from the
word Gerundag for Gerendo, becauſe they fignify the
Thing in Gerendo, that is in doing, are beſt Underſtood
if wemakeSubſtantives of them , as we may ſee in the
Following Example. Ignavi a. difcendo.cito deterrentur , 1
Of SU PINES,
As for Supines, why they are ſo call’d , I neither V
le
lwnow , nor do I care ; but one thing I obſerve, is that
moft
moft Grammarians make them Verbal Subſtantives go .
verning ſuch Caſes as the Verb from which they come.
Whenever you meet with a word in - , like the Latter
Supine, fignifying Actively, you muſt take it to be a
HeterocliteoftheFourth Declenſion, which has only the
Ablative Singular. As in this example. Effeminata
virtus afflictu occidit. Cic.
of a PARTICIPLE.
A Participle is a Word derivd of a Verb, imply
ing alſo difference of Time, and is Declin'd like an
Adjective.
Preſent,
There are Four ſorts Préter.
of Participles. Future in Rus.
And Future in Dus .
1. A Participle of the Preſent Tenſe ends in ans
or ens, and has its Engliſh in ing ; as, Amans loving :
· Monens warning :
2. All Participlesofthe Preter Tenſe ( except four,
Fixus, Flexus, Plexus, and Mortuus,) end in tus or
ſus ; and their Engliſh in d ,t, or n ; as, Amatus loved,
Doctus taught, Caſus Nain.
3. The Future,in rus, denotes a Reſolution to do
ſomethingbereafter ; as, Lecturus, onethat has a mind
to read .
4. The Future in dus, lhews the neceſſity or poſt
ſomething
bility of ſomething to be
now a doing ; as, Deusor
done, the Certainty
eft cole of
certainty of
to be Worſhipped ; Liber eſt legendus, a Book is to
be Read.
ов:

PARTICIPLES.
Of the Preſent PARTICIPLE.
1. It is to be obſerv'd, That all Verbs do not afm

ford a Participle of the Preſent Tenſe ; for Reor has
no ſuch word as Rens ; after the ſame manner Defit,
Infit, Queo, with Sum and its Compounds, except Ab
ſum , Præfum , & Poſſum .
2. That ing , in participles of Latin Extra&tion,
' is chang’d into ent; as in Lambent, Impertinent &c. the
fame way the French in ant ; as, Brillant, Radiant.
* Note, That ing is the ending of a Verbal Şub
ftantive , as well as of a Participle ; as, Monitio a
Warning: Which may be diſcern'd eaſily from a Par
ticiple by its not admitting of either the Words Man
or Thing afterit, as other Adjectives do.
3. We find that Participles of this Tenſe are Com
pard; as, Amans, amantior , amantiffimus. Cupientior,
Audentiffimus,and manymore which reading ofAuthors
will inſtruct us in,
Of the Participle of the Preter. Tenje.

1. The Signs Have and Am are our beſt direction
in finding the Participle of the Preter Tenſe, becauſe
Modern Writers have ſo much chang'd the oldEngliſh
endings d , t, or n ,that they are now not to be found
out certainly by thoſe Terininations ; for ' we find
Heared made beard, Cleaved cleft or cloven, Hanged
bung, &c. Participles of 'this Tenſe, as well as the
former,äre Compar'd,
Eight Parts of Speech 125
11
Of the Future in dus.
1. Our EngliſhTongue, for want ofproper Words
to expreſs both the Future Participles, is forc'd to
Paraphrafe upon them ; but when a Capacity or Poffi
bility is implied in the Participle in dus, it maybe
render'd ' by a Verbal in ble, ſuch as Amiable , &c.
When join'd to an oblique Caſe, 'tis Engliſh'd by a
Verbal'in ing; as, Sola felicitatis acquirendæ ratio in
ample&tenda virtute fita eft. The only Means of obs
taining happineſs is plac'd in embracing vertuc.
Of the Formation of Participles.
1. From the firſt Perſon of the Verb is form’d the
Participle of the Preſent Tenſe , and from that the
Future in dus ; as from Amo-Amans-Amandus. Moneo
Monens-Monendus. Lego -Legens-Legendus. Audio
11 Audiens-Audiendus. Poſſum forms Potens after a par ,
ticular Manner.
2. From the Latter Supine are form'd the Preters
Participle and Future in rus ;as, Amatu -Amatus-Ama,
turus.
3. * Verbs in 'or of an Active or Common Significati- .
on , have ſome three, others four Participles ; as, Lo
quor has Loquens, Locutus, Lécuturus, Loquendus, & c .
* Theſe Future Tenſes Arguitu -Fruitu -Futu -Lui
tu -Moritu -Noſcitu -Oritu -Oſu -Paritu -Sonitu - R VS.
are all form'd from Supines Obſolete.
of an ADVER B.
An Adverb is an undeclinable Word , join'd molt

commonly to Verbs, to give a fuller Signification, and
ſometimes to Participles, Adjekt ives and Adverbs.
Adjektives
AN
All Adverbs are to be conſider'd according to Man ,

aer , Place and Time
Thoſe of Manner are of
1. Certainty, as , Ne, Certe & c.

2. Chance. as, Forte, Forfan & c.
3. Denying: as, Non. Nequaquam , Haud.
4 Natural Faculties, as, Sapienter, Prudenter, & c.
5. Senſible Impreſſions, as, Clare, amare,fordide,& c.
6. Exceſs. as, Valde, Magnopere, Nimis, &c.
7. Defect. as, Fere, Prope, Ferme, &c.
8. Similitude or Equality. as, Sic, Ita, Itidem , Pari
ter, Quafi, & c.
9. Unlikeneſs. as, Aliter, Diverfimode, Longe Secuso
Thoſe of Place are of
1. Preſerce. Anſwering the Word UBI; as, Hic,

ibi, Alibi, vbiq; Nullibi, Supra, Infra; Intus, Foras.
Or anſwering to the queſtion Quicum ; as, Una , Simut,
Seorfim , Separatim .
2. Coming from a Place ; as, Unde, Hinc, Illint,
Aliunde.
3: Going towardsa Place', as, Quorfum , Horſam ,
IllorſumAliorſum , Quoquoverſum, Surfum , Deorfum ,
Dextrorſum , Siniftrorſum .
4. Theway to a Place. Anſwering the Queſtion
QVA? Hac, Mac , Alia .
5. The End of Motion. Anſwering to the Queſtion
QUO ? Huc; İluc, Alio, Hucuja, Hačtenus.
Thoſe
Thoſe of Time are of
1. Being in Time; as, Nunc, Heri, Hodie, Ante,

Dudum, O'in, Nudiuſtertius-quartus, Abbing, Cras:
Nondum , Poft, Olim , Abhinc.
2. Continuance or length of Time; as, Diu, Tarde,
Cito, Breviter, & c.
3. Repetition or Viciffitude ; as, Sepe, Aliquando,
Raro, Indies, Quotannis, &c,
C
4. Numerals ; as, Seinet, Bis, Ter, Quater, &c.
Adverbs deriv'd from Adječtives; commonly do form '
the fame degrees of Compariſon ; as,
Dure, Durius, Duriſſime.
* Note: Thatour Engliſh Adverbs commonly end
in ly, andare diftinguiſh d from Adječtives of the like
Ending, becauſe they cannot be join'd to Nouns Sub
. The Latin Adverbs being inade of Nouns,
o Pronouns, and Prepoſitions , are of various Endings;
23 but for the moſt part are reducible to theſe ; , ,
45, im , um, ter, tus.
Of a CONFUNCTION:
A Conjunction is an Undeclinable Word, that
1, fhéws the Relation one Notion bears to another
and fitly ſerves for the joining of Sentences together
-1
This joining of Sentences is s Agreement.

tobe confider'd in a Three - 3 Diſagreement, or
fold Manner, Dependence.
The Agreement of Notions with one another is

Expreſs’d by Conjunctions:
I. Copulatives. as, Ac, Atque, Que, Quoque, Adeo-ut.
2. Conceſſives. as, Etſi, Tametſi ,Etiamſi, Qyamvis,
Licet, Saltem .
The Diſagreement of Notions is expreſs'd by,

7.Disjunctives. as, Aut, Vel,ve,ſeu, five, nec, neque.
2. Exceptives. as, At, Aft,Autem , fed, vero, ni, nift,
Quin, Quam , Tamen.
The Dependence of Notions is expreſsed by,
I. Cauſals. aš, Nam , Namque, Enim , Etenim , Quia,
Quod, Quando, Quoniam .
2: Conditionals. as, Si,Sin , Dum , Modo.
3. Illatives. as, Erge, Igitur, Itaque.
Of a PREPOSITION :
A Prepoſition is an undeclinable Word, molt com
Donly ſet before other Words to Govern them ; as,
ad Patrem ; or elſe in Compoſition ; as, Indo&tus.
* The ſeveral Prepoſitions with the Caſes they Go
vern, I paſs by to the Syntaxis, where I ſhall treat of
their ſeveral Properties and Uſes.
OF
hers Of an 1 N TERJECTION
An Interjection is no more than an Imperfect
420-22 ſound, occaſion d by ſome ſuddain motion
1021
of our Paffions. For,
Some are of,
1 , Mirth . as, Ha, ha, he. Io.
2. Wondring as, En, Ecce, Papa, 0, Proh.
15 3. Fawning as, Euge, Sodes, Amabo.
4. Scorning; as, Hui, Hem , Phuy, Vah.
5. Hating as, Ap age, Væ.
6. Sorrow . as, Ebeu , Hei, Ah.
13
On
COM
I ;A
to
-G
SIN
130
OF
SYNTAXIS. A
۴
YNTAXIS is the juſt Union and
Diſpoſition of the Parts of Speech,
in Speaking and Writing correctly.
S As to the quality of Speech, Syn

taxis is divided into Simple or Re
gular , according to the Vulgar
Manner of Speaking ; or Figurative
or Irregular ; which is more remote from it.
If we reſpect the Diſpoſition of Language, and the
Relation one Word has to another, it is again in
the Regular Diſpoſition Two - fold : That of Concord
or Agreement; Regimen or Government.
Concord is the greement of Two Words in Num
ber, Perſon , Café, or Gender.
Regimen is, when one Word has its dependance ſo
much upon another, That it is by it Deterinin’d to
fome certain Caſe or Mood.
Of REGULAR SYNTAX .
There are three Concords ; the firſt between the
Nominative and Verb : The Second between the Sub
ſtantive and Adjective : The Third between the An
tecedent and it's Relative.
*
The Manner of finding out the Nomina
tive Cafe to the Verb ; Subſt antive to the Ad
ettive, and Antecedent to the Relative , is by ask
ing
SYNTAXIS. 131
ing the Queſtion Who or What,and the Word that
anſwers the Queſtion, ſhews each of them.
The Firſt CONCORD.
Of the Nominative and Verb,
A Finite Verb Perſonal agrees with it's Nominative
Caſe in Number and Perfor , whether it be expreſs'd
or underfood: As, Pluvia fiuit. Grandines incre
pant. Venti fiant. Tonitrua mugiunt. Fulgura ri
tilant.
*
Fulmina præmicant. Nos trepidamus, &c.
Alit * æmulatio ingenia, Vell . Paterc.This ſhews
}
that the Nominative is not to be found ſo well by
its Place, as its Signification .
OBSERVATIONS.
1. Nouns Singular of a Plural Signification, as
Plebs, Grex, Pars, &c. are join'd to a Verb Plural,
or Singular indifferently ; as, * Pars in fruſta * ſea
cant, or * secat.Virg.
2. Two or more Nominatives Singular's, or Singu
Jars and Plurals mixt, all anſwering to one Verb , are
to have a Verb Plural. As,
* Multa rogarè, * rogat
*
a tenere, * retenta docere,
Hæc tria diſcipulum * faciunt æquare Magiſtrum .
| * Diet a , * Sales, * lufus, fermonis *gratia, * riſus,
.
* Vincunt nature candidioris opus. Petron .
3. If one Nominative be expreſs’d , and another

underſtood in the Oblique Caſe, the Verb then may
be Singular or Plural; as,
Remo cum fratre * Quirinus,
Jura * dabat, or *dabant.
I 2 4. We
132 SINTAXI S.
4. We frequently find the Firſt, Second, and Third
Perſons of Verbs abſolutely placed, without their
pronouns, Ego, Tu, Ille, & c . as,,
* Vivo equidemrit amque extrema per omnia * duco.
Spem vultu * fimulat * premit altum corde dolo
rein. Virg. .
And are rarely Expreſs’d, but where they are
Graceful, and the Reſult of Paffion. As ,
* Nos patriam fugimus, * Tu Tityre lentus in umbra.
( Virg.
5. The Signification of the Verb is our beſt Di
rection for the Third Perſon underſtood . As, 1
Aiunt, Ferunt, Perhibent, & c. viz, Homines: To

nat, Pluit, Diefcit, &c. viz, Cælum .
6. Wemuſt obſerve, that Sometimes the Noun is .
of the ſame Signification with the Firſt or Second
Perſon expreſs'd, and there the Perſon Claims the
Direction of the Verb : As. Nos * pueri* Studemus.
Tum denique * homines noſtra bona * intelligimus,cum
que in poteftate habuimus ea amifimus.
7. When a Nominative Seems to come before a
Verb Infinitive, there is an Elipſis of ſomeWord,
which expreſs:d wou'dmake the Sentence perfect. as,
Omnes omnia bona * dicere, & laudare fortunas
meas, qui filium haberem tali ingeniò præditum . i, e,
*reperunt dicere, & laudare:
8. The
SINTAXIS. 133
8. The Infinitive Mood requires an Accuſative
Caſebefore it, which Infinitive Mood may be reſolvd
by Quod,Ut, Ne , or Quin. As, Video * inimicos
noftros * cupere bolluin, or Video* quod * inimici no
ſtri * cupiuntbellum .
Quid igitur * profuit vidiſſe *te veritatem , quarn
nec defenſurus efjes, nec ſecuturus. Lactant.
* But when in the fame Sentence, both the Verb
finite and Infinite have a Regard to the ſame Noun,
and if there be an Adje:tive belonging to that
Noun, it may agree with the Caſe Expreſsid or Un-
derſtood. As, Malo * dives eſſe quam haberi ; or,
Malo me * divitem eſſe quam haberi.
* The former Word dives, agrees with Ego Llnders .
ſtood .
9. Sometimes an Adverb with a Genitive Cafe

ſupplies the place of a Nominative. And ſometimes
a whole Clauſe of a Sentence. As, * Partim Virorum
* ceciderunt in bello .
Sumende ſunt voces aplebe fummotæ, ut * fiat, * odi

profanum vulgus & arceo. Petron.
The Second CONCORD,
Of the Subſtantive and Adje tive ,

Any Adjetive whatfoever muſt be of the fame
Çaſe, Gender, & Number with it's Subſtantive. As,
Matronapotens. Senex Morofus. Mare Rubrum .
13 Indyk
134 SINTAXIS.
Indulgertes * inſano atque * inepto * labori; ultra
* humilitatis * noſtre terminos evagamur . Min. Fel.
--Non frugalitas * Sanétique * mores laudibus ad
frustum perveniunt, ſed quoſcuncque homines in hac
furbe videritis, Scitote in * duas * partes eſſe divifas.
Petron.
OBSERVATIONS
1. When Man or Thing, is the Subſtantive in En
gliſh, the Adjective frequently ſtands alone in La
tịn , * and when Thing is left out the Adjective inult
be the Neuter Gender ; as, * Impii * impia loquuntur.
And when it is alone in the Neuter Cender,
Opus,Negotium , or Verbum , may be Underſtood.
2. If one Adjective has a Relation to two, or
more Subſt antives, of different Genders, it may a
gree with the neareſt of the leaſt worthy Gender, or
the remoteſt of the moſt worthy Gender ; as, * Mar
itus & * Uxor ſunt * irati. " Or Maritus & Uxor
eſt irata- Or Maritus eft iratus, & Uxor ejt
irata.
3. An Alje &tive is found to agree with an Impli

cit Subſtantive ; as,
Anſer fæta, i, e, femella, Gens armati, i; e,
virorum .' : :
4. When an Infinitive, or Part of a Phraſe, take
upon them the Nature of a Subſtantive, the Adje
Etive does as well conform to them ; as,
* Scire * tuum nibil eſt Pers.
5 Some
SINTAXIS. 135
5. Sometimes Adjektives become Subſtantives one
to another, whentwo or more come together with
out a Subſtantive. As,
Optima *prima fere manibus rapiuntur avaris.
6. A Noun Singular of a Plural Signification ,
may have an Adjective Plural, and that Adjective
may be put in a Gender agreeable to ſome other
Species, included in ſuch a Noun . As, Maxima
pars * Vulnerati & * Occiſi, Şaluſt.
This may alſo hold good in a Singular Subſtantive
as, Senium * qui mehodieremoratus eft. Ter.
7. An Adjektive Neuter Plural is beft join'd to
many Singulars, or Plurals ſignifying Things with
out Life, altho'they may be of diferent Genders.
.
The Third CONCORD :

Of the Antecedent and Relatives
The Relative agrees with it's Repeated Antecedent
in Caſe, Gender, and Number ; as, Vir, qui vir. Fe
mina, quæ Femina. Lucrum quod, &c.
* Homo virtuti fimillimus, & per omnia ingenió
diis quam hominibus,propior, Qui nunquam recte
fecit , ut facere videretur, ſed quia aliter facere non
poterat. Vell . Pater.
* Indignurr enim maximo imperio credidi, * Quem
por ſua virtus,fed foffa valymque tutym præftiterank.
14 OE :
136 SINT AXI S.
q
?
OBSERVATIONS.
A Relative is to beunderſtood , as an Adje žive
between two Caſes of the ſame Subſt antive, that
may agree with either of them ; as ,
Rara quidem eft*virtus, quam non fortunagubernat,
or Rara quidem eft * virtu's * quam * virtutem
fortuna, & c. ly
14
1 , The Antecedent may Elegantly be omitted in

the former. Clauſe of the Sentence, and Expreſs’d in
the latter ; as,
Populo ut placerent,* quas feciſſet * fabulas. For,
Populo ut placerent * fabulæ , * quasfeciſſet.
2. Wefind too, that in Imitation of the Greeks,
it agrees with a Subſtantive in the Subſequent Clauſe
of the Sentence, of a different Gender and Number
from it's right Antecedente As, Inter bonos ne
ceſaria eſt benevolentia; qui eft * fons ami
citie.
* The ſame way does the Verb or Adje&tive be

tween two Nouns of Different Numbers, or Gen
ders. O
3 , We often find the Relative agree with a

Word included in the Signification ofit's An
técedent. As
- Daret ut catenis fatale * monſtrum , * quæ ge
perofius quærebat perire. Horat.
4. When
SINTAXIS. .
137
4. When the Verb has no other Nominative, it
takes the Relative. As, Priorem locum obtinent, * que
laudem , quam *que reprehenſionểm *merentur. Valer.
Max.
5. When the verb has the Antecédent for it's Now
minative, then the Relative is put in ſuch caſe as the
Verb, or Word it is governd of, requires after it.
As, Quare abeant ac recedant voces ille *quas metus
exprimebat. Plin .
Cruda adbuc Studia in forum propelunt, eloquen
tiam * qua nihil effe * majus confitentur pueris induunt
adhuc naſceutibus. Petron. Arb.
6. A Relative'anſwering to many Singulars or Plu
rals, (tho’ of various Genders, muſt be of the Neuter
Gender. As, Qui ſunt autem hoſtes anima, nifi cupidi
tates, vitie, peccata ? * quæ ſi vicerit virtus ac fuga
verit, immaculatus erit animus atquepurus. Lactant.
The Queſtion and Anfwer are to agree in Words
of like Conſtruction . As, Queft. Quarum rerum mul
la eſt Satietas ? Anf. Divitiarum (nulla eſt Satietas.)
The Rules of Elliphis, when obſerv'd , will put
this kind of Conſtruction in a clearer light ; and the
reading of Dialogues will thew more than can be re
duc'd to Rule.
Of the REGIMEN or GOVERNMENTof
SYNTAXIS which proceeds according to the
Order of the Eight forts of Words.
1. The Regimen of a Noun Subſtantive.
When Two Subſtantives, of different Significations,
come together, the latter having a Genitive Sign )
fhall be put in the Genitive Caje. As , Spes laudis.
Deinde clariffimum * Homeri ilinkis * ingenium :
Vell. Paterc.
C.
138 SIN T.A XI s.
Cur iller *Oculorum etiam in ſeriis * hilaritáteni
requiro ? Minut. Fel.
OBSERVATION S.
1. In ſome Subſtantives, that can be turn'd into
Adjektives made of themſelves, it is more Elegant
to change the Genitive Caſe. As,
Sententia * Ciceronis , or * Ciceroniana
2. Wefind alſo that the Dative may upon ſome
Occaſion be uſed inſtead of a Genitive. As, Urbi
Pater : That is, when the Word will admit of
the Dative Signs ( To or för,) without any altera
tion of the Senſe.
3. Adjectives made Subſtantivés, follow the Con
ſtruction of Subſtantives . As, Vitam certe digniff
mam egit, quæ nullius, ad *id * temporis, præterquam
avito fulgore vinceretur. Vell. Paterc.
Si * quid in te * artis eft, ita compone domum meam,
ut: quicquid agam , ab omnibus perſpici poffit. Idem .
1
4. Two Subſtantives ſignifying one Perſon or Thing,
are putin the ſameCaſe; andthis is known by the
abfence of the Genitive Sign. As, * Deus * Creator
.
Mundi, hominem divinæ naturæ fecit imaginem .
5. Subſtantives declaring any Quality or Property,
touching Praiſe or Difpraiſe, require a Genitive or
Ablative. As,Hefiodus--* Vir perelegantis * ingenii, &
mollifima dulcedine carminum memorabilis. Vell.
Paterc .
Confiliis dux, miles manu, odio in Romanos Hanni
bal. Idem .
6. The
SYNTAXIS 139
6. The Subſtantives Opus & Uſus when they fig
nify Need require an Ablative Caſe. As, Deo indį
ciis opus eon eſt, non folum in oculis ejus,fed in ſing
vivimus. Minuc . Fel.
Pecuniam * qua fibi nihil effet * uſus, ab iis quibus
ſcibat uſui eſſe non accepit. Aul . Gell. 1
1 * Opus has fometimes another kind of Government,

As, Alia quæ opus funt para, Ter .
7. Thiş Sign of often lies hid in 's mark'd thus
at the End of a Word in Engliſh ; as ,
My Father's Horſe. My Mother's Looking-Glaſs.
The REGIMEN of a NOUN
ADJECTIVE .
* For the better Help of the Memory, it is to be
Obſerv'd, that the Regimen of Adječtives proceeds
according to the ſucceeding Order oftheCaſes. And,
1. Of ADJECTIVES Governing a
GENITIVE CASE.
1. Adje&tives Expreſsing Care, Deſire, Knowledge,
Remembrance, Ignorance, Fear, Crime, &c. With
4
others Contrary to them in Signification, will have

a'Genitive Café. As. * Memor * originis digna tan
to genitore capefferet.Quint, Curt.
* Conſcia mens * relti, famæ mendacia ridet.
2 Nouns.
140 SINTAXIS
2. Nouns Partitives, Interrogatives, and Nouns
of Number , (Verbals in ax ,) ſo likewiſe Words of
the Comparative and Superlative Degree, with the
Engliſh Signs of or among, require a Genitive
Cafe. As, Aliquis noſtrum .
Publius fcipio Æmilianus & c. Omnibus
belli, ac togæ dotibus ingenioque , ac * Studiorum
eminentifunus Seculi fui, qui nihil in vita niſi
laudandum , aut fecit ,aut dixit, acſenſit Vell.
Lætus animi & ingenii, * fortunæque in quam ale
batur * capax . Idem .
OBSERVATIONS.
1. This Adjective Rudis often Governs an Ahla
tiveCafe. As Hic Adoleſcens er at* Studiis *rudis.
Vell. Paterc.
2. The Superlative does rather agree in Gender

with the Subſtantive going before the Genitive
Cafe. As, * Mors fit * extrema malorum . * Villo
fillimus animalium * lupus.
3. Nouns Partitives, &ć. - Have the Genitive
Govern’d of them ſometimes varied by theſe Pre
poſitions ( Ante, De, E, EX, Inter.) As,
* Primus ibi * ante omnes magna, comitante cater
(va, Virg.
Solus *de Superis,
2. Of
SINTAXIS. 141
2. Of ADJECTIVES Governing a
DATIVE
1. If Adjectives fignify Profit or Diſprofit, Like

neſs or Unlikeneſs, Pleaſure, Submiſſion , orBelonging
to any Thing, they require a Dative. As, Vtilis Rei
publicæ. Infestus hominibus. Similis Diſimilis pa
tri. Jucundus oculis. Principi fupplex. Fratri
proprius.
Vita hominis * fimilis eft * ferró, quod ſi exerceas
atteritur, fi non exerceas rubigo conſumit.
2. To thefe may be added Verbals in bilis, & Para
ticipials Paſſives in dus. As,
Mors * nulli *exar abilis.Semel * omnibus eſt *cal
canda via lethi . And Adjektives derivd of via. As,
* Invia *virtuti nulla eft via .
OBSERVATIONS.
1. We find that theſe following Adjectives com
pris'd in Hexameter Verſes do ſometimes God
vern a Genitive Caſe.
Aqualis, Proprius, Similis, Par, Finişimuſque,
Sicetiam Affinis,Germanus,itemque Propinquus,
Vicinus, Socius, Fidus, Cognátus, Amicus,..
Et derivata & que componuntur ab illis.
2. There
942 SINTAXİS.
2. Theſe following, have an Accuſatire with a

Prepoſition.
Natus, Idoneus, atque Âccomodus, Aftus, Ineptus,
Utilis, ac Habilis quæque his contraria cernes.
3. Communis, Alienus, & Immunis have after
them various Caſes. As, Commune animantium . Hoc
mihi eſt commune cum ceteris.
OfJA DJECTIVESGoverning an
ACCUSA TIVE CASE. ,
1. The Meaſure that ſhews the Length, Breath,

or Thickneſs ofany Thing is put after Adje&tives ſig
nifying thoſe Dimenſions in the Accuſative Caſe;
and ſometimes in the Ablative ; ſo likewiſe after
Verbs. As, Müri Babylonis erant * alti * du
centos pedes, *lati* quinquagenos. A recta conſci
entia tranſverſum * unguem non oportet diſee
dere .
Nec longis inter se * pafſibus * abſunt.
2. We find them alſo with Prepoſitions , and
with a Genitive Caſe. As, Cum a millefere paffibus
caftra pofuiſſet.
Areas latus pedum denum .
‫܀‬.‫ܨ‬
1
SYNTAXIS. 143
of ADJECTIV É S Governing ag
ABLATIVE CASE.
1. Adjectives ſignifying Plenty , or Want, will

have now an Ablative, and then aGenitive Caſe. As,
* Dco cuneta * plena ſunt. Min. Fel.
Potentia ſuanunquam , aut raro ad impotentiam
ufus, peene omnium * votoru * expers. Vell. Paterc,
2. So will theſe following Particulars.
Agrotus. Genitus. Nudus. Such as
Captus. * Inanis. Orbus. are mark'd
* Copioſus. Indignus. * Ortus. thus * have
Cretus * Inops. Plenus. both Cafes.
Defe &tus. Lctus. Refertus. Thoſe that
Deſtitutus. Liber. Satur. are not , rem
* Dignus. Locuples.. Spoliatus. quire an Ab
* Dives. Mancus. Superbus. lative alone.
Editus . Mutilus. Vacuus.
Foetus . Natus. Viduus.
3. All Adjectives denoting or expreſſing any

Quality , or Property, belonging to one, or ſhew
ing the Cauſe of the Subſtantive, are uſually found
with an Ablative Caſe. As, Doctrina clarus. Palli
dus ira .
* *
Maraboduus, * genere * nobilis, prea
corpore
valens, * animo * ferox, * natione magis quam * re
tione * barbarus. Vell. Paterc.
4. The
944 SINT AXIS.
4. TheComparative Expreſs’d by theWord
( Than ) in Engliſh, requires an Ablative after it, and
the Word ( Quam ) in Latin, is left out. Tho' we
find it in fome Places Expreſsd; as in Vell. Pa
terc. Fide melior quamconfilio prudentior.
The REGIMEN Of a PRONOUN.
1. Mei, Tui, Sui, Noftri, & Veſtri, being Geni
tives of the Primitive Pronouns, Ego Tu & Sui, are
uſed when Pallion is Signified ; as, Languet * deſi
derio * tui.
* But when Poffeffion is meant, then the Poles.
fives Meus, Tuus, Suus, Nofter, & Veſter are pro
perly brought in. As, Imago * rna. Liber * veſter & c.
* And theſe Poffeffives elegantly take after them 1
the Genitives, Iplius, Solius, Vnius, Omnium , Plu
-rium , &c, As, Ex tuo ipſius animo.
2. Sui & Suus are call’d Reciprocals, becauſe they
are to agree with the Third Perſon going before
them. As, * Petrus rogat ne * ſe deſeras.
Sejanum Ælium , & c. - Virum ſeveritatis lætiſ
fime, hilaritatis priſce ;a &tu otiofis fimillimum , nibil
ſibivindicantem ,eoqueaffequentem omnia,ſemper infra,
aliorum eftimationes *je metientem .
The REG IM E N OF a VERB:
*** Note, That the Regimen of a Verb, after the
fame Manner as the Subſtantive proceeds according
to the Order of the Caſes. Firſt then,
51 of
ŚIN
SINTAXIS. 145
1. Of V ERB S requiring à NOMINA
TI V E after them .
1. Verbs Subſtantives; as Sum , Forem , Fio, Exifto ;
Neuters, as Sto, Sedeo, Cubo; andall.Paſſives, where
an Ablative is not requir'd , muſt have a Nominative
Caſe after them. As, Deus * eft * Summus. Joannes
* Št at * rectus, & c.
Grandis, et, ut ita dicam, pudic a oratio non * eſt
* maculoſa ,nec * turgida,fed naturali pulchritudine ex
Jürgit. Perron. Arbit.
OBSERVATIONS
i. One Thing we muſt Obſerve, that any Verb

may have a Nominativeafter it, ofa Subſtantive ben
longing to the Nominative before it, or an Adje
& tive that ought to agree with it. As,
Quicquid mirabere * pones 1
* Invitus Hor.
3. The Nominative after the Verb Sum , may be
made a Dative provided it be a Subſtantive. As,
Neque enim juſtus ſine mendaciò candor apud bonos
* crimini * eft. Vell. Paterc,
2. Of VERBS with a GENITIV E
after them .
1. The Verb Sum denoting Poffeffion , has by an
Ellipfis a Genitive Cafe. As, Pecus * eft * Melibei
i, e, Pecus eft (pecus)Melibæi.
At animum vincereiracundiam cohibere* fortiſſimi
eſt. Lactant, K 2. Thele
146 SYNTAXIS .
2. Theſe Poffeffives Meus , Tuus, Suus, Nofter , &
Vefter, are to agree with the Subſtantive going be
fore, and when the Word officium is left out, are
to be of the Neuter Gender. As,—Meum eft. Tuan
eft, & c. i , e, Officium .
* Veftrum * eft hæc omnia memoriter tenere.
3. Satago, Miſereor, Mifereſco, Obliviſcor, Recor
dor,Reminiſcor, Memini, Intereſt, and Reſert, uſually
have a Genitive. As, * Rerum tuarum * ſatage.
* Intereſt * Reipublice Juventutem effe bene inſti
( tutam .
4. Verbs of Accuſing , Abfolving , and Admoniſh
ing follow the ſameSyntaxis. As, * Accufatur, Ab
Solvitur de or a Grimine) * furti.
Ut me difimulanter gravius argueret inſcientia.
Min . Fel.
OBSERVATIONS.
1. We muſt take Notice, that no Verb properly
can be ſaid to Govern a Genitive Caſe, but that
there is always fome Subſtantive underſtood, upon
which it depends. As, Hic liber * eft * Fratris,
put for, Hic liber eft liber fratris. * Rerum * Sa
tagit: ſuarum . Is agit * Satis * rerum . Miſereor
bui, for Miſereor gratia tui. Memini hiſtorie, for
Memini * verba * hiſtoria .
1. Obliviſcor, Recordør, Reminiſcor, and Memini,
are Read with an Accuſative. As,
* Memini * que plagoſum mihi parvo
Orbilium didare - Hor.
3. The
SINT AXIS, 147
3. The two Verbs Intereſt and Refert have a
reculiar Syntax with Mea. Tua, Sua noſtra Veftra, &
Cuja. As,Non * mea * refert quid dicant parentes,
qui nolunt liberos ſuos fever a lege proficere. Petron.
Arb.
1 4. * Note, That Verbs of Accuſing, &c. May
alſo have an Ablative with , or without a Prepoſition.
As, Accufatkr Négligentia, or de Negligentia.
3. Of VERBS Governing a DATIVE. 7
1. * The natural Signification of th . Dative al

ways includes Acquiſition, or Relation , ei her inten
tional or real, being cver as the End to which any
thing is referr'd ; for which Reaſon ,it is put notonly
to expreſs the Perſon, but alſo the Thing, to which
it is atributed or referr'd. As, Quod enim Simula
crum Deo fing am , cumſi re te exiftimes, fit dei homo
ipſe Simulacrum . Min . Fel.
Parentibus & Præceptoribus non poteſt reddi æqui
valens.
2. Verbs of Giving, obeying , Reſiſting, Profiting,

Hurting, Pleaſing, Excelling, Aiding, (except Juvo
& Levo,) Commanding ( except Jubeo, with ſome
Particulars, which I Thall treat of anon , do all Go
vern a Dative. As,
Detprimos verſibus annos,
Mæoniumque bibat felici pectore fontem . Petron :
3. Sum when it is put for Habeo followsthe ſame
Rule. As, Sic cui non eft veri Stabile judicium , prout
3
infida SuſpicioSpargitur, ita ejus dubia opinio diſpaa
tur. Min . Fel.
K 2 A. So
348 SINT AXIS.
4. So do Verbs Compounded with Præ, Ad, Cott,
Sub, Ante, Poſt, ob, In , Inter. As, Quam ſit aſſidua
eminentis fortune comes invidiag altiffimiſque adhe
reat. Vell. Paterc.
OBSERVATIONS..
1. Theſe Verbs Sum , Habeo, Do, Verto, Tribuo,
Duco , Relinquo, Puto and ſome few others, will ad
mit of two Datives. ' As, Do tibi pignori.
Et mihi laudi .
2. To or For after Subſtantives, Adjectives , or
Verðs whereby any Motion or Tendency to any thing
is Declar'd , is exprefs'd by the Prepoſitions Al,
or in, with an Accufative Caſe. As,
. ænas princeps,
Sit Piger ad p ad præmia velox .
To this belongs the following Catalogue.
Where Note, That all mark'd thus(* )may alſo Go
vern a Dative.
Voco. Natus.
* Accingo. Exciſo.. Ornatus .
Addo. Incito . Urgeo.
* Adhereo. Inclino. Accin &tus. Partitus.
Adigo. Inftigo. Accomodatus. Piger.
* Adjicio. * Intendo. Alacris. Præceps.
* Affero. Invito. Aptus. Proclivis.
Laceſſo. Attentus. Promptus.
* Apello . Commodus. Pronus.
* Applico. Loquor.
Appropinquo.Paro. Comparatus. Propenſus.
*Attendo. Pertinet. · Compoſitus. Tardus.
Attinet. Propero. Expeditus. Vehemeus.
Scribo. Facilis. Velox .
Cogo. Spect át .
*Comparo. Factus. vtilis.
* Conduco Tous. Feſtinus.
* Confero. Tendo. Inclinatus.
Duco .. Venio. Inftru &tus. 3. Præed
AXI'S.
SINT A -XIS. 149
3. Preeo, Prævinco, Præcedo, Precurro, Peverto
Prevertor, require after them an Accuſative Caſe.
As -- Fuge magna ; lịcet fubpauperetette
Reges & regumvita precurrere amicos. Hor.
4. Of VERB S Governing an
ACCUSATIVE GASE.
1. All Verbs Tranſitives, that is, Verbs of an

Adive Signification , have always an Afative
Caſe after them , Expreſs'd or u.ider tood . Rw, Silla.
dia * adoleſcentiam * alunt, ſenectutem obles ant's
Id filiæ quoque uxorique præceperim , fac patris
fic mariti *memoriam *venerari; ut omnia * faita,
diftaque ejus ſecum *revolvant * famamqite ac figur
am animi magisquam corporis comple..i antur. Corn.
Tac. Vit. Agric.
OBSERVATIONS.
1. Perbs Neuters of an Active Signification ,go
yern Accuſatives of a near Relation to themſelves.
As, *Dormit * Somnum Epimenideum .
* Where Note, That they may be Chang'd
after many Verbs into Ablatives. As, Morte
obiit. Režta ire via, or viam .
2. It is not every kind of Noun that a Verb Tran
ſitive will admit after it. For we can ſay Facio
verba, but not Facio Orationem : So can we ſay
HabeoOrationem when we can't Habeo verba. Uſe,
and Obſervation of Phraſes, will beſt ipfurm us in
theſe Particular Idioms.
K 3 3. Becauſe
JSO SINT AXIS,
3. Becauſe Boys are apt to fall Naturally into
the miſtake, of puting the Noun which immediatly
follows theVerb, in the accuſative Caſe, the fol
lowing Index is to ſhew them, That the Verbi con
tain’din it, do immediatly require a Dative after
them .
Adulor. Faveo. obtempero. Reſiſto,

Adverfor. Ignosco. ' obito. Reſpondeo.
Ancillor. Impiro. obfum . Suadeo.
Aſentio. Incommodo. Occurrą, Subvenio.
Aſentor. Indignor. Officio. Succurro. 量
Auxilior . Indulgeo. Opitulor. Studeo,

Benefacio. Iunitor. Palpor. Vaco.
with Satis & Inſidior. Pareo . Velificor .
Male facio, Invideo. Patrocinor . tPlaudo Tho '
Blandior . Iraſcor. Perfuadeo. iometimes has
Commodo. Mardo . *Pláudo . an Accuſative
Confido. Medeor. Precipio. witba Prefofi
Condono. Morigeror : Proficio, 2. Min
tion. Fel
As,. in
Credo. Noceo. Profum . In
Diffido. Nubo. Reclamo. eum Plandére.
Difpliceo. Obedio. Refragor.
Famulor. obſequor. Repugno.
* The Reaſon why a Dative immediatly follows
theſe Verbs, is becauſe an Accuſative Cafe is either
conceald in the Figure of the Verb, orin it's Sig
nification. As, Ancillor involves Ancillam : Aux
ilior , Auxilium : Nubo has Vultum underſtood :
Plaudo, Manum , &c.
4. Certain Verbs Atives have after them two
Accuſatives, which are contain'd in the following
Verſes. Flagito,
SYNTAXIS. 551
Flagito, Poſco, Peto,Precor, obſecro, Poſtulo, & Oro,
Exoroque, Interrogo, Percontorque Rogoque,
Exigo, & Erudio.Doceo, Moneo, Admoneoque,
Hirtor & Apello, Voco, Predico, Nuncupo, Dico,
Nomino & Efficio, Facio,Do, Conſulo, Reddo,
Et Celo, Præſto, Puto, Cenſeo, Judico, Duco. As,
Nulla falusbello * pacem *te poſcimus omnes-- Virg.
* Here we muſt Obſerve, that oftentimes oneof
theſe Accuſatives paſſes into an Ablative with a
Prepoſition . As, * Celo *te banc *rem , or * Gelo * te
de bac * re..
5. We find that Verbs of Asking and Warning,
tho' Paſive, Govern an Acculative. As, Cato *ra
gatus * Sententiam . Doctus iter melius, & c.
* There are belides fome remarkable Phraſes,ſuch
s
as, Induose veſtem , or tibi veſtem . Iftud te moneo,
or moneo te de re, & c.
OF V E R B S Governing an
ABLATIV E.
1. A Noun declaring the Cauſe for which, the in
ſtrument with which, or the Manner how any thing,
is, or is done, is to be in the Ablative Caſe, when it
follows the Verb. ' A's; Gladio transfixit. Morte,
Subegit.
Quodfi paterentur laborum gradusfieri, ut ftudiofe
juvenes * le&tione ſevera * mitigarentur, ut ſapientiæ
præceptis animos * componerent, ut verba atroci
* Stylo * effoderent, ut quod vellent imitari diu audi
rent,fibi nihil effet magnificum quod pueris placeret.
Petron. Arb.
K * To
152 SINTAXIS.
* To this Rule may be Referr'd theſe particular
Phraſes. Proſequi amore : Affici voluptate: Mente
motus : Stas animo: Natu Maximus,and ſuch like.
2. All Nouns denoting a Certain Price are put in
the Ablative Caſe. As, * Vendidi* auro
Quia * veneat *auro.
Rara avis, & piet a pandat Spectacula cauda. Hor.
3. Theſe Neuters, Fungor, Fruor, Oror, Potior
Veſcor, Nitor, Dignor, Vivo, Victito,Gaudeo : & Verbs
of Plenty, Scarcity, Filling, or Emptying , require an
Ablative Caſe. As, Fungitur officio. Fruitur præmio .
* Mente recte *uti non poſſumus, multo cibo & potu
completi.
Hand equidem * tali me * dignor honore. Virg.
4. The Ablative Abſolute, which is known by the
Engliſh Sign Being, is a Conciſe way of turning
Three Words or more into Two ; as, inſtead of
Dum Auguftusregnavit, * Augufto * Regnante,
* This one Sentence, out of Minucius Felix ;
may convince us- of it's uſe and Elegance. Viz,
Romam contenderat,* relicta dome,* conjuge, * liberis ;
& quod eft in liberis amabilius, * annis adhuc * in
nocentibus, & adhuc dimidiata verba * tentantibus,
loquela, ipſo offenfantis lingua fragmine; *dulciore.
OBSERVATIONS..
1. It is neceſſary to know , That the Ablative
Cafe has always a Prepoſition either Expreſs’d or
Underſtood, and for ' this Reaſon we meet with it
often Expreſs’d, As,
Ita * perfurit acri
* Cum fremitu, Savitque minaci murmure pontus.
(Lucret.
2. Words
SINTAXIS..
153
2.Words denoting an uncertainty of Price, are
ever Read in the Genitive Cafe. As, Tanti, Quanti,
Pluris, Minoris , & c. As Quanti emifti.
At bonaparshominum decepta cupidine falfo,...
Nilfatiseft, inquit, quia *tanti quantum habeas,
(fos. Hor.
id
3. Potior when it Signifies to Conquer or Com

mand requires a Genitive . As, Rerum poțiri.
So does Dignor an Accuſative. Aș,
Dominos dignabere Teucros Virg.
4. Verbs that betoken Receiving or Taking away,
1 and Diſtance, will have an Ablativewith theſe Pree
poſitions, Ab, De, E , or Ex ; as, * Accepit literas *a
patre. Deus, ut *eripiat nos * e *malis precandus eft.
5. After the ſameManner we ſee Verbs Pas
lives. As,
*Laudatur *ab bis, * culpatur * ab illis. Hør.
14
Quare cum ſapere, id eſt, veritatem quærere, om
nibus ſit innatuin, ſapientiam ſibi adimunt, qui fine
ullo judicio inventa majorum probant, & *abaliis
!!
pecudum more * ducuntur. Lactant. 5
6. Indigeo is often found with a Genitive Gom
4
vern'd of it. As, Hoc bellum * indiget * celeritatis.
Cịc.-- Quafi tuhujus * indigeas * patris. Ter. $o
are Abundo Careo, Compleo, Impleo, Scateo, Saturd ;
but then it is to be obfery'd, that there is an Ellipſis
of ſome Subſtantive.
7. To the Ablative of the Cauſe, the Prepoſition
Pre is frequently added. As, *Præ *mærore loqui
non poſſum. And ſometimes Ex ; as, Laborat er
pedibus.
9. Verbs importing the Force of Excelling or
Compariſon , determine that Word in which the
Excellence or Exceſs appears, to be in the Ablative
Caje. Als,
Names
Ego meis majoribus * virtute * præluxi.
154 SYNTAXIŞ .
in Names ofPLACES, and Words figs
nifying TI ME have a peculiar Conſtru 1
ction .
Of PLACES
1. The proper Name of a place in which the
Action is done, or to be done, provided it be of 7
the Firſt or Second Declenſion and Singular Number, w
muſt be in the Genitive Caſe. Aș,

Quid * faciam * Roma -Juv . *
2.But if the proper Naine of a Place be of the

Plural Number only , or of the Third Declenſion,
then it is put in the Dativeor Ablative Cafe. As,
Fam mæchus Rome, jam mallet dółtus * Athenis, D
Vivere
-Hor.
Vixit Carthagini.
3. If a Motion orJourny to aPlace be Expreſs'd,
the place is put in the Accuſative Caſe. As ,
Tendimus hinc recta * Beneventum - Hor..
4. When a Motion or Journy from or by a
Place is deſign'd, then the place is to be purin the
Ablative Caje. Ás,"
Egreſſum magnameaccepit Aricia * Roma.Hor.
f Note, That Hiftorians in any Deſcription of
Actions or Circunſtances, in , to, from , or by a
Place, make uſe of Prepoſitions; and this often
is requir'd for Diſtinction. As, * Beticam per * Ti
cinum et petiturus.
s. Rús and Domu in every reſpe have the ſame
c
Nature of proper Nsames of Places t: As,
Romæ *rus optas , abſente ruſticu uz bem Hor ,
s
m falctum
Molle atque
Virgilio annueruntgaudentes * rure camena Hor.
To theſe we may add theſe Genitives, Humi,
Domi, Militia. Of
SYNTAXIS . ss
OF TIME:
1. The Queſtion How long with Reſpect to Time
is Anſwer'd by an Accuſative depending upon theſe
Prepoſitions ; Ad,Ante,Per, Poft ,Circiter,as the Senfe
requires, which are Expreſs'd or Underſtood. As,
i Decem annos natus ( Antebeing left out.) The Senſe
alſo implies a Duration or Continuance ofTime. As,
-dicat quot Aceſtes vixerit * annos. Juv.
2. When there is no certain or determin'd Quan 1
tity of Time, then the Word ſignifying Time, is to

i be in the Ablative Caſe. As, Omni tempore.
3 Nunc veterumlibris, nunc fo mno et inertibus * ho 1
Ducere follicitæ fucunda oblivia vitæ . Hor. (ris

+ Such Time is very rarely put in the Accuſative
Cafe.
Of INFINITIVES , GERUNDS,
SUPINES, and PARTICIPLES."
1
1. A Verb, following a Verb, or Adjektive, with
this Sign To, or any other Potential Sign, being or
not being between them ,iscommonly Infinitive. As,
* Scire volunt omnes, mercedem * foluere nemo. Juv.
1 2. Gerunds, Supines, and Participles, have after
them the ſame Caſe, as the Verbs they come from .
As,
*Utendum eſt * ætate, cito pede præterit & tas.
3. Gerundswhen they become Adjectives, follow
the Rule of Adjectives. As.
Semper in * Augenda feſtinat & obruitur * re. Hot
Nonne Deus meliusinNoftro * dedicandus eft men
te ? in noſtro imo * confecrandus eft pectore. Min. Fel.
Ita
156 SINTAXIS.
Ita tibi * informandus eft * animus, ut libram teneas
æquiffimi judicis, nec iïï alteram partempropenſus in
cumbas, Idem : 9:
4. The Uſe of the Gerund in D I is beſt known
thus. When the Engliſh of the Infạnitive Mood
Actives or the Genitive of the Participle of the
Preſent Tenſe, comes immediatly after a Subſtantive.
Governing a Genitive , it is made by this Gerund.
As, * Otium * legendi libros. Spes ludendi.
Magnitudinem fortunæ ſuæ, * peccandi * licentia,
metiebatur. i quicquid liberet pre licito judicans.
Vel. Paterc .
5. The Nature of theGerund in DO is thus.
When we have the Engliſh of the Participle of the
Preſent Tenſe in the Ablative Caſe, coming after a
Noun, Verb, or Participle, fhewing the Manner by
which anyThing is tobedone, itmuſt bemade by
thisGerund without a Prepoſition . As . Defeffus
ambulanda, ſcribendo , & c.
Re&tius* vives , Licini,neque altum ,
Semper * urgendo ; neque dum procellas,
Cgutus horrefeis, nimium * premendo,
.. Zittus iniquum.Hor.
+ But we muſt carefully Obſerve, that where
the Ablative of a Noun cou'd not be without a Pre
poſition theGerund follows theſe, A , Ab,De,In , E ,Ex ,
Cum , Pro, As, Ex *defendendo major gloria,quam ex
accufando paratur .
6. The Gerund in DUM is generally read with
One of theſe Prepoſitions,Ad, Ante, Enter, ob, Props
ter. As, Ad legendum libros. Inter Canandum .
-Namque * anté * domandum
Ingentes tolent animos. Virg:
Duci plus * ad *moriendum quam * ad * pagnandum
animi fuit. Vel. Paterc . 7. The
SINT AXIS. 157
7. The Firfi Supine has an Astive Signification,
and follows Verbs or Participles, diſcovering a Mo
tion to a Place, or Tendency to any Action . As,
Spetatum veniunt. (Hor.
*Lujum it Mæteras, * dormitum ego Virgiliuſque.
8. The latter Supire having a Paſſive Senſe tol
!
lows Nouns Adjectives. As, Difficile inventu. Fa
.cilius auditu . ' ;
Quanto juſtius ego meadillam piám, veram, & di
vinamſapientiam, quafi ad portum aliquem tutiſimum
me confer am : in quo oninia *di&tu prona ſunt, * auditu
ſuavia,*facilia* intellectu *,honefta* Suſceptu?Lactant.
OBSERVATIONS.
1. + The Engliſh Verbal'in ing has a Threefold
meaning. As,
1. It impliesplain Aition ; as Scriptio a Writing.
2. The Effect of the Action ; as, Scriptura a
Writing or Thing Written .
3. The Actor or Author of this Ation as,
Scribens or Scriptor One Writing.
2. All Verbals in ing, as to their Caſual Signs,
follow exactly the ſame Diſpoſition ,that NounsSub
ftantives have. As, Amor the love, Scribendi of
Writing, impellit urgesScribentem one Writing, ad
Scribendum to Writing, Ut that Scribendo by Writ
ing, Sepe often Scripta plurima many Writings,fiat
he may become peritus Scriptora Skillful Writer
in libris Scribendis in writing Books.
3. Gerunds in DUŇ in Tome Authors are known ,
toGovern Accuſatives. As;
* Pacem Trojano ab rege * petendum. Virg.
Aliqua*confilia * reperiendum eſt. Plaut. 4. Para
158 SINT AXIS.
4. Participles made Nouns require a Genitive.
As, Alieni appetens,ſui profuſus. Sal.
5. Exoſus, Peroſus, Pertæſus have always an Ac
cuſative Caſe, when they fignify Actively. As, Ex
ofusfævitiam .
Et nunc cedo quidem * pugnaſque * exoſa relinqun.
( Virg .
IHe* perofus *opes, Silvas & rura colebat. Ovid.
+ If Palfively a Dative . As, Exofus parentibus.
of the GOVERNMENT of VERBS
IMPERSONAL S.
1. Verbs Imperfonals, as I have before hinted,

have fome Nominative Underſtood , which we ſupply
by the Word (it,) In all other, reſpects they govern
Cases like Perſonals, As, * Me * dele& at. Benefit
A Principe, & c.
2. Thoſe too that are acquiſitively put, fuch as
Convenit, Accidit, like Perſonals of the ſame kind
will have a Dative Cafe. As, Convenit mihi tecuit.
3. Juvat, Dele&tat, Oportet, (& attinet, Pertinet,
Spectat with the Prepoſition Ad ) Govern an Accuſam
tive. As. Mejuvat. Ad illum fpe&tat .
Quid * juvat immenfum * te argenti pondus, & auri
Furtimdefoffa timidum
deponere terra. Hor.
4. Such as diſcover Paſſion require a Genitive
with an Accufative. As, Miferet me tui. Piget me
Socordie .
Exulibuſnedatur ducenda Lavinia Teucris,
o Genitor ! nec * te * miſeret * natæque tuique ?
( Virg.
5. Paffive
SYNTAXIS.
159
5. PaſſiveImperſonals may thro' every Perſon, be
uſed for Active Perſonals. As, Statur a me. i, e, ſto.
Statur a te. i, e, itas, &c .
Here is to be Noted that ſome Verbs Neuters
in o may be Conjugated thro' the Third Perſon
Singular of the Paſſive Voice and ſo become Imper
Jonals; tho' not Read in any other Perfon. "As,
Si qua lalorioſa eſt, ad me* curritur. Íer.
* Venitur ad tempus. Vell. Paterc.
EN
Of Undeclinable WORD S. And ift. Of

1
ADVERBS .
1. Adverbs of Quantity, Time, & Plače are for
à Genitive Caſe . As, Abundefabularum. Tunc tems
- poris. Eo loci, &c.
Satis eloquentiæ, ſapientiæ parum. Sal.
2. En & Ecce are either for å Nominative or an
Accuſative Cafe. As, En homo. Ecce puellam ,
3.Moſt Adverbs retain the fameGovernmentof
the Words they are Deriv'd from. As, Iret obviam
legionibus, ut de Summa rerum illic certaret. Tac.
Jam * primum * omnium ſatisconftat, Troja capta
in cæteros ſavitum eſſe Trojanos. Liv.
7
OBSERVATIONS,
1. Adverbs are ſo call’d, becauſe they moſt com
monly are join'd to Verbs, to make them more exa
25
preſlive: We find them frequently too, for the famç
Reafon, put with other Words. As, Admodum
doctus. Perquam ftolidus &c.
Simul veritas pluribus modis infra &ta : Primur
infcitia Reip. ut aliene, mox libidine affentandi,
aut rurfusodio adverfus dominantes. Tacit. 2.Some
160 SINTAXI S. Xis.
2. Some Sentences chiefly, or altogether, confift
ofAdverbs. As, Sat citoſi ſat bene.
Tuveronec nimis unquam , nec nimisfæpe lauda
veris. Cic.
3. Longe,Multo, Tanto, Quanto, Hoc, Eo, Quo,
are plac'd with the Poſitive and Comparative, but
Quam with every degree, fo likewiſe ut, when it
is put for Quam .
* Quanto * conftantior idem
In vitiis ; * tanto levis * miſer, ac prior ille,
Qui jam contento, jam laxo, funé laborat. Hor.
* Quo quis * indoctior, *20 * impudentior. $
4. An,Ne, Num , Nunquid , Utrum , in ' asking a

Queſtion , are join'd to the Indicative Mood. As,
Num erubuit ? Fecitne ?
+ But when they imply Doubting, to the Subjun .
Etive. As, Viſo *num * redierit. Ter.

* Ne * terreat vanus aſpectus , & aurifulgor atque
argenti, quod neq; tegit neque vulnerat. ' Tac.
5. Quaſi, Seu, Tanquam ,Perinde, & Ac ſi,belong
1
to the Subjunctive Mood. As,
Quaſi tu hujus * indigeas patris. Ter.
* Tanquam
* Sit proprium cuiquam , puneto quod mobilis hore ME
Nunc préce, nunc pretio , nunc vi;nunc forte ſupre

ma ,
Permutet dominos, & cedat in alterajura. Hor. :
6. Ecce is often read abſolutely As, Ecce, belli
sivilis ingens opusquiſquisattigerit, nifi plenus lis
Teris, ſub onere labetur. Petron.
7. Theſe Adverbs Relatives, Poft quam ,vbi,Dum ,
Simulac, Quemadmodum , Vt, (except Vt for Posta
quam which is join'd to the Indicative Mood) are
indifferently
SYNTAXFS. 161
indifferently put either to the Indicative or Subjun
&tive Mood . As, * Poftquam Dictator * inſtruxit
aciem. Liv.
Viſne igitur *dum dies iſta :* venit, qua magno
conatu exercitus moveatis, interea tu iple congredi
mecum , ut noſtro duorum , jam hinc eventu cernatur,
quantum eques Latinus Romano præftet. Idemn .
At oratio & vis forenfis, & c. - Ita univerſa ſub
principe operis ſuis erupit-Tullia : *ut delectariante
eum pauciſſimis,mirari vero neminern * pollis, niſi aut
ab illo viſum , aut qui ilum viderit, Vell. Paterc.
* Dumſic aliquosfpe&tatis paribus * dimiſiſſet. Liv.
Of a CONJU NCTION.
1 1. Conjunctions Copulatives and Disjun&tives, with
theſe four Quam ,Niſi, Prèterquam , Ar, join toge
ther like Cafes and Moods,except the Senſe requires
it ſhou'd be otherwiſe. As in Meo *præſidio *atque
in hoſpitis. Where Hofpitio isunderſtood.
Animus enim ut luxu * folvitur, *ita frugalitate
(* firmatur. Min . Fel.
1 Corpus omnefqve areſcit in pulverem, five in humo
- rem ſolvitur, vel in cinerem comprimitur, vel in ni
dorem tenuatur, ſubducitur nobis :fed deo elemento
rum cuftodi, refervatur. Idem .
2. Vt That, & Ne leaft that's always are for the
Subjunktive Mood; Ne forbidding for the Impera
tive: Si, Nij , Licet, quamvis, Cum , Modo, and
ſuch , are better join'd to the Subjunctive than Indic
ative. As, Non enim verendum eft, * nete in tam bo
nacauſa *deficiat oratio, qui lepeetiam malascopi
ofe ac fortiter defendiſti.Lactant.
L
}
S
SINTAXI ,
162
Si libenter errant ii, qui errare se ſciunt : quanto
magis vulgusindoctum ? quod pompisinanibusgaudet,
animis puerilibus Spectat omnia ,oblečtatur frivolis, &
fpecieſimulacrorum capitur,nec ponderare fecum unam
quamque rem poteft, * ut * intelligat, nihil colendum
éſſe, quod oculis mortalibus cernitur, quia mortale fit
neceſſe eſt. Idem .
3. of a PRÉ POSITION.
1. Theſe Thirty Prepofitions included in four Vera
Jes Govern an Accuſative Cafe.
Ad, penes, adverſus, cis, citra, circiter, extra,
Ergå, apud, ante, fecus, Trans, ſupra, verſus, &
( intra,
Ultra, poſt, præter,propter, prope,pone,ſecundum ,
Per, circum, circa , contre, juxta , inter, ob, in
(fra. As ,
Quis poſtea * ad* ſummam Thucydidis,quis Hype
ridis * ad * famam proceſit ! Petron . Arb.
2. Theſe following Twelve an Ablative. A , Ab,
Abs, Cum, Coram , Clam , Dė,E, Ex, Pro, Pre, Palam ,
- Sine, Abſque, Tenus. As, Nuper ventoſä iſtæc, et
enormis loquacitás Athenas * ex * aſa commigravit,
animoſque juvenum ad magna ſurgentes, veluti peſti
: lenti quodam fidere affiavit. Petron. Arb.
OBSERVATIONS.
1. Note, That Verſus is ſet after the Word that
đepends onit. As, Londinum verfas. Cavaniam
verfus.
2. If
SINTAXIS. 163
2. If a Noun be Plural, and govern’d of Tenus it
muſt beput in the Genitive Cafe . As, Aurium tenus.
Thus of Penes & Uſque.
3. In Super , ſub, ſubter , Procul & Clam ferve
both Cajes. As, Mira pravitate animi atque in
genii *in *precipitia converfus, patris atque ejuſdein
avi ſui animum alienavit ſibi; moxque creſcentibus
in dies vitiis, dignum furore ſuo habuit exitum . Vell. -
Quis * in reliquis orientis,, aut obeuntis ſolis ulti
mis, aut aquilonis auſtrive * partibus tuum nomen
audiet ? quibus amputatis , cernis profe&to quantis
in anguftiis veſtra ſegloria dilatari velit. Cic.
4 . A Compounded Verb retaining the Signifi
cation of the Prepoſition , will have after it the
Caſe of the Prepoſition. As, Adeo Templum .
• Eos tantummodo dicunt effe fapientes quiſuperna.
!
*acie mentis *requirunt, &quèrendi ſagaci *diligen
tia * comprehendunt, & quantum vivendi perſpicuitas
præftat, imitantur. Cic.
+ Theſe following are ſomething Particular.
*Abſtineo manum *ab alienis * pecuniis.
Abborrebat a literis. (Catul.
Sevaque * abhorrebas ſævi * præcepta parentis.
Abdicare magiſtratum . Saluſt.
Abdicare ſe magiſtratu. Liv.
Superſedeo with an Acc. Tho' ſeldome an Abl. Caſe.
We often find the Compounding Prepolition again
repeated . As, Dum verborum lenocinio *a rerum
* intentionibus *avocantur , fine delectu aſſentiuntur
di&tis omnibus, nec a rettisfalſa ſecernunt. Min. Fel.
L 2 4. Of
164 SI NT X X I S.
4. Ofan INTERJECTION .
of Theſe Signs of Paffion ,call'd Interjections, have
after them ſuch Caſes as the Verbs underſtood,
wou'd have, were they expreſs'd ; to make which
plainer, I will include the Words that are left out,
in à Parentheſis.
Nom. O qualis (eft) facies! & qualidigna tabella !
Acc .o fortunatos nimium ( pürarem )bona ſi ſua
Agricolas . Virg . ( norint.
Voc . o ſocii (auſcultate precor)
o (qui) palli (eftis ) graviora dabit Deus
his quoq;finem.Virg.
Of Irregular or Figurative SYNTAXIS.
+ Irregular Syntaxis is to c 1. To its Ellipſis.
a 2 . Redundance.
e Manner, either as ,
bfold 3 Variation .
1. An Ellipſis is theleaving out ſome Word, or

part of a Sentence, which either happens through
Paſſion; Negligence, or an Affe&ted Brevity in Langu
age ; however ſome may think it an Elegance ,yet it
is no where ſo, but where it retains the Perſpicuity of
the Natural Diſpoſition , as will appear by the fol
lowing Phraſes ; which for Method fake, are put ac
cording to the ſucceeding Order, I have already
obſerv'd in Grammar .
1
1. Of
SYNTAXI S. 165
1. Of the ELLIPSIS of NOUNS.
Ellipfis. Natural.
-Brevi. Brevitempore, or oratione
Prime. Primæ partes .
Bubula . Bubula caro.
Frigida. Frigida aquà.
Denarius . Denarius Numerus.
Ex quo. Ex quo tempore.
Januarius . Januarius menſis.
Patria . Patria terra.
Natalis. Natalis dies.
Tertiana. Tertiana febris.
Repetundarung. ! Repetundarnim pecuniari
Recta . in . Olinn Recta via.
Confona . Conſona litera,
Græci, & c. Græcipopuliaut cives.
Suburbanum . Suburbanum prædium .
Ad Diana. Ad Diana Templum .
Caſtra abfunt bidui. Caftra abſuntbiduiitinere,
Venit in mentemillius ne- Venit in mentem illius ne
gatii. gotii recordatio,
Conſcendere. i CIO ! Confcendere
In dies fingulnavem
os. ,
In dies. .
Siqua eft paulo Habilior. Si qua eft paulo babilior
ceteris,
-Non.habeo quem rogem . Neminembabeo quemrogen .
Eft qui dicat. Eft quidam qui dicat.
2. Of PRONOUNS,
Ellipfiş. Natural.
Çano.quæ folitus. Cano ea que folitus.
Ejt locus Italiam dicunt. Est locus quem Italiana di:
cunt.
Gnatam det Gnatam ſuam det.
‫ بر‬, 3
165 TNT A XI S.
3. OF VERBS.
Ellipſis. Natural.
Hinc ille lacryme. Hinc ille lacryme ſunt.
Hic nihilad Rhonbum . Hoc nibiladRhombum facit.
Quantum ad illud. Quantum ad illud pertinet.
Quid multa ? Quid multa dicam ?
Satis de his. Satis de his dictum eft .
Mene incepto defiftere. Mene incepto defiftere opor'a
tet.
Egone utBucchididem bona Egone ut Bacchididem ba
meaſciens. na meaſciens committam .
Iline ut concitent bella . Iline ut concitent bella
permittentur.
Mehercule. Me Hercule ames .
Deus meliora. Deus meliora det.
Continuo ego mecum , Continuo ego mecum cogita
bam .
Scit fidibus. Scit fidibus caneres
Manupropria. Manu propria foribère. I
In Italiam cogito. In Italiam cogito proficiſci.
4. Of PARTICIPLES.
Ellipſis. Natural. 72
Oneri ferundo elle. Oneri ferundoefle fufficiens.
Omnia ad ſalutem . OmniaadfalutemSpectan
tia .
5. Of ADVERB S.
Ellipfis. Natural.
Nemo opinor contradicet. Nemo utopinor contradicet.
+ Ut & Sicut are often ..!
omitted before theſe
Verds
SYNTAX IS! 167
Verbs |Opinor , Arbitror
Credo Puto .
Altera die quam ſolvit. Altera die poſtquam folvit.
6. OF CONTUOTIONS .
Natural.
Ellipſis. Plus aut minus .
Plus minus.
Surgamus gravis effe folet. Surgamus gravis enim effe
folet.
Dedilſes buic parco . Sidediſſes huic parco.
* Quam after Plus,
-Minus & Amplius. As,
Plus millies. ( Plus quam millies.
7. Of PREPOSITIONS.
Natural.
Ellip .ſis
Latina littora venit. Ad Latina littora venit .
Tertio Calendas. Tertio ante Calendas.
Annas quadraginta natus. Ante annos, quadraginta,
natus.
Id ſucsenſes mihi. Ob id fuccenſesmihi,
Arce ſua ſpectat. Ab arce fua ſpectat.
Stridens aquilone. Stridens ab aquilone,
Magna utilitate. Magna cum utilitate,
Habet me loco filii. Habet me in loco filii.
Vt after Volo, Nolo, Malo, Precor, Oportet,
Neceffe eft, and ſuch like is Elegantly omitted. As
Velim nos revifas. Velim ut pos reviſas.
Cave putes Cave ne putes,
L'A 2.
168 S.T.NT AXIS.
2. A Redundance, which by Rhetoricians is call'd
Pleonaſmus, is when ſomething in a Sentence, thro'
Paffion, is Superfluous. As,
Pleonaſmus, Natural.
Ore Locuta eſt. Locuch eft. 0.0
Hiſce oculis egomet vidi. Vidi.
Ubinam gentium . Ubinam .
Quocuncque terrarum . Quqcuncque.
Suofibi hunc gladio jugulo . Suo huncgladiojugulo.
Si ef ut dicat. Si dicat.
Simul concurrunt. Concurrunt.
3. Variation, which is a Swerving from the Na
tural Dilpolition which Words ſhou'd have in a
Sentence,is perform’d Twoſeveralways.
Viz .
Si. By a Tranfpofition ofWords.
22. By an Imitation of the Greeks.
Tranſpoſition. Natural.
In . Nati in triviisa
70
. Dare claſſes anstris.
Per mihigratum. Pergratum mihi.
Greek Syntax. Latin Syntax .
Letor laborum . Lætor gratia laborum .
Velatusfaciem . Velatus ſecundum faciem .
Alius ſapiente bonoque. Alius 4 Sapientebonoque.
Canum degeneres. Canes degeneres.
Nigre lanarum . Nigrælana .
Largus Venia . Largus'venia.
Define curarum , Deſine.cúris.
Vobis decet. Ter. Vos decet.
It clamor cælo. It clamor ad cælum .
Fac me ut ſciam . Fac ut ego ſciam .
Of
SINTAXIS. 169
Of DIVERSIFTING.
The Art of Diverſifying the ſame Thing by a
Variety and Change of different Expreſſions, has
been follow'd by the moſt Eminent and Copious
Writers ; which we may be the better aflur'd of by
Tully's own confeſſion to Mimus Roſcius his Friend ,
to whom he Recommends the changing of the
fame Sentence; by a new Dreſs of Language, as a
very neceſſary Qualification for an Orator. Fabíus
commends Homer' for this ; nor does Virgil, in his
Imitation of him , forget ſo great an Excellence.
This Ąrt of Diverſifying may be perform'd two
Ways .
1. By Abridgment. As, Et campos ubi Troja
fuit.
2. By Extention . As,
Venit ſummadies, & inelu &tabile tempus
Dardaniæ , fuimus Troes,fuit Ilium, & ingens
Gloria Teucrorumferus omnia jupiter Argos
Tranftulit : incenfa Danai dominantur in urbe
0 Pátria, o divum domus, Ilium & inclyta bello
Mænia Dardanidum.
Yet Copiouſneſsand Brevity aré not ſo much to
be Affefted, asto occafion obſcurity in the One;or
Saperfluity in the other.
Wordsof Gopiouſneſs, is to be Máſter
The Firſt Method
, to fignify One and the fame
of a Plenty of
Thing; as, Domu's, des ; Enſis, Gladius ; Forma,
Decor, Pulchritudo, & c. But the greateſt Caution
is to be had in the Choice of Words, that we
chufe ſuch as may be moſt proper for the Occa
fion and Harmonious in their Place ; and that we
ayoid Sòrdid, obſolete, Harſh, and Unuſual Expreſ
fions, I. Sordid
970 SYNTAXIS.
1. Sordid Expreſſions are ſuch as are Metaphori
scally taken from Vulgar, and mean Employments ;
as , Botularii, Cruftularii, & c.
c! 2. Obſolete are fuch as by the Improvementof Lan
guages are laid aſide for more Modern and Polite
Words ; as, Bovinari for Tergiverſari; Huftes for
Hospes ; tho' if they be, ſparingly usd they are
fometimes Graceful; as, A.tutum for quamprimum ;
Duellum for Bellum , & c.
a Bi Harſhinefs of Words are to be Diſtinguiſh'd
.by the Ear which is the beſt Judge and Director in
vour Choice of Sounds. iu
4. Unuſual Terms are ſuch, as are newly Coin’d ;

sor Strain'd from the cominon Acceptation to a New,
as Cachinnus in Catullus for the bréaking
monly of Wavęs
upon the Recom aken
t for
er Shore, which
Laught om;acohriaintirely tmeandtieoNew by Compoſition ;
as, Log , for Con .
The Second is, whenthe fameWord is chang'd
by a ncw Termination ; as, Edex, Edo ; Bibolus,
Bibo, Fallax, Falfus, & c .
The Third is, when an Adjective is changed into
ca Subftantive, or Subſtantive into an Adjective; as,
15uxta fententiam Virgilii: Juxta fententiam Virgili
anam . Philofophus mire doctus ; Philoſophus mira
ostetrina.
The Fourth is, when a Verb Active is Chang’d
intoa Paffive,orPaſſive into an Ative:As,Summa
simemovet dele&tatio ; fumma.moveor dele &tatione.
The Fifth is,when a Noun is chang’dinto a Verb
and vice verſa. Et ili flumen ingenii & facundia ;
Ingenio & facundia fuit. Virtus eft vitiumfugere i
virtus eftfuga vitiorum , The
SYNTAXIS. 171
The Sixth is, when a Verb of the Infinitive
Mood is put for a Noun ; as, Velle fuum cuiqué eſt.
The Seventh is, when a Verb is Elegantly chang'a
into a participle ; as, Nemo tui videndi cupientior,
ņemo qui te magis videre cupiat : or Supine ; as ,Ve
nit ereptum ; Venit eripere; Veniterepturus; Venit
ut eripiat.
The Eight is, when an Adjektive made of a GO
rund is fitly put for a Gerund ; as, Ad congerendas
pecunias inhiat ; ad congerendum pecunias inhiát.
The Ninth is,a Noun Subſtantive may be very well
put in thePlace of a Gerund, provided itbe a Word
of juſt Affinity to the Gerund, for which itis üld;
as, Sthenelus ſciens pugnæ.i, e,ſciens pugnandi.
The Tenth is, when Adverbs are put for Nouns,
and Nouns for Adverbs ; as, Frequens eſt in fcholā ;
Frequenter eſt in ſchola. Rarus
‫نار‬
eſt fodalis; Raro ejt
Sodalis.
The Eleventh is, when Compoundsare reduc'dto
their Original Parts ; as, Magnanimusvir ; Vir mag
no animo. Non animadvertit ; Non advertit anis
mum .
The 'Twelfth is, when one Word is expreſs'd by
ſeveral, which we Call a Periphrafis, and often
tiines is a Beautiful way of Diverfifying , as, Trojani
belli Scriptor , for Homerus.
The next Method of Diverſifying is more Nice,
and remote from the vulgar Manner of ſpeaking,
becauſe it depends upon a Figurative Turn .
The Firſt kind of this is Metaphorical, which
ſtrains a Word from it's genuin Signification , to
denote another, to which it bear's fomeRefem
blance or Similitude. And this is to be done.
I. By
172 SINT AXIS.
I. ByDeflection, as to make the Thing adjoin
ing ſtand for the next to it, one Senſe for å no
therjas, Video.forIntelligo, Audio,forObtempéro,odo
rari for Sufpicari,
22. By giving Names of CreaturesIrrational , 'to
Rarional,on Account of fome particularAgreement
in Qualities; as, Vulpes for Alutus; Leo for Ambiti
ofas Formica fur Parcus.
to The giving Epithets proper to living Creatures,
to Thwigs Inaojmate As, Ridet ager, Mare iratum.
Vernatetas,
* 4. Bywell Choſen Metaphorical Epithet's; ſuch
as,Vigrepunda; Florida.cetes Metaphorical Verbs ;
as,Avolatdas Labunturanzi.
TheSecond kind is Metonymical which is no
more than the putting one Noun for another, and
thisMethod in various ; as, .. 26
1. When the Inventor is put for the Subject, as

Hirgil for the Author . Kenus for Beauty, Bacchus
forWine, & c.
2. When the Thing containing is put for the
Thing contain'd ; as, Epofoscados. Seculum felix.
Or it's Contrary,which is not fo Agreeable.
3. When theMaſteris taken for the Thing of
which he is Maſter. AsaHaratins defeine guſtarif.
i,e, de pecunia fenis.
1
4. When by the Efficient the Effect is to be Un
derſtood; as, His meliar remis Subintel. Velocitate,
or vice verfa. Præceps.ir2 Hilarisadolefcentia. In
cuerecundanox . Audax uinum ,
0 ; Another kind of Diwerfafying may be taken from,
Contrariety; as,Vin doctus, Kir minimeindoctus,
Formoſa mulier ;mulier baud deformis. (
+ The
SÍNTANTS. 173
1
# The Diverſifying of the Firſt Súpine may be

Thus .
Venit repetitum libros; Venit ad repetendum libros ;
Denit ad repetendos libros ;venit repetendorum libro
1) rum cauſa ; Venit ut libros repetat ; Venit libros
repetiturus; Venit repetere libros.
Verbs may be well varied by the Verb Fio ; as,
Ita dilectuseris omnibus : Ita fiat ut omnes te dili
gant ; ut omnibus dile&tus ſis ; Utinam ex animo me
diligeres, utinam fieret ut ex æquo me amares.
!
† Note, That in the making of Latin, ſpecial
3 Care is to be taken about the Signification of the
Infinitive Mood.
1. An Infinitive after the Verb Am , importing
10 Duty, or Neceſſity, is elegantly made by theGerund
in DUM ; but if only the Probability or Neceſſity
of doing ſomething, by the Participle in RUS.
2. 2. The Paſive Infinitive after this Verb Am , or
2 any Noun Subſtantive, is made by the Participle in
DUS.
3. After Adjectives of Action, this Infinitive
may be turn'd into the Latter Supine.
A METHOD for the ElegantDiſpoſition

of L A T 1 N.
Some few Remarks upon the Eleg ant Diſpoſition

.
of the LatinTongue, deſignd for Boys ofriper
1
Judgment, and not to be attempted by any, till ſuch
Time as they are perfect in plain Tranſlation,
of
174 SINT AXIS
‫؛‬
Of Elegant SYNTAXIS.
9 1. One Word, or more, may Elegantly be put
between the Verb and it's Nominative Caſe. As, Si
cubi modeſtus edendi * modus ceſſare * fecit caſtimo
niam ferculorum , & convivalis *letitia minuſculis
poculis * oriebatur. Macrob .
2. The ſame Rule may be obſerv'd between the
Subſtantive and it's Adjective. As, Define bonos
* petulantiſſima conſectari * lingua. Cic.
Sed non *fola mortalibus *maria banc fidem pre
ftant. Illum bellantem arma decipiunt : * illum diis
vota * reddentem penatum ſuorum ruina fepelit. Pet.
Arb .
3. There is no certain Rule for the placing the
'Adjective before, or after the Subſtantive, but that
- we find it in moſt Authors oftner before : However
the Pronoun Adječtive is more Elegantly plac'd after
it's Subſtantive. As, Satietas mejam tenet * Studi.
corum * iſtorum . Ter.
Omnis & Nullus and ſuch Adjectives of Number,
are better ſet after, than before the Subſtantive. As,
* Sceleratos * omnes Catilina unus ſuperavit. Sal.
4.Sepe.videmus fractos pudore; qui *ratione * nulla
vincerentur. Quintil.
4. Adjectives of many Syllables are handſomely
put in the Beginning and Ending of a Sentence.
As, Miſerrimiſunt omnes in glorii.
5. Comparatives and Superlatives do beſt End
Sentences , and their Intermediate Clauſes, where
there's any us'd. As Quanto diutius confidero,
Ignto mihires videtur * obſcurior. Cic. Hig
SIN TAXI $. 175
Hic nec videri poteft, viſu * clarior eſt ; nec com
freberdi, taštu * purior eſt ; nec æftimari, ſenſibus
* major eft. Min. Fel.
7. The Relative does beſt in the ſameClauſe with
it'ś Antecedent. As, * Quo neq; acutius ullius im
5
peratoris * cogitatum , neq; celeriusfactum uſquamle
ģimus. Corn . Nep.
년
Ejus confilio multum movebatur tyrannus , niſi
j
*qua in re major ipſius * cupiditasinterceſſerat. Idem.
8. A Part of a Sentence included in a Paren
thefis, and that Clauſe which has the Relative, is by
=
the beſt Authors brought in between the Nomina
tive Caſe and Verb. As, Tamen vel *virtus tua,
vel vicinitas, quod ego in propinqua parte amicitie
pito, * facit, ut te audacter muneam , &familiariter .
Ter.
The Manner of Beginning and Ending a
Sentence.
1. The moſt Elegant Authors begin their Sen
tences with the oblique-Cajes. As, Fidem ,liberta
tem , amicitiam, præcipua humani animi bona, tu qui
dem eadem conſtantia
imminuent. Tac.
retinebis ; fed aliiper obſequium
2. As for the Endings of Periods, they are beſt
cloſed with the Verb. As, Quantum ad me pertinet,
laborabo ut orationem meam ad modeſtiam principis,
moderationemq; ſubmittam : nec minus conſiderabo,
quid aures ejuspatipoſſint, quam quid virtutibus des
beatur. Plin .
+ omnis, Nullus & Nemo do as well : As. Fam
tum erat ſuſpicio, dolo malo hæcfieri omnia. Ter.
And we ſee that the beſt of the Claſicks do not Ri
gidly confine themſelves to one kind ofEnding, but
as
176 SINTAXIS.
as the Cadence becomes more Harmonious, they take
any Word that the Senſe obliges to the Cloſe. As,
En ipfum imperatorem claravoce vocare adpralium ,
& ire armatum ante prima Signa. Liv.
Of Promiſcuous and uncommon Turns
of PHRASE.
1. When one and the ſame Word, muſt neceffa
rily be repeated in thefame Sentence, they muſt not
be dvided. As, Hoftis hoftem occidere volui. Liv.
Proxime & Secundum Deos, homines hominibus
maxime utiles ele poffunt. Cic.
+ The fame Rule muſt be Obfervd in joining
Derivatives to their Primitives, and Words which
in the ſame Sentence have,contrary Significations.
As, Facile fuit juftitiam juftiffimo viro defendere.
Cic.
Qui ſtultis eruditi videri volunt, ſtulti eruditis
videntur. Quintil,
2. Antequam , Priufquam , & Poftquam are often
divided by thefineſt Writers. As, * Poft diem quar
tum * quam eſt in Britanniam ventum . Cæs.
3. The Participle of the Perfect Tenſe is elegant
ly ſeparated by another Word, from the Verb
Sum . As, Nulla queſtio decreta à Senatu eft. Cic.
4. The Genitive which is the latter of two Subſtan
tives is alſo very well divided byſome other Word
or Clauſe of a Sentence. As, Si belli terror infre
muerit, fi * morborum peftifera * vis incubuerit, je
alimentafrugibus longaficcitas denegaverit,fiJava
tempeſtas, figrando ingruerit, ad deum confugiunt,
& c. Lactant.
Hujus
SINTAXIS: 177
Hujus * adoleſcentis ſupra ætatem *virtus admi
rabilis fuit . Juſtin
+ So is it Elegantly put before the Subſtantive it
is govern'd of. As, Itaque in tanta * rarum * ini
5
qnitate, * fortune quoque * eventus varii ſequeban
tur. Cæs.
* But this is not always to be practis d, becauſe
we meet with it frequently put after, and that too
in the moſt polite Maſters of the Latin Tongue. As,
Hæc funt * confilia * mortalium , hæc * vota magnarum
lj
* cogitationum . Petron .' Arb.
Quis enim ignorat & eloquentiam, & ceteras ar
tes.dejcivilſe ab ifta vetere gloria , non * inopia *ho
minum , fed *deſidia * juventutis, & * negligentia *pa
rentum , & *inſcientia * præcipientium ,&* oblivione
* moris antiqui, Quintil..
5. Ne quidem, Non ſolum , Non tantum, Non modo,
may be parted by one Word, or more, by good Au
thority. As, Deo autem quem in ipſa neceſſitate im
2
ploraverant, * ne verbo. * quidem gratias agunt, adeó
ex rerum profperitate luxuria, ex luxuria' vero no
vitia omnia, fic impietas adverſus Deum nafcitur.
Lactant.
Equidem* non conſuli *modo, fed omnibus civibus
enitendum reor, ne quid deprincipenoftro ita dicant.
at idem illud de alio dici potuiſſe videatur. Plin.
6. Quam ut comes in fitly after an Adje&tive o
the Comparative Degree. As, * Major fuit illius
gloria, * quam ut verbis exprimi poſſet.
Id * frequentius eſt, * quam ut exemplo confirman
dumfit. Cic.
7 . That Sentence has in it an Elegant Gradation,
4
where the Poſitive, Comparative, and Superlative,
M each
SYNTAXIS.
178
each in it's Clauſe, fücceeds in Order: As, * Mi
ſer homo qui ipſe ſibi quod quærit, id ægre invenit ;
ſed ille eſt miſerior quiet ægre quærit & nihil invenit ; ;
Ille * miſerrimus eſt, cum ele cupit, quod edat non ha
bet. Plaut.
8. When a Comparative, from the fame Poſitive,
follows a Superlative, and at the ſame time ſeems
to encreaſe it's Signification, it is an agreeable Turn
of Phraſe. As, Cum ipfam Furiam per fe libentiſſime
vidi, tum hoc libentius, quod illam audiens te vide
bar audire. Cic.
9. Id quod is made Ure of, both by Cicero & S.
luft, for Quod. As, Diem confü mi volebant, id
quod factum eſt. Cic. 1
1
10. Ut në is alſo put for Ne. As, Id at ne fiat,
hæc resfola eſt remedio. Ter.
+ This is not always to be Imitated.
Il. The Particles Tum & Cum , are to be ma
naged after this Manner. When two things of
equal Worth are to be join'd, then Tum & Tum doe
very well. As, Odit tum virtutem , tum liberales arm,
tes omnes.
# But when things of unequal Worth occurr,
then we uſe Tum & Cuin, the formerbeing applied
to the better Thing. As, Cum omniſtudiorum genes
re, tum in hoc præcipue. Quintil.
112. Aque is Elegantly put for Tam , Ac & ato
que for Quam. As Quiæque atque ego funt occa
paři. Çic
* This
SINTAX I S. 179. " ;
+This Particle Acis very Expreſſive after thereWords ;
Aque. Similiter .
Aliter. Diſfimilis.
Contra . Secus.
Perinde. Statim .
Pro eo. Par .
Similis. Pariter .
13. The Conjunii ion Vel for Etiam , is no ſmall
Elegance when putwith Superlatives, Nouns , or Ad
verbs ; as , Potior mihi ratio vivendi honefte, quam
*vel *optime licendi, videretur. Quintil .
14. The Pronoun Qui may be very well ufed in
ſtead of the Prepoſitions, Secundum, or Pro. As,
Moriar, ni * quæ tua gloria èft; puto te malle a Cæſare
Conſóli, quam inaurari. Cic .
15. Otpote, Quippe, vt, and Qui, have the
Signification of Quia or Quoniam', and are beſt
urd for them. As, Nec-ignoro quos tranſeo, nec uti
quedamno,* ut qui dixerim , effe in omnibus utilitatis
aliquid. For , *quia dixerim .
Lælius quidem frater ejus, utpote qui peregre de
pugnavit,familiam ducit. - Cic;
Quippe quæ res etiam in defertis agris, citra ruf
tici operam convaleſcit. Columel.
16. Two or Three Active Verbs agreeing by a
Conjun&tion Copulative, with one Nominative Cafe
inay be chang'd for the better, by furning the Firsin
of them into a Participle of the PerfectTenſe. As
Quem * retra &tum ex itinere parens necari juffit.
Sal. For; Quem * retraxit & necari * jufit.
Et 'illum quidem vociferantem in mare vertus ex
cuſit, repetitumque infefto:gurgite procella circum ,
egit atque haufit. Petron. Arb .
$ M 2 Quid
180 SYNTAXIS .
17, Quid the Interrogative is well follow'd by
Quód. As, Quid ? quod ſapientiſſimus quiſq; aniña
equiſimo mor itur, Cic.
18. Propter & ob before Quem , Quam , or Quod,
are chang'd to Advantage for Quamobrem ,Cur,or
Quare. As, Multa mihi veniebant in mentem , qua
mobrem unum laborem tibi etiam honori fore putavi.
Cic .
19. For thefe, Non eft opus; Oportet ; Non Opor
teti Quid eſt. Opus ? We more gracefully fay, Non
eſt quod nihil eſt quod; Quid eft quod ? As, Nihil
eft quod vereare. Cic.
20. The Particle Quod, when a preſence of Atti
on is mention'd, is join'd to the Indicative Mood ;
but when any thing paſt is treated of, to a Subjunce
tive. As ,
Id unum nefarie ab opimio proditum , * quod capitis
non *dicam Gracchi, Jed civis Romani pretium ſe da
turum , idq; auro repenfurum propoſuit. Vell.
Paterc .
Gratiffimum eft quod quieveris. Cic.
21. When the Verb of the foregoing Clauſe is
repeated with Autem or Porro , it adds more Beauty
and Life to a Sentence. ' As, Quoniam his volumi
nibus ad te profeeta vox mea eft, tribues his temporis
quantum * poteris, * poteris * autem quantum voles.
Cic .
+ What is here Written, is only intended as an In
troduction to the Elegancies of theLatinTongue, and
may ſerve as uſeful Hints forBoys,in the reading of
theClafficks, ſo that by an exact Obſervation ,which
otherwiſe they wou'd not have bad, they may be
fur :
SINTAXIS . 181
furniſhid withmany more of their own Collecting ;
and alſo, in their Tranſlations avoid many Barba
riſis, which the Idiom of their Mother Tongue,
wou'd inſenſibly lead them into,
Some neceffary REMARKS to prevent
Miſtakes in the Signification of Words.
.
An INDEX of Plural Nouns, which lig

nify the ſame with their Singulars,
Plur. Sing. Plur. Sing
Alta , or Altum . Jube , Juba.
Aure , Aura. Limina Limen .
Carine , Carina . Littora , Littus .
Cervices, Cervix. Mense , Menja.
Colla , Collum . Numina , Numen .
Çome, Çoma. odia , .
odiu m
Connubia, Connubium . Ore , Ora .
Corda, Cor . Otia, Otinm .
Corpora, Corpus, Pe &tora, Peetus.
.
Crepuſcula, Crepuſculum . Robora, Robur.
Currus , Currus. Silentia , Silentium
2 Exilia , Exilium , Sinus. Sinus.
Frigora , Frigus. Teda , Teda ,
Gaudia , Gaudium . Terga , Tergum .
Guttura , Guttur. Tempora, Tempus.
Hymenei, Hymeneus. Thalami , Thalamus,
Jejunia , Jejunium . Tori, Torus.
Ignis, Ignes. Vultus,; Vultus,
Inguina , Inguen.
M 3
182 SINTAX
IS
.
;
An INDEX of Verbs of both Active

and Neuter Endings, with the ſame Sig
nification ,
Active. Neuter . Active. Neuter.
Aſſentia, Allentior. Medico , Medicor .
Marcor.
Alterco, Altercor. Mereo ,
Auguro , Aucuror. Modero, Moderor,
Bello, Bellor. Munero, Muneror:
Comperio , Comperior. Nutrico, Nutricor .
Cenjeo, Cenſeor. obſono, obſonor.
Gachinno Cachinror . Populo, Populor.
Comito, Comitor . Punio, Punior . '
Diverto, Divertor . Palpo, Palpor .
Fruftro, Fruſtror . Præverto , Prevertor .
Fabrica, Fabricor . Quirito, Quiritor.
Frutico, Fruticor . Rumino, Ruininor .
Impertio , Impertior. Remunero, nemuneror.
Jurgo, Jurgor. Ringo, Ringor .
Luxurio , Luxurior. Reverto, Revertor .
Ludifico, Ludificor. Velifico, Velificor.
Lacrymo, Lacrymor.
Reading of Authors will ſhew more,
OF
183
OF
T
PROSODY .
1.
T, ROSODY is that Part ofGram
mar , which Teaches us to Proe
nounce Words, according to their
P true Quantity and Accent.
Quantity is thatTime, that is prom
perly allow'd for the Pronunciation
of Syllables.
Syllables are either Long , Sbort, Common, or Doubt.
ful.
The Time of a Long Syllable, in reſpect of a Shorts
is as Two to One. As, Flammå.
The Time ofa Short Syllable, compar'd with a
Long, is as One to Two. As, Amăbămus,
Thoſe that are common , are Long and short at
Pl aſure. Ąs, we read Volucris & Volýcrisa
The Doubtful are ſuch as are of an uncertain
Quantity. As, Rúbigo. Virg. Rábigo. Mart.
Coralium . Ovid. Coralia, Claudian. Connubium ,
Virg. Connābia. Idem . &c.
Accent is the Muſical Raiſing or Falling of the
Voice, above, or below the ordinary Tone thereof.
1. Is an Elevation of the
There are three Accents
Acute ( ) Grave and
;S Voice.
Circumflex , The 2. A Depreſſion.
3 . An Undulation .
Μ 4 Bus
184 PROSODT.
But ſince the Latin Authors have not there Marks
for the direction of our Pronunciation , we muſt be
content to be guided by Profody, and the Practice of
the beſt Orators, and make them the Standards of
the Right Modulation of our Voices.
+ As there is nothing more pleaſing, than a ſweet
neſs of Pronunciation, it ouglit to be our conſtant
Care; nicely to obſerve the Muſical Proportions of
Long and Short; the no leſs Harmonious Degrees of
High and Low, Soft and Loud, in what we Read or
Speak; forthere's ſuch a ſecret Magick in Well Tim'd
Expreſſion, where there is , at the ſame inſtant, an
Agreeable Cadence , that the Soul by a Natural Sym
pathy, cannot bur yield to it's Power and Influence.
But how few do we find Mater's of ſuch a Perfecti .
on ! Every Man almoſt (who has not had the Bleſ
fing of True Inſtruction ) having an Utterance pecu
liar to himſelf, and that for themoſt part, owing to
fome Predominant Paſſion or Humour. One breaths
in an Air of Melancholly, whining out his Words, as
if he had lately buried all his Friends; another in a
furly Tone, as if he came to fight you ; a Third with
the greateſt Precipitation ; à Fourth on the Contra
ry Extream : Some again are guilty of ản Unman
nerly Loudneſs, Others, as Ridiculous, can ſcarce
be heard. In ſhort, you will find enough with a
mixture of all theſe , and if Different Voices be ſuf
ficient to diſcover Different People, many à Man
makes a large Company by himſelf.
We are much miſtaken, if we think we ought to
be left to our wild Notes, for the Natural make of
our Organs may diſpoſe us to Bray with the Afs,
ór Chatterwith the Magpy, if we don't by an ear
ly Care, as well as Art, prevent it. The Firſt Step
ins then
PRO SODY. 185
} then to this Neceſſary Qualification is exa&tly to
Underſtand Proſody.
Of the Firſt, Middle, and Laſt SYLLABLES
of WORD S.
1. Of a Vowel before another.

If in one Word two Vowels join, Deus.
So that they do not both Combine Puer.
To make one Sound, the Firſt muſt be Ingenium .
Made ſhort, as in theſe Words you'll ſee. Sapio,
EXCEPTIONS.
Yet ſome we find, the Poet's ſport, Ilius.
Are ſometimesin long ,& fometimes Short, Ipſius .
As Geni tives ius are ; Neutrius.
But two will not this freedoin bear,
Alius long, Alterius not,
So licens'd by the Poet's Thought.
The I in Fio, you will find, Fiebam ,& c.
And E in Ebeu both inclin'd
To length by Nature ; but the Care
Is chang'd, if R does Fio grace, Fierem ,
Greek Vocatives, Pompéi, Cai,
And Genitives that make a, ai, Terræ .
Are long; thus E in Speciei. Terräi.
All of the Fifth like this produce, Aciči.
Spei, Rei, Fidei, are Short byUſe .
Greek Vowels have uncertain Meaſure, Symphonia.
They're uſd by all that write at Pleaſure. Symphonia.
But thoſe in oius, õus, eius,
Are as Latõus,Rhodopeius. 2. Of
186 PROSODI.
2. OF DIPTHONGS.
Two Vowels ſurr'd into one Tone, Aurum .
Are Dipthongs call'd for being One, Europa,
They're ev'ry one to 'lerigth inclin'd, Mhe.
Except Pre with a Vorrel join'd ; Premium .
As in Preto, Preuſtus : Hei.
Pre ftill is ſhort and take it thus.
3, Of a Vowel before two Corfonants.

Wealways find in Poet's Song, Flamma,
Vowels before two Gonſones long. Ferra .
SoJ, X , Z , in the Way, Troja.
Have ſuch another Pow'r as they; Gaza.
But if they Mute & Liquid be Tenebre .
Then they're of Common Quantity . Tenebre .
4. Of Derivatives and Compounds.

Words from their Root their. Quantity Cégo.
Do borrow , ſo the like we ſee Legebam .
In Compounds Words, they ſtill retain Lègi.
Their Primitive and Native ſtrain. Lēgcrania,
But let us not on this depend , Perligo.
Some croſs the ſtrain whenee they de-Perlēgi.
From Fathers ſhort long Sons ariſe, ( ſcend ;
And Parents tall a pigmy Size.
Look in this Index , there you'll find
How diff'rent ſome are from their Kind,
Prime
1
PROSODY. 187
Primitives Derivatives, Primitives Derivatives
Long. Short. Short. Long.
Aro. årift a. Décem . Denus.
Būbus . Bubulcus . Foveo. Fomes .
Dis itis. Ditio . Homo, Humanus,
Dico . Dicax. Humus. Humor .
Differo. Diſertus. Jūgum . Jugerum .
Duco . Dux ,décis. Focus. Fücundus.
Fari. Fåtuus. Låteo . Laterna .
Fär . Färina . Lego. Lex - lēgis,
Fido. Fides. Lino. Litera .
Frängo. Frágilis, Macer . Măcero .
Lüceo. Lúcerna . Móveo. Möbilis.
Möles. Moleftus. Penus. Pēnuria.
Mamma. Mamilla. Régo. Règula & c.
Nötus, <
Noto. Sécus. Sēcius.
ofa. ofella. Sedeo. Sēdes.
Pono. Pofui. Stipo. Stipendium .
Sagio. Sägax. Tego. Tëgula .
Sopio. Sopor. Vóco. Vox -vācis.
Signum . Sigillum. Vömo. Vomer .
Servitum , Servitus. Simple Compound
Stäre . Státum . &c. Long. Short.
Tignum . Tigillum . Nebilum . Nihilum .
Vado . Vädum . Dico. Caufi-male
Vite . Vitium . vere-dicus
Nubo. In -pro-năbo
Itum . Ambitus.
Jüro. De-pe-jero.
+ There are a few Notum . Ac-cog -nim
more, which Experi tum.
ence will Diſcover Sõpitus. Semiſõpitus.
5. Of
188 PROSODY.
5. Of Diffyllabick Preters and Supines,

Preters are long, and Supines too , Frègi.
If they're Compos'd of Syllabs Two ; Roli.
Excepted thoʻlix Préters are, Mötum .
And Supines nine require our Care : Läfum .
The fix are Dedi, Bibi, Scidi,
With Stéti, Tuli, Findo, Fidi.
The nine are Quitum , Litum , Datum ,
Cicvi, Citum , Rutum , Satum ,
With In - con - fitum , Itum , Ratum.
6. Of Preters Triſſyllabick.
If Stamm'ring Preters the firſt double, Tütüdi.
Make 'em both Short without more trouble ; Titigi.
But when Two Confones barr the fecond ," Tétèndi.
That Syllable muſt be long reckon'd .
Cecidi long, proceeds from Cedo,
So does Pepēdi too from Pedo.
7. Of Supines exceeding Two Syllables.

From Ivi, itum , ätum flow , Audivi-itum
,
All SupinesTrifjabic k flow , 2 Volvi-utum .
The reſt in itumnimbly go. Monui- itun .
8. Of Prepoſitions of one Syllable

Compounding.
Long are A ,E, De, Pro, Di, Se. Dēprimo.
Ab, Ad, ob, In , Com , Per , Sub, Re, Educo .
As in Adjungo, Abregamojone's two, Abeo.
përimo.
Тка
PROSODY . 189
Two Words are ſhort made up with Di,
Difertus, Dirimo, that fly
More ſwift, the ſame way Pros Eleven,
Which Pros inake Common Six or Seven ;
And that you may retain them better,
I'll write 'em down in Hexameter
Pro Cella nepos,fundus,fari,feſtus, fiteorque,
Short Adde.fugus.feftus, tervus , festo,proficifcopi
Pro Pro-cumbo, curro, profundo,junge propelle,
Com. Sic pulfo,propăgo faciens ginis,atque propāgo.
9. Of the laſt SYLLABLE ſave One
of NounsENCREASING .
DECLENSION. 2.
Nouns of the Second are ſhort, lave j Liber-eri.
Ibēri like a Spaniard grave,
Moves Slowly with a ſober Pace;":N!!.
As 'tis in it's encreaſing Cafe.
† Note, That the Encreaſing Syllable is that
which has one more added in the oblique Cafes,
than was in the Nominative.
DECLENSION . 3 .
A O's made long, but E, I , U, Pietas ātij
The Third makes ſhort , fo mult we too. Honor , orisk
EXCEPTIONS of A SHORT
All Maſculines in al, and ar: -
With Hepar, Jubar, Next ar, Par ,
And it's Compounds all ſhorten'd are
:
190 PROSODY .
Fax, Trabs and ſuch long Nominatives ,
With vas contract their Genitives.
So Greeks that End in a & as,
1
As Stemma Stemmätis, Lampas:
1
O Short,
Greek Words in wv, declin'd by önis, B.

As Sindon which wemake Sindonis , OF
And Latin Neuters inaking oris, NE
As Corpus, & quor, Ebur -öris;
To theſeadd Greeks, as Heatoris, 1
Caſtor, Neſtor. Rhetoris.
So Memor ,Arbor, Æthiops,
Allobrox , Lepus , Scobs, Cecrops,
Bos, Inops, Scrobs with Cappadox,
Thús Impos, Compos, & Precox ,
Are ſhort in Verſe where e're they are.
Cyclops & Nouns which we Comparé , ? +
And Cecrops, Hydrops lengthen'd are.

Os óris too we Widen , when
We wou'd be Thought to ſpeak like Men ,
E long.
Ger’tives are long that End in ēris ;
As Ren, Splen, firen made firēnisa
Ver, Manſues, & Locuples,
Rex, Vervex, fræs, Merces,Heresy
Fex, Seps, Plebs, Halec, & Quies.
Thus Greeks are long, in ns. & mg
Tapes tapētis, ſo Crater.
Of
PROSODT. 191
I and Y Long
Make inis long from Salamin;
And ev'ry Greek that Ends in In .
To which join Apſis, Samnis, Dis,
Lis a Vibex, Gryps F Glis.
From ix be ſure to lengthen icis
As Felix ; Bombyx makes Bombycis:
But ſhort are Hiſtrix , Fornix , Calix ,
Onyx, Varix , Nix , & Salix ,
Natris , Japix , Coxerdix, Pix ,
Eryx, Filix , Ambiorix , Strix,
Add unto theſe Appendix, Styx ,
u Long.
From us make ūtis, ūdis, üris
Long ; Lux, Pollux, Frugis, Furis
The ſameway ſcand ; except Ligúris.
10. Of the laſtSYLLABLE fave One

of Obliques Plural.
A, E, O's long in Plural Nouns
Encreaſing ; I, U ,ſhort Pronounce.
K To fcand the Verbs if you've Occaſion,
Confult them in their Conjugation,
OR
192 PROSODY.
Of laft SYLLABLES.
1. Of Monofylables in l, o, is, us.

All Monofylls, as Me, Sto, Mus, Lis
Produce; except Bis, Cis, Quis, Is.
Beſides, Theſe Ce; Te, Que, Ne, Vé,
At Tails of Words, muſt ſhorten'd be.
2. Of Words in o exceeding one Syllable

Make Common all the Words in 0,
As Moneo , Porro , and Flendo ;
But Adverbs made of Oblique Caſes
With Ergo and Eo fretch their Paces,
Thus Adeo and Ideo in moſt places.
Some Common are, as Crebro, Vero,
इ
Mutuo, Sedulo, & Sero.
So Cedo, Cito, Illico,
Modo, Ego, Imo, Neſcio,
bu with Duo, & Scio,
Are never, or but rarely flow . Ji
3. Of Words ending in as, es, os, 1,1 1,6,4 ,

Long. 110 ) ,
As, es, os, u, n, i, c, a, muſt be,
Ofan extended Quantity. 1
Octs var 90 ci **
Exceptions of as, es, Short.
But yet as, es, as their encreaſe
Are ſhort ; as, Militis, Miles ;
opes, from Sum , it's Compounds; Penes.
Yep
PROSODY. 193
Yet Aries, Pęs, Abies,
Ceres
Altho'ends
2
Paries,Encreaſe.Su
'theylong,
have&a Short
Of os, n , Short, OS
Com -im - pos & Os offis are
An, Tamen, In, Short ev'ry where ;
So Words clip'd by Apocope ;
As, Viden' Nemon wanting e.
En's Short, when Short is it's Encreafe ,
As Carminis i'th' Genitive Cafe.
min
Of I Commons
}
Nif , Quafi, Vbi, Ibi,
Sicuti & Mihi, Tibi,
Are Common all, and ſo is Sibi. }
Of C Short
Lac, Nec, & Donec are Short ftill.
But Fac ; Hic, hec, boe, us'd at will,
Of A Short.
Theſe five Words, Puta,' Ita, Quia,
Poftea with Wondring Eia,
· And other
(Excepttheresall in a ,
) ،
Muſt with a nimble Cadence fall,
Soginta too, when Numeral, As, Quadraginta
4. Of
194 PROSO DI
4. Of Words ending in B, l; e, t, r; is,d, us:

All Words that in Bletriſdus end,
Their final Tone do not extend.
EXCEPTIONS :
Of Words in L Long.
Theſe two Nil, Sol, and Words in el,
From Hebrew long, as, Daniel.
Of Words in E Long.
Words of the Fifth, as, Re, Fide,
And Adverbs thence make long their E.
Imperatives from ère long,
Are like the Root from whence they ſprurg
Adjectives Adverbs made, Proclaim
The Family from whence they came :
But Bene's Short , and ſo's Superne,
And why not Male, & Inferne.
Of Words in R Long.
Far, Lar and all Compounds of Par,
As Compar, Diſpar, lengthen’d are.
So er's produc'd when it makes qris,
And Aer, & tber, tho' Atheriș.
Of Wordsin IS or US long
Each oblique Cafe that Ends in Is
Is long ; To Simois, Samnis,
Becauſe it makes long Samnitis :
All ſuch produce, that long Encreaſe,
It Is or Us , 'tis all a Cafe.
The
PROSODI: 195
The Fourth produces Plural Cafes,
Tho'Sing'lars move with Slower Paces.
of the laſt Syllables of Verſes.
The laſt of ev'ry Verſe, we fee,
Is of Uncertain Quantity..
OBSERVATIONS .
1. Note, That the Poets ſometimes make a Sylla
ble long by the doubling of a Letter ; as in Redligio,
Repperit.
2. In the lengthening of Vowels by Poſition, it
is indifferent whether the twoConſonants be in the
fame Word, or divided hetween the End of it, and
theBeginning of thenext. But if both Conſonants
begin the following Word the Latins do not re
gard it, tho' the Greeks do. As in Tela Scandite.
3. There are butSeven Mutesconcern’d in Poſition,
among the Latin Poet's, which are B, C, D, F, G ,
PAT, And but two Liquids L and R, but eſpe
cially the Latter; the Greeks alone obſerve M & N.
* Note alſo, That the Liquid muſt follow the
Mute; thus we find Patrem Common but not Para
tem. The Reaſon of this, is the Diviſion of Syla
bles on each fide of the Mute, and Liquid ; as in ,
Tenė-bras or Teneb -ras. This has made Martial
Ihorten a Vowel before two Mutes; as,
Sardonychas, Smaragdos, Adamantas, Faſpidas uno:
+ When in Compoſitiona Mute& Liquid muſt be di
rided, as in Ab-luit, ob -ruit & c. ' tis not ſo Proper
to make the Vowel Common : Yet we ſee thatito
N 2 TACT
196 PROSODT. I
race overlooks this Nicety in the Words ré-prebent
dis & rë- prendas, fo do Lucretius, Virgil, and fe
veral others ,
* We muſt farther obſerve, that tho' a ſhort
Vowel, by Reaſon of a Müte & Liquid, may be
ſometimes (but in Verſe alone) produc'd; yet a long
One cannot bemade ſhort. Thus, äter ,mäter, frà
ter, & c. being by Nature long before the ſingle
Conſonant, continue fo in ātra, Matris, Fratri.
4. The Third Perſon Plural of the Indicative
Mood in èrunt, is often made ſhort. As,
Matri longa decem tulerunt faftidia menfes. Virg.
5. The Verb Do has a ſhort increment in the
Preſent Tenſe and in the Firſt Syllabté of all formn'd
from it. As in, Dämus, dåtis, Dåbain, & c .
Of Quantity which Depends upon the Au

thority of the POETS.
Another Kind of Quantity
There is, We call Authority ;
In firſt and midle Syllables ,
This Liberty of Poets dwells ;
Where we may find A ,E, I, O,
Short commonly, but U's not ſo :
For much oftner long we find,
Becauſe by Nature ſo inclin'd.
All that do not with this agree,
Compriz'd in Burleſque you ſhall fee.
1. A
PROSOD 1. 197
1. A before B Long.
Fabula, * Labor, & Labes, * Labar the Verb.
Crabro, Pabulum , & Tabes, Al mark'd
Tabum , Flabrum , * Sabura, those are oper
* Sabis,* Nabus, * Tabracaq: Naines
+ Flabellum , t Abel, Dolubra, of Commoa
Cng itabundus,jaft abundus, ty;
And all ſuch ending in übundus.
Venabulum , Caridelabrum ,
Such Terminations hither come ,
2. A before C Long.
Cacabus, Vacinium , Placo,
* Acer, Brachium , & Paco, c ! * Acer the Adject.
Machina, Facundia,
Graculus , Maceria. DOK
+ Acis, & * Achar, * Dacia, ...
*Macezer, + Cacus, * Tbraciais
*Zacharias, Iracundus,
* Vacienus, & Facundus : 105
པ་
* Pacuvius , * Cameracum , 792
IN
Jentaculum , * Eboracum , digi
*Otacilius with * Dordrerum , 1,970
Simulācrum , & Sampſacum . ** 25
We alſo ſee the Word + Pachynus,
To make it Common does enjoin us. 4 .
+ Vacillo too ; but long's Lirnsa,
Portulaca , Paſtinaca,
Piſtacium & Cloaca .
* Syracuſa , * Sarraca , 11:13
* Anchaces, *Phracia. ê ... ; 01.
N Mergens
198 PROSODY
ThusOācus, Galinaceus, DA
Meracus too & Herbaceus,
With all that End in ceus & chePorno
Extend ſuch as Vernaculus.
3. A before D Long,
Caduceum , Clädes, Rädix ,
*Agelades, *Ladona Sadix , ci
*Ladas, *Gades, *Gadir, Trade,
+ Adamus, + GradiuusRado. vi
* Gladis, fuadeo, * Conradus,
* Jader , Cicada, Menradus.
One more there is the Proper * Fidusa
And * Quadi which is never quaculis, *
4. A before F Long.
* Venafrum , Venafranus, * Afer,
Are all belonging to A ; F, here.
5. A before G Long:
Words that begin with F &P
Produce their Abefore the G ;
As Fragum , Fragor, Playa, Fagus,
Pagina, Flagito , Pagus, ، ،
Paganus. But Flägrum Flagro,
Frágilis, Flagellunt, Fragra,
Frågor,Plága, Plågium ,
Both Noun and Verb, hither come,
Excepted ſhort; fo far they're Variouss
The laſt of them is Plagiarius.
Now let's proceed with Saga, Strages,
* Melenger, *Laghs, * Agis,
* Mago,
PROSODY 199.
* Mago, Vagina, Vagio,
Sagus, Lagopus, Sagio,
* Bagrada , Tragema, Stragulum ,
Agea, Tragula , Repagulum ,
And all in ago, ages, agulum ,
Extend. And ſuch as Quadraginta,
Quinquaginta, Sexaginta.
A before L Long.
Halo, Palor, Ales, Ala, 0 0
With the proper Name* Meſſala
* Malum , Palus, * Malus , * Mala . *When Subs
Halec , Halex , Scalo, Calo ,
Laligo, Baliſta , Palo; ‫ن‬. ‫ م‬. ! ‫م‬
Malobathrum , Malo , Bato. 2,982
Squaleo, Qualus, Alea, is : D
Talio, Talus,Talea, ‫وا۔‬ "
Talaria, Balana, Talis,
* Dalila, * Alexto, Qualis.
With Adjectives that End in alis, üvvoriti
Sandalium, * ſardanapalus, To
Pharſalia with this f Stymphalus 1
Çanalis & Mag alia , 2 !!
Sodalis & Mapalia ,
Next wemuſt vary fAbeſſalon
With + Aſcalon ,fCorialon.
A before M Long, 1
Ames, Amentum , Clamor , Camus,

Dama, Fama, Gramen , Hamus,
Lamentnm , Ramus, Trames, Lana,
1
Lamina, Lamentor, Sqama,
Tamino Compounded, Trama,
N 4
}
Ramertume
200 PROSODY.
Ramentum, Ramex, Clamo, Stamen ,
*Bamura, *Damætas, * Damen,
* Mamercus, Mamertinus, Stramen .
Dict amus, & * Abrahamus,
*
Thymiama, likewiſe * Chamus,
Nouns in imentum Stretch ,& amen ! A
As juramentum & Juramex . ‫ های هدیه به‬...
A before N Long sind A
y stoja
Ganeo, Granum , Fanum ,-Anus, 70 " was
AhutusCanabis,*Canis,*
Caneo, Lanatus, * Janus,
Ganéum , Lanugo, * Planus, Adject.
Mane, Manes, Mano, Rana,
Sane, Sanus, Sano, Land ,
Trano, Vanus, Janua,
*Lanuvium , * Canidia,
* Danubius to theſe and Çranus,
* Manius & + Pelicanus,
With ev'ry Gentile that's în anus,
Such as Germanus & Lucanus.
To theſe let's add Manilius,
And anis, anus, aneus,
When Adje &tives are Ended thus.
A before P Long.
* Apenninus,Apis, Papá,
Lapathos ,Crapulo, Rapa,
* Paphlagones, Gapus , Capo,
Papilio,Saperda, Sapo,
Vapulo, * Papinius ,* Sapis,
Proſapia, * Meffapus, Sinapis,
* Apidanus,
PROSODT . 201
* Apidanus, * ) apyx, * Papias, asian jarri
* Priapus, * Japis, * Aſculapius,
With theſe * Neapolis, * Anapis;)
Make long * Serapion, * ferapis. unds
C: in
A before R Long.
Area, Glarea, Larus , Naris, .
Glareoſus too, and Glaris, 2
Carex, Varix , Quare, Baris. ISA
Carica with Ara , Pareo, y ).
Aridus, & Varo, Clareon 17) . **** i pritet
And Adjectives that end -in arus, MAITIN
As Varus,Gnarus, Rarus,,Clapus. inni svitsbe
* Larunda , * Lariſſa , *Varuso enderen
* Aram , *Aruns, * Sara , Scarus, NTNine
* Carinus, * Cares , * Caria , Clarus, 7
* Larius, * Varius , and * Pharuspisingigit
+ Darius, Tiaras, Avarus, con
Calvaria , Amaracus, Amaras, * -skodaw
And Adjectives that end in arising
Are, arius ; Molaris , stry
Cochleare. Phalarise PLN ?
You muſt except & Hiláris. Hy
..1521," S
A before & Long,
Baſium , Laſerpitium , Cafeus,
Baſio, Lafer, Naſo, Naſus,
* Alis, * Nafica, Ag aſo, i !
By Nature are extreamly ſlow ..
* Nafidius, & * Aſia , tu :
Omaſum , Colocaſia,
* Aſopus
-
202 PROSOD 1 .
* Afopus is produc'd byus,
* Paſiphae, * Påfophilus,
* Thrafymachus, *Gafellids.com
* Amaſius, * Naafon , Phafis,",1984.13
* Oribafus & * Amaſis,
*Ceprafia,and all in äfius. I szolod
* Jalon, Afinus, Parrhafiuso widelis
b05,003
A before T Long , this
Clathrus , Clathrum , Crates Ater, 21
Gratis, Fatum , Gratus, Frater
Atrium , Gratulator , Crater,
Adjective Latus; Lafa, Latum , idlin
}
Laterna, Matutinus, Prawin ,
Maturus, Matrona, Mater, ( 280k
Natio , Natura, Statur , pia; ei si
Vaticinor , Materia ,Antti
Vates, Stlata , * Gratia , CA ,
* Latona , * Cratbis, * Latous,
*Nathaniel , * Scatinius, . ) 299
* Vaticanus, * Atella ,
* Saturnus, * Statius, *Matuidi
* Vatuca , * V atinius colors
Atys, and * Saturning
Grabatus, Pirat a, Aratrum , witisa
Arator , Cicatrix , Theatreutstimees
Archiater , & Veratrum ,
Thus all in ator, atius,
Ates, atim , aticusgi
Atas : with propers athes, ates,
But ſtråtos, crătes, alſo båte,
Greek Endings Short, as Schæ nobátesz
Phi
‫کے‬
PROSODY, 203
Philocrates. Read * Mithridates
Long. Short * Lapăthus,* Zălătes i vis
'T
A before V Long.
Clava, Claviger , & Clavus,
Gnavus, Mavis, Clavis, Flavus, tib *
Flaveo, Gaviſus, Navo,
Navis, Pavus, Pravus, Pavo,
Suavis, Suavium , Oitavus,
Ravis, Suavior, * Timavus,
.. ‫و‬
* Ravidius, Navita, * Ag ave;
Davus, ** Lavinia, Conclave,
Cadaver, * Mavors, * Lavinium , ‫ ܃ ܨܼܿܐ ܆ ܀‬، ‫ܙ‬
36
* Batavia, * Batavus, *Batavium.
E before BLong.25 cc *
Creber, Grebro, Debilis, visit
All Adjectives in ebilis ;
Debeo, Sebum , Plebes, Hebe, boogie
Gleba, * Nebis, * Rhebas, * Thebe,
Thus Trebula, * Sebinus, * Hebras ,
* Sebetbus, Ephebus, Ebrius. Cu
eribano
E before C Long jengivari
Echo , Mechanicus, & SpeculMIS
a) ; ;
And Secius, Securus Tecula ,
With all Derivatives in eculaj!!
As, Plebecula, Diecula .
*Lecania, Verecundus,
Veçors, Theca, Lecythus,
before
204 PROSOD 1
Coins
E before.D Long. j: '،، ‫܇ ܀‬
Medica , Pedema, Pedo,

Cedo ceſſi, Rheda, Credo, 31 V S À
Sedulus, feditio, ſedo, in D 32
:
Edo, * Medus, * Hedymedes, a indir
* Medymnus, *Medea , jedes som er
* Media, * Pedaſus, Algado 19 ,
Witb fuch Derivatives in ede, i ) si
As Dulcedo, & Pingueda... 1 * .***.
* Sedigitus, ** Diomedera,vistiUniti
Diomedes
* Sedentani, *Lycomedes Duo 06
Cupedia, Monedulqinin Torta
Acedia, Acredulaxatun ‫ ܝܺ ܪܐ܆‬1.
+ Ficedula with which Aedon
Join,* Chalcedon ,& * Sarpedoine schadu
E before G Long. dec.ca
Extend theſe Words * Eggptuk, Dego,
Gregorius, * Legg,
* Pegaſus, *Hegel * Lego, Asia
Hegefias, begium
Ali Heges ſuchtoo, and Collegiyin, le
Panegyris & Privilegium ;
Collega's long and ſo's Naupegus,
Likewiſe * Symplegas ,& *Cethegals
E before L Long. ‫ اين است گا۔‬، ‫أند‬Thi
:
Chele, Belua , Delicium , WITH
Spelunca, Eleg ans, Elyſium ; L.do 1989 .
Delibutus, Delubrum , : 50
Elettrum , Tela, Velabrum ,
Elegium
PRO SODY. 208
Elegium , Delecto, Felis,
Velox, Velo, Zelus, Veles, Silisi
Helios, Spelaum , Telum ,
Telepes, with Zelor, Velum , :
* Ele:tra , * Pelignum , * Belus, stunning
* Telemachur, * Pelufium , * Delus,
*Pelion , * Elicius, * Elias,
* Velabrum , * Pelias, * Helias
And Proper Names all in elias ;
All Words in ela as Querela ,
Tarcocela, Hydrocela ; .
With all in elis, elus, elia, '.
Except Eumelis & Eumelia : rdian's con
To theſe join thoſe in elicus ?
As from Fames, Famelicus,
E before M Long. 21
Incremen e , Demum , moy

ntum
Mnemoſy , Remusi, a Nemo,
s at
Clemenis, Democra , Schema,
Hemer , Hemin ,d*eCdrenia ,
n
And all Compou Words of Anue
Semens , ſemino, Racemus ,
Semi , with moſtnthat End ain emus ,
Temo, m* Emathio , Diadem ,
Temetu yn, a& Greeks in .ema, 1
Eleemoſ ,riBsohemia , ia
Pent heminmdes , Vindem ,
Compou of sipées gājaita
E before N Longi
Denus, Denique; & Grena,
Penula , Venalisj Lena, la ra
906 PROSOD 1
Vena, Strena, Scena , Grena:
Penicilius & Penis
Denuo, Lenio, Lenis,
Leno, Threnos, Senio,
Splenium , Venor, Veneo,
Venabulum , * Menuthias, Plenus,
Strenuus, Penuria,ſenus,
Meninx , * Mena long and Rhenus.
* Zeno, Xenia , *Sena , Tenos ;
* Penelope *Menophilus,
+ Phrenetis, & + Phreneticus?
Words making enus, ena, enum ,
Not Proper, as Habena, thenum .
* Alcenor & * Alcumene,
* Antenor , & * Dindymene ,
* Agenor , & * Mitylene.
* Athena nextjoin with * Silenus.
* Hippocrene,* Thraſumenus,
Laſt come * V ageni, + Neriene,
With * Cyrene, & * Sileni.
E before P Long
Hepar, Repo, Sepum , Sepes,
* Tlepolemus Epitides,
* Leponticus & Sepio,
*Epirus, Sepia,* Cepio;
* Cepheus, * Sepias, *Cephilusy
* Epirota & * Epitus.
* Aſclepius &Joſephus
The laſt we Mention is fepus.
E before Q.Long.
Nequando, Nequis, Nequa, Nequam
For ſhort beſure do not mifake 'em ,
PROSODY. Boy
All Ne's and Si's in Compoſition, çfaris
'Fore 2 are of the ſame condition.
* Sequana the ſweef River Seine
To run at length does much inclips.
E before R Long.
Beryllus, Ceroma, Cera,
Clericus, Cerotum, Pera,
Ferior, Ceruſſa, Clerus,
Eruca , Feria & Heros,
Feralis, not Feralia
The Feaſt; make long Theriaca,
Serius, Verus, * Eretum ,
* Berytus, * Nerii, Ceratum ,
* Feronia, *Eridanus,
* Xerolophus, * Theridamus,
* Ceratus, * Seres, Seranus,
* Neritos, * Thero, Poderis,
* Galerius, Trieteres,
* Zerinthus, * Verona, * Nereus,
* Herodotus, * Geryon, * Tereus,
* Cerinthus, * Ceritus, Cratere
* Cerites, Cyperus, Statera,
* Erigone, * Nerio, Severus,
* Herios, * Erinne, Sincerus,
And all the Adjectives in erus.
Herios, Difterium ,
Arteria , Cauterium ,
With all in teria, terinn :
* Abdera, *Hiera, *Homerus,
}
Cytberea & Iberus,
E before S Long?
Theſaurus, Vefanus, Frefus,
Reſina, Peloponneſus,
And all ſuch Greeks deriv'd of yurt 3,
208 PROSODY.
Geſum, *Cteſiphon , & * Rheſus,
Veſica, * Theſeus, Ambeſus.
* Heſychius, Ecclefia ,
Reſina, Megaleſia,
* Hefione, Centeſimus,
All Numerals in eſimus.
Eteſias & obeſus.
Remember too that all muſt be ſo,
That come from the Greek Future low ;
Such as. Apoſtopefis,
Catachreſis, Dioc afis,
* Magneſia, *Milefius
* Onefimus, * Mindeſius,
Propers in efus all and efius.
E before T Long.
Ethicus long from Sos Beta
Metor , Metior, * Cletus, * Creta,
Creta chalk, 6 Rete, Meta,
Teter, Rhetor , Seta , Cetus,
Niceteriam , * Paracletus ;
And all that do from Lethe come,
Lethargus Letheus, Lethum .
Zethes, * Tethys, Petalus,
Ortigometra, Boletus,
Latins in etus, eta, etum,
As Vegetus, Moneta , Acetum .
The ſame way Words in 'eticus,
As we find Arithmeticus.
Libethra, Curetes, Cajeta ,
Lucretius, Prometheus, feta.
.
E bez
PROŚODY 209
E before y Long.
Levis, Trevir ; Benevertam,
Sevam , * Suevas, Maleventua ).
· I before B Long.
Clibanus, Hibernas,: Fibatan
Sibilus, itburnum , Tributs , 1.**
Vibex , Liber , Tibia, Scribonia
Ibis, * Hybla, Libra, Liboj
* jdycas, * Scribonius;* Libetze:10
* Vibius, * Libetbra, * Tybur,
* Oribafus a Climbinghound
The laſt of all that can be found.
1 before C Long.
.
Dico dicis; Dica, Ficus,
Ico, Lichen, Mica: Pisus,
Licium, Pica, Slout, Spica,
Spicam S, piculum , & Sica,
Sicubi, Triceni ,Trika s
Trico,Viceni, ſuch as Tricies,
Vicefimus, Vicinus, Vicies, en
Are Long, ſuchNum'rais Millmuſt be
Of an extended Quantity,
*Bice, * Michael, Amicus,
* Sicbans, *Icarus, Anticus,
* Lichas, * Iconium , Apricus,
Laferpitum , Caprificus.
* Micipal Convicium ,
Febricito, *with Picenum ,
0 I be 1
210 PROSO DI
* Ticinus, * Sicania
Sicelides, * Sicilia,
And ev'ry Word almoft in Ica
Such as Formica, & Lettica.
And yoki Greek * Theſſalonica
With which * Marica , es * Nafica ;
Myrica, Nutrico, Mendicks,
Multicium ; adjoin * Lumbricus : *
* Uſtica, * Palicus, * Trivicus,

Poſticus, Pudicus, Veſica ,
Petricofus, & * Rubrica
+ Umbilicus, with Utica,
* Saticuli, Novicius,
1 * Æquicolæ , Apicius
* Labicum , * Aricia , * Caicus,
And modern Propers all in Icus,
Such as * Henricus, * Fredericus ,
Diminutives in icula
As we behold Cuticula ,
Andlikewiſe wofe in iculus, iculum ;
As Caniculus, Periculum .
I before D Long,
Pridem, Pridie, Fido, Fidus,
Rideo, Nideo, Nidor, Idus,
Idem Maſc. Idolum , Nidus.
* Euclides, + Fidena, * Dido,
*Phidias, Elegidion, Sido,
Conſidero, Faſtidio,
Deſidero, with Studeo.
* Poſidonia & c** Ida,
*Godefridus, Sidus, Lyda;
* Ventidius, + Euripides,
And Patronymicks in ides: APiſidia,
PROSODY. 211
+ Piſidiæ, Words in Ido
As Formido, & Libido. Except Divido.
I before G Long.
Digenția, Frigilla , Figo,
Biga, Frigus , Frigo, Fligo,
Vigenti, Frigeo, Caligo
Trigenta, Sigaum , Caſtigo,
Gyges, Strigilis, Auriga,
Origanium , Quadriga,
Preſtigie , Faſtigium ,
And all in Igo hither come.
I before L Long.
Filius, Chilias, Bilis, Filum ,
Pilum Pileus, Ilex , Hilum :
Ilia, Miles, Pila , * Nilus,
Pſilothrum , *Miletus, Iluss
* llium , * llithya, Vilis .
Pileñtum , * Silius, Ilicet,
* Pilumnus, Silo; Scilicet,
Silenus, Smilax, & Adilis,
And moſt ſuch Adjectives in ilis
Not Verbals ; except Humilis ,
Similis like, & Dapsilis,
Parilis, Sterilis, Aquatilis.
Fluviatilis, Verſatilis,
And all ſuch Words as end in atilis :
All Subſtantives that end in ile,
As Bovile & Mantile,
* Argiletum & Compilo,
With other Compounds ; as, Expilo.
Palilia
1 212
1
PROSODT.
Palilia, * Servilius ,
*Pampbilia, * Sextilius:
* Venilia, *Lucilius,
* Petiția, * Manilius,
And Proper's all in ilius;
Make Common tho + Rutilius.
I before M Long,
Cimex , Climax , Crimen, Bimus,
Criminor, Limax, & Trimus,
Limo, Limes, Limen, Imus.
Limus , Minus, Primus, Rima,
}
Rimor, Scrinia, Simus, Lima,
Nimirum , Limito, & Vimen ,
Words in imentum too, & imen,
Rudimentum , & Molimen,
Produc'd of the Fourth Conjugation ,
Are founded after ſuch a Faſhion .
*Archimedes & Chimera,
* Timagines long, & * Himera.
* Ariminum , * Limonius,
Opimus & * Opimius.
All Words deriv'd from this Greek ,
Ainong theſe Long'ones you muſt ſeek ,
1 before N Long.
* Mineus, * Minos, * Plinius, Binur
Sinus, Pinus, Finio, Irinus.
Linea, Mino, Spinus, Linum ,
Vinea, Clino, Spina, Vinum ,
* Inachus, * Trinacria, Finis,
Pinea, Scrinium , * Ino, Crinis.
* Rhino
PROSODI. 213
* Rhinoceros, Acinaces,
Inarima let's add to theſe.
Herinaceus , Agina,
Paſtinaca, & Lacinia,
* Altinum , * Ticinus, * Lavinus,
* Apenninus, & * Euxinus,
* Arpinum ,Pulvinar, Vagino,
Omnino, Opinor, Propino.
Long Patronymicks are in ine
As , Nerine, Adraſtine.
Subſtants, in inus, ina, inum,
As Architriclinus, Cuminum ,
Excepted Short is Buccina,
And all from Cano the ſame way ;
So Aſinus, Gaufapina,
Facinus, Proſerpina,
Fuſcina, Fiſcina, Femina,
* Ruſina, Succinum , Sarcina,
Nundina, Trutina, Uncinus,
* Mutina, Machina, Acinus,
Afinus, * Afine , Acina,
Lamina, Pagina, Patina,
I before P Long.
Vipera, Siparium , Pipo,
* Sériphus, * Euripus, Stipo,
Stipes, Ripa, Ripheus, Not Scipula. I
* Alphe,& ** Enipeus,
Sipho, Tiphys, * Scipia
Stipendium , Sipus , Pipio.
I before Q Longi
Liquoç, * Liquentia, Antiquus.
Liquefco, Liquidus, obliquus
O 3 I before
244: PROSODY.
I before R Long. ins
Spiritus, Virus, Deliro,
Tireſias, * Pirene, Tiro,
Piráta , Sirus, Miror, Spirá,
Quiris, Virago, Dirus , Ira; 3 * , ?
Vireo, Stiria, Magirus, IT
* Liriope, * Ciris, *Epirus,
Nimirum , * Bufiris, Chiron,
Equiria, * Camirus, Siren,
Saphirus and all-in irius
As may be ſeen in Podalirius.
* Stagira * Oſiris join to this,
Quirinus & Semiramis ..
Al] Greeks froin teip are of this Sort,
Except Chir agra which is Short.
I before S Long.
* Briſeis, *Ijs, *Piſo, * Nijus,
Piſum , Nijus, Piſa , Viſus,
And Participles alliniſus.
* Piſander, * Niſa, Paradiſus, 1
* Eliſa, Siphus, Criniſus ,
Arviſium , Cephiſus; Anchifesa .
I before T Long
Glitella , Lito, Litigo,
Tritura, Vitex , Mitigo,
Nitela, & Vitiligo.
Vitupero, Mitis , Clitorius,
Litera, Titillo, Ritus
Triticum , * Clitumnus, Litus, * Dithys
į
215 PROŠODT:
* Dithyrambus, Vitis, Nitor, 10 wo
Pituita, Vita, Scitor,
* Sithon , * Pitho , Galerita ,
* Tit an, Auritus, Corbita ,
Abreptitius, Invito,
Laſerpitium ,Irrit , .
Aconitum , & Mellitus,
Suppoſititius, Invitus,
Multitium , Novitius,
Scriblita, Nutritius,
+ Fortuitus, Paraſitus,
Viritim * Hermaphroditus ,‫زاد را‬ .‫د‬
All Greek Derivatives in itus, 20
Etus, Ites, Itas, Ite ,
*
As,*Agapetús, Aphrodites
So Greeks in itis, itius,
Are all to be Extended thus, ..
* Ilithya, * Mauritania ,
* Orithya, * Lufitania.
I beforeu Long. ‫زار و‬
you've a ,.
I before U Extend you may
In ev'ry Word but *Ninive.
o before B Longco 7
com a
Nobilis, Robigo, Bobus,
* Jobus, *Canobus, * Jacobus
Gobio, Robuſtus, Robur,
Utrobique, &O &tober.
Tobias, Robertus, Vobies
Sobrius, & obex,Nobis.
O A bolore
PR & OP
o before C Long
* Coçalus, Focale, *Pbocusz
*Cocytus, Proceruf, * Ochus,
* Socrates, tLocuſta, *Sochis.
*Phocæ, * Phocis, Patrocinium , IN
Patrocinor , Latrocinium ,
With each acinor, Ociniunde
Pociferor, Vocalia Voçula
(None elſe from Poco) are long i: Pocul
Oceanus, Ocymum , Ocium ,
Focale, Foco, Negocium .
Q before D Long.
Odi, Nodus, Nodo, Eodex
Zodiacus & Plado, Podexa
Prodigium , with Rodon Codex. 90
Dodona, Codrys, Clodius,
Cufodio, Erodius, 1
* Botrodus, * Brodi, * Nebrodes,
Laodocus Herodes, Kictor !
With ev'ry Proper thus in odęs .. "" S"
Thermodon and Greeks in odia
Come from adhd as , Profodida
o before G Long
Cogn, Cogito, Elogium
Sylbogifmus i Euloginiameting
Octoginta, Ifagogen
Pedagogus, Paragoge,
And ev'ry fuch that Ends in soges
To be Extended does defire us i
हु
AndTrogledite with Osyrit O before
PROSODT. 117
o before L Long.
Beletus, Cboliambus, Cola, Cola, ef,
Colum , Colon, Dolium , Nole.
Moliar, Loligo, Moles,
Solers, Solor , Solms, Proles.
* Bolaxts, Olim , Olea , * Bela,
Solennis, * Polydamas , * Nela,
* Timalus, * Olenus, dolum . wide
And Nouns in ału , ola , alum
Diminutives : As, Deliolum , .. ' : ?2 .
Bibliopola, Tricolum ,
And all ſuch Greeks may hither come,
Capitolium , * Spoletum .
* Mediolanum , & *Maufolus, J.
* Sub fok anna, and * Paftolus,
Atolik, * Cimolui, * Timolus.
o before M Long.
Comeffor, Fomentum , Nomen ,
Comadia, Lamentum , Omeen .
Comstor, Pomerium , Pomus ,
Quomodo, Momentum , Monuzi SO
Ominor, Tomentum , Vonais,
Pomum , Como, Fames, Comis.
Tomex , Cinnamomum , Stroma,
* Romulys, Encomium , * Romda
Abdomen, Glaucoma, Aroma;
All foreign Long that End in omni 16 on ?
So Abfalomus & Salome, rivs bra
See
118 PROBOD TIS
O before N Long. 1970's
Conor, Cenops, Donec, Conus, 2
Donum , Nona, Zona, Nonus,
Nonaginta, Dono, Pronus.
* Monychus, * Nonacris, * Nonius, 2013
}
Sempronius, Arbiter, Petronius. 13. )."
Colonia, Obfonium ,
And Words in Monia, Monium . .
So Greeks in Onymus, & Onix , it's ti
TA
As Hieronymus, Euphonia .
And Proper Names that End in Onits
As Babylonius, * Antonius 20 )
* Hipponax , Feronia ,
* Salmoneus, * Jonia.
Perfona, Concinor, Patronus, per van
Idoneus, Obſonor, Colonus:
Produce all Words that End in ona ,
Except the River callid Matrona 1 Sick
We find + E donis, + Biſtonis
Both varied ; and 'tis not ampiſs .
widt‫ܐܸܢ‬
o before P Long . 414,50 )
* Sophronius, *Zopyrus,Copia r .
Scope . Sopio, Dropax , * Opise erigen
Copula, Copulo, Stlopus,
Populus, Õpilio, Tophus.
Scropha, Copia, * Afopus
Leucopetra, Asopus.
Andev'ry Proper thus in opus,
As Canopus, & Crotopus.
Rhodopolis, (not Rhodope)
* Europa, i topas,* Sinope. bes
PROSODT. I1 219
o before Q Long.
Utroque, Alioqui, Quandoq;
Are Long, with Ablatives, Quoquam, Quoque.
o before R Long.
PIT SS
Chorographus, Coram , Corus,
Horologium , Lore , Morus,
Lorica, Loripes , Lorum,
Corytus, Moroſus, Morum , de 94
Gloria, Floreo, Glorior , Hora,
Polydorus, Moror, Prora. **
Ploro, Sorex , Thorax , Ora,
Sorites , Morio , Roro , 4
* Chloreus, * Dorion , * Horus, Ore.

* Corice, * Noricum , * Chloris , s DIO VIA
*Oricos, * Orithos, * Doris. her in theJudit
* Orytha, * Sora&te, Aurora, ... invites.I en
Coralium , forion, * Sora,
*Oromedon ,& * Melorus, uno V siled
* Chryfolorus, Meteorus. e fitosa )
* Achorus, * Pelorus, * Dores,omomentin
l :074 boa
* Polydorus & * Lycoris.
Anachoreta, Mantichora ,
Oporinus, & Viktoria . ? one I siulod
Ignoro & Ciborium , dit od 3
Theorema, Prætorium ;
Deriv'd in Orius, oria, orium , ‫اور لاری‬
And all in orus, ora, orum , I Saioa
As Sonorus, Sonora , Sonorum
o before $ Long, 3*
Proſa, Gnoſus, Antiptoſis,
Metamorphofis, Homeofi.sa Socia
20 PROSOD ?! "
* Socia, * Mofes, Aloſa , 901 ‫دلار‬
Jofeph ,* Joſias, Tholofa.
Derivatives , that end in ofas, ciw
Are long; Asis Ingeniofus.
I slut
o before T Long.
Doto, Lotophægi, Potus, pli: I
Otium , Poto, Soter, Totus.
Noteſco, Prototypus, * Plotines
Vatum , * Clotho, *Cotegit Protons.
* Cotilas, * Plote, * Plotinus,
* Sot ades & Serotinus.
Cerotum , * Eurotas, Agrotus, 2030
Devoto, Repotia , Aforumo 1
All Words in oticus, & otis. .Bits
Ora, proton, ſtrotos, otes ;, 735 czodcino
As Exoticus, Melotes , como
o before V Long.
2. ใบงง .
Ovum , Controverfia , -3 ;: ་༑ ; ，
And Pro ; as in Provincia . caminin i * 32 .
siis
U before B Short:
Cubo, Dubius, Juba, Jubar ,
Lubet, Rubus, Tuba, Tuber.
Dubito, Bubulcus, Rubeo, ing patti Wie
Rubicundus, Rubrum , Jubio.
Rubrica, Gyberno, Obi, Mchive ?
Cubitus, Lugubris , * Rukia ? ê geneig
Coluber, * Ubii, Cucubo ,
Subuçula with Titubos
*Danubius,
PROSOD 1
* Danubius, & * Corduba,
* Afdrubal & Hecuba,
U before C Short.
* Lucretia , * Lucretius,
Cucurbita & Cuculus .
Duco, Ducenti, Cucumis,
To make theſe Short is not amiſs
So Lucror, Fuca, * Lucumo,
Nucleus, Lucrum , Trucido.
Lucretilis, Enucleo ,
Step all as Short as they can go.
Truculentus, tLuceres'
And Lucrinus add to theſe.
u before D Short.
Pudet, Pudor, Rudens, Rydis,
Studium , Studeo, Sudes, Tades.
Rudie , Erudio,
Repudium , Repudio.
+ There is but whi
one Exception of U before F ,
ch is Ruta.
u before G Short:
Jugulum , Pugilus, Fugiò,
Tugurium , Jugum, Pugil, Fugo.
Pugillares , Bijugis,
Conjugium , and ſuch like this.
U before L Short:
In ulus, uta, ulum, fee ,
w Pollumllables thev he That
PROSODY.
That all be Short ; as Credulus.
Except * Cleobulus, * Herodulus. : * And all of ſuchi
Mulier, Culex , Fulix , Vlulo ; ( Endings.
Verbals that end as Ambulo, Cumulo:
Adulor, tho' produc'd we find ,
So far it alters from it's kind.
Fulica , Gula, Bucculentus,
Culina, Speculum , Faculentus.
Simulacrum , Flatulentus,
* Aſculapius, Muſtulentus,
Manuleatus, Specular,
Siticuloſus, Torcular,
Curculio, Locutuleius,
Luculentus, all defy us
To make 'em Short ; but Zabulones,
Is ſometimes Short, and ſometimes Long is.
U before M Short.
Humus, Humo, Humerus,
Rumex , Tumor , Numerus.
Cumulo, Tumultus, Tumulus,
Crumena, Camera & Cumulus.
Humilis, Cuminum , Ruma,
Numeri, Numiſma, * Numa.
Tumeo to ſwell & Autumo,
* Columella , * Lucumo.
* Numitor * Numantia ,
Cucumer, Contumelia.
Contumax, Cruſtumium , 다.
Incolumis does hither come.
Verbals in umen & umentum ,
As, Tegumen , Documentum .
U before
PROSQOT.
u before N Short.
Cunus is Short & Tunica ,
Cuniculus, Albunda.
U before P Long.
Stupro, Stuprum & Supirns,
Supra, Duplex, & Lupinus,
Supellex, Super, Cupio,
Cupreſſus, Lupa, Stupeo,
Cupedie & Occupo
* Lupercal, & Vitupero,
Cornupeta with Nuncupo. ST }६
To theſe join Numerals in uplus:2:"720 "
As Qyadruplus & Centuplus.:"}
Accupor ; & Upupa
Volupe, * Centurupa.
And one Remaining, Quadrupes
Is all we find to Herd with theſe.
u before R Short. 111 *

* Cures,, Furo, Furor, Durius,
Nurus, * Curius, * Thurius, Spurius,
Curulis, Muria, Cámurus,
* Centurupe & * Anxurus,
* Bituriges, * Liguria
And Subſtantives in uria ,
Centuria, Luxuria .
* Sabura, * Maſurius , VW
* Satura, * Mercurius,
Purpura, + Mamurius,
Saturo, Vulturius.
Ingurinn
PROSOD 1."
Tugurium in drie
Num'rals ; as, Centurio,
All Meditatives that End fo .
Cucurio's long, & lo's Ligurio
And none belide this but Scatured
u before s Short.
Pufillus, Suſurro & Sufus,
* Pernfinus, & * Voluſius,
* Blandnfia, * Brundufium ,
* Cadufii, * Canufium ,
u before T Short.
Cutis, Frutex, Uter , Pluteusi
Lutum , Puta, Puto, Puteus
Puteal, Putree, Scutica,
Rutrum , Scurra, Scutula,
Frutico, Mutilo, Mutilus,
Butyrum , Rutilo, Rutilus:
Futurus, Putris & Trutina,
Uterus, Utinam , * Mutina ,
Wti, *Lutetia, * Utica,
1
Diuturnus, * Utinas,
* Rutheni & * Rutupinā,
* Rutuli, * Rutilius,
Arbutus & * Minutius
Defrutum , Fecutinus.
Of u before V.
+ u before V is commonly Short:
Except.
Cluvia,juvo, Pluvius
And others like them, Fluvius. As
PROSOD T. ODT. 225
W As for the Quantities of Greek Words
made Latin , they are belt underſtood by conſulting
them in the Original : However I thought fit now
and then to Mention ſuch as moſt frequently Occur,
for the Advantage of them who are Strangers to
this Language. And having as fully as I cou'd
treated of the Quantity of Syllables, I come in the
next Place to ſpeak of the ſeveral Feet, which are
Compos'd of them .
Of the Meaſures of LATIN VERSE
Call'd FEET.
A Foot is a certain Complication of Syllables,
plac'd according to Number and Order by which
we find out the True Cadence and Harmony of
Verſe.
* There are Four Fret of two Syllables, and
Eight of Three ; which are Sufficient to Under
ſtand the Meaſures of any Verſe by. sta E '
Feet of two Syllables.
1. Two Long , . : (Spondeus. Pöſſunt.
2. Two Short, Pyrrichius. Bönás.
as
3. Long & Short, Trochæus. Armä.
4. Short and Long . Iambus. Viros.
Feet of three Syllables.
1. Three Long , Moloſſus. Côntčndänt .
2. Three Short, Tribrachys Fácere.
3. A Long & two ſh . Dactylus. Corpóré.
A Two ſhort & along, as Anapaſtus. animos.
5. A ſhort & two l. Bacchius. Dolores.
6. Two long & a h . Antibacchius. Andiſe.
7. A long, ſhort & a l. Amphimacer. Miximos
8. Alhort,long& alla . Amphibrachys.Cádēbăt.
Р + Sona
226 PROSODY ..
7 Some by doubling and blending of theſe

Feet , have made theſe following of Four
Syllables.
1. Four long, Difpondeus. Oratörès.
2. Four ſhort, Proceleuſmaticus. Abiete
3. Long th. long ſh . Dichoreus. Dimicare.
4. Short long ſhort 1. Dijambus. Propinquitas.
5. Long th . Ihort 1 . Choriambus. Nobilitäs.
6. Shortlong long fh. Antiſpaſtus. Recuſăré.
7. Two long two ih . Ionichus . Calcaribüs.
Pæon . Preon.
8. Long ſh.& two ſh. Y as Chor. Pyr. Adjpicité.
9. Short & 1. two ſh . . Iam, Pyr. Docebimas.
10. Iwo th . 1. & ſh . Pyr. Chor. Mörizmür.
11. Two ſh . ſhort & l. Pyr. Iam . Calamitas.
Epitritus, Epitritus.
12. Short long two l. lam . Sp. Repentini.
13. Long ſh. two l. Chor: Sp. Cònditorës.
14. Two l ſhort & l. Sp. Iam . Diſcordias.
15. Twoł. long & fh . ( Sp. Ch. Fortunata
OBSERVATIONS
Spondeus, from the Greek Etordei @ which
comes from the Verb Irida Libo, has it's Name
on Account of the Uſe the Heathens made of it, in
thofe Verſes which they Sung during their Libati
ons to the Gods, it being a Grave and Solemn Foot.
Dactylus trom Aditune which Signifies a Fina
ger, becauſe it Conſiſts ox a Long and two Short
Sylables, and ſuch a Meaſure Reſembles the make
of a Finger, which has one long and two ſhort
joints. Pyrri
PROSOD T. 227
Pyrricbius is , ſo Call’d from Pyrrhus the Son of
Achilles, who invented a Dance Calld Pyrrhick, the
quickneſs of which Motion this Foot Anſwers.
Trocheus, frcin the Word Teoxa which is de
rix'd of the Verb Ipexw to Run, is ſo Callid
(ſays the Old Scholiaſt ) becauſe thoſe that run Ra
ces took long Strides at the Firſt, but towards the
latter End they ſhorten'd their Paces ; for which
Reaſon this Foot being made up of a long anda ſhort
Syllable,, is Metaphorically ſo Call’d.
Įambus from Taube which Word they ſays,
deriv'd from a Young Virgin call'd lambe, that
hang'd her ſelf for a ſmall Aſperſion thrown upon
her; for as from ſuch a ſmall Beginning ſo greatan
Evil enſued, ſo on that Account this Nameis Applied
to aMeaſurecompoſd of a Short and aLongSyllable,
as bearing a juſt Analogy to ſuch a Circumſtance.
Molofjús from MerowG , is a Foot that has it's
Denomination from Moloſſus.,. the Son of Pyrrhus
and Andromache , who wasthe Author of fomé Ver
ſes Coinpos'd according to this Meaſure, which were
Sung inthe Temple of JupiteratDodona.
Tribrachys from Tpispanus does of it Self (as
Signifying three ſhort Syllables) denote the true
meaning of its Name.
Anapæftus froin Avatars which comes from
the Verb Avotnim repercutio, is ſo call'd from
it's contrary Movement to the Dačtylus.
Bacchins from
from Berylic becauſe it was a
Meaſure Chiefly made uſe of in the Coir poſition of
Dithyrambicks, has it's Name from Bacchus .
Antibacchius is calld fo for being the Reverſe of
the Former .
P2 Prous
228 PRO SODY.
Proceleuſmaticus comes from the Greek kinauona
which ſignifies the Sailors Word when they Com
manded o Row , and this Foot conſiſting of four
ſhort Syllables, by Reaſon of It's Rapidity takes
ſuch a Denomination.
Antiſpaſtus or Avibres from the Derb Age
1100w being compos'd of an Iambus and a Trochaus,
is ſo call d from their Poſition , as if One drew
One Way and the other another .
Ionichus, becauſe of the Softneſs of this Foot, has
it's Name from the People of Ionia who were re
markably Effeminate ; or from Ion the Tragædian of 2
Chius, who frequently uſed it.
Pæan we muſt ſuppoſe to be a Meaſure contriv'd
for theHymn to Apollo in Commemoration of his
Vi&tory over the Python.
Epitritus or Eritpi7 O Seſquitertius fhews, us
by it's Meaſure three Long and a Short, why 'tis
ſo Call'd .
As there are Twenty Eight various Diſpoſitions
of Long and Sliort Syllables in the makingofFeet,
ſo there are various Connexionsof Feet in the Com
poſition of Verſes, the Latins ( tho' they might have
United and blended ſomany Feet to a vak Number)
yetwe find by Horace ,the Prince of Roman Lyricks,
that they have confindthemſelves to one& twenty
kinds of Meaſures ; which we may aſſure our Selves
was not done without a juſt Regard to a Muſical
Concordance of Numbers.
For the readier Underſtanding of theMeaſures
of Lyrick Verſe, I have placed them in the follow
ing -Method with the Names of cach , and the Num
ber & Quantity of Syllables,thatby counting of them
1
the young Learnermay know what kind of Verſe he
Reads
PROSODY. 220
Reads, and the juſt Time he ought to Obſerve in his
Reading of it. But ſome may Imagine that this
cannot be fo eaſily done, becauſe thatthere are ſe
veral ſorts of Verſes which have the ſame Number
of Syllables, tho' not the ſame Meaſure ; however
a tolerable Knowledge of Proſody removes this Dif
ficulty for the very firſt Foot ſhews the Difference.
One thing too muſt be obſerv d in the Counting of
Sylables, that Allowance be made for Synalepba
and Ecclipſis wherever they are.
1. A DONICKS, ſo call'd froin Adonis, who was
Lamented in this kind of Verſe, conſiſt of aDaityl
& Spondeus. As,
-UU
Terruit - urbem . 5. Syll
2. HIPPON ACTIAN , or EURIPIDEAN (from
the Authors Hipponax or Euripides ). of Three Tros
chees and a Ceſura. As,
UT - u 1 - U 1
Non e-bur ne-que aure -um . 7. Syll ,
Sometimes they admit of a Spond . As,
-ul-- 1 - 0 1 -
Optat- in for-mam bovis. 7. Syll.
3. ARCHILOCHIAN (from Archilochus) of two
Daftyls with aGefura, following an Heroick linc. As
-UŲ ĮŲU 1
Arbori- busque co -me. 7. Syll.
4. PHER ECRATION (from the Author Pbere
rates) or three Feet of a Heroick '; viz. a Dactyl
between two Spondees. As,
- I - U I
Grato- Pyrrha Sub-antro — 7. Syll,
P 3 S. GLZS
230 PROSOD 1.
5. GLYCONIAN ( ſo Nam'd from it's Author
Glycon) is commonly join'd before Aſclepiads, and
conſiſts of a Spondeus, Choriambus, & Pyrrichius. As, J
U
- i ov ! u
Sic té diva potens-Cypri. 8. Syll.
6. ARCHILOCHIAN JAMBICKS, Chiefly of
I ambicks. As,
U - IU- I --Iu
Ami-ce pro-pugna- cula. 8. Syli .
* Sometimes they are Found Lamb. & Spond. al
ternate. As
-TU I lu
Conver tier -vultus- uos. 8. Syll.
7. ARCHILOCHOSS DIMETER IAMBICKS
have the Firſt and Third Spondeus, or lambus, the
Second and Fourth always Jambus, with a Sylable
Remaining, As.
TU - I TO - 1
Sylve labo -rantes-gelu -que. 9. Syll .
8. There is a kind of Pindarick Verſe which is
made of twº Dactyls and two Trochees . As,
ΟυΙ vul : ul.- U
Flumina-conftite -rint a -cuto. 10. Syll.
9. ALCMAN'S DACTYLICKS require Three
Dactyls, and a Spondeus. As,
-UŲ I · Uuluu
Autephe-ſum bima- riſve Corinthi. 11. Syll. or,
* Note, That inſtead of the Firſt Dačtylus, there
may be a Spondeus. As,
-1 - w U I UT
Non ill-am thala -mi pudor -arcet. 10 .
IO. ALCÆVS'S DACTYLICKS are Verſes made
of a Spondens, or lambus, in the Firſt Place , the
Second
PROSODY. 231
Second an Iambus with a Cæſura, the Third and
laſt Dactyls. As
U - TU - T - I - uuluu
Vides-ut al-ta -ftet nive-candidum . 11. Syll. or 10
* A Spondeus ſometimes begins the Verſe. As,
Floreſque vernos curnibus illig at .
The Reaſon is plain , becauſe, That a Spondeus, ha
ing but Two Syllables , anſwers the Cadence of a
Trocheus, and may the eaſier be pur in it's Place, al
tho' it is half a Note longer in the Time
11. SAPPHICKS ( from the inveatreís Sappio)
are Compos'd of a Trocheus, Spondeus, Daciylus,
and two Trochees, As,
- UT · I muu l - u 1- v
Integer vi t& Scele-riſque purus.
12. ARCHILOCHUS has written a kind of lam
bick Verſe, which has in it but five Feet, the Firff
of which are indifferently Iambus or Spondeus, the
Second always an Iambus with a Cæſura, the laft
three Trochees, which Obliges it to have Eleven Syihin
Lables . As,
To I owl-
Trahunt -que Sic -cas machi-na ca -rinas. 11.Syll:
-TU - L - TU - TU - TU
Vulca -nus ar -dens-urit-offi cinas,
13. The fame Author has taught us SENA
RIANIAMBICKS. As.
U - TU - I -- I - TU - I • -
Ibis-Libur -nis in- teral-ta na-vium , 12. Syll.
14. ASCLEPIADS ( from their Author Aſclepi
us) conſiſt of a Spondeus, Dactyl, Cæfura, and two
Duetyls. As,
-- Evol -1-00T- vu
Mees-nas ata- vis-edite-regibus.
P 15. SOTA,
4
232 PROSODY.
15. SOT ADICK is a kind of Verſe Peculiar to
Hora :e, of three 'Ionichus's, in the firſt two Verjes,
and four in the Tbird . As,
UU - ,- Tuu -
lu
Miſerarum eſt-neque amori-dare ludum . 12. &
Tuur Tuu -- luu
Studium aufert,-Neobule, Liparæi- nitor Hebri. 16.
16. ARCHILOCHUS's Penthemimeris Epick &
Iambick is as follows, two Daits. Cæfura, Spond.
Iamb. Spond. Iamb.
-U'ul U u l- 1 LU - I -- I u
Cecropi -des Juve-nis.quém per culit-fractum -manu.
( 15. Syll.
17 : The ſame Author has given us another fort
of Mea ure, cali'd his PENTHEMIMERIS IAM
BICK & EPICK, which is Compos’d of a Spond.
Lamb. Spond. Iam . Dalt, Dalt . Cæfura. As
--TU - I TU - [ - UU ] - Uulu
Filo- reſol-vens Gnoſ siæ triftia-text a do-mus.15.Syll.
18. He has alſo a kind of Verſe call'd his HEP
TAMETER, on Account of it's Seven Feet, which
are Da tyls, Spondees, & Trochees. As,
- UU 1 - vul I - Uul - ul - ul - u
Solvitur - acris hiems gra-ta vice -veris- & fa - voni.
* The firſt four Feet may be either Dactyls or
Spondees, or both intermix'd át Pleaſure ,becauſe ei
ther Anſwers the Time : For which Reaſon the
greateſt Number of Syllables muſt be 18 , the leaſt 14,
tho' I can find nonefo Short. The leaſt of
this Sort in Horace is Sixteen, becauſe that
four Spondees, with four Trochees, wou'd make
the Verſe too Heavy; for which Reaſon we Gener
ally find too Dactyls intermixt to give the Verſe, not
only
PROSODY. 233
only more Life and Vigour, but a more Different
variety of Numbers.
19. ALCAUS'S CHORIAMBICKS are but fel
dom met with in the Lyrick Poets ; they conſiſt of
a Choriambus & Bacchius in the firſt Line, and the
next of three Chori ambus's, & a Bacchius. The
Grammarian Attilius remarks upon ode 8. lib 1. of
Horace,that in the ſecond Line theAuthor wasGuil
ty of a miſtake, by joining a Trochæusand Spondeus
together , in the Place of a Choriambus : But I find
that Horace has Induſtriouſly done fo, becauſe that
every other Line of this Sort begins with a Chori
ambus. They are Thus ſcanded.
Tu
Lydia dic -per omnes 7. Syll.
u -- 1- UU- | -VU luo
Tedeos 0-10 Sybarin -cur properes -amando. 15. Syll:
20. ALCEUS PENTAMETER is made up of a
Spondeus, three Choriambus's and a Pyrrichius. As,
--1 - vu - l -uv - I U ] ‫שש‬
Tu ne-quæfieris-fcire nefas-quem mibi quem -tibi.
21. HEROICK VERSES are the laſt Sort they
make Ufe of, and as for the Number of their Syllaan,
bles no certain Rule can be Aſſign'd, nor does it
avail much ſince their Cadences do immediately
Diſeover them. What I ſhou'd farther ſay upon
them , I paſs over till I come to the Obſervations
upon Hexameter Verſe.
Now that I have mention'd the ſeveral sorts of
Verſes, compos'd of a Various mixture of Feet ; in
the next Place it will not be Amiſs to fhew the Mu.
fical Diſpoſition of Verſes as they are Choſen to
make Odes. Of this kind of Concordance and Pro ...
portion
234 PROSOD 1 .
portion we find in Horace (who is the Prince of the
Latin Lyricks) but 19 :
1. Aſclepiads without any other Mixture may
make an ode, As, Hor. Ode 1 .
2. Sapphicks with an Adonick to every three Lines.
As, Ode 2 .
3. Glyconian with Aſclepiads alternate.
ode 3 .
Idem .
4. Archilochian Heptameter, Succeeded by his
Tambicks every other Line. As, ode 4 .
5. Two Aſclepiads together, Pherecratius Heroick
in the third Place, and in the fourth a Glyconian.
As , ode 5 :
6. Three
Place.
Aſclepiadswith a Glyconian in the fourth
As, Ode 6.
7. Hexameters whole in the firſt Place, in the
next line Imperfect, as only having the four laſt
Feet. As, Ode 7
8. Alceus's Choriambicks ſomething Peculiar to
Hurace. As, ode 8 .
9. Alceus's Dactylicks with the Dimeter Iambick
of Archilochus in the third Place, Succeeded by a
Pindarick, As, Ode 9.
10. Alceus Pentameter alone. As, ode 11 .
11. Hipponattian or Euripidean, with Archilo
cbus's Trimeter Iambick. As, Ode 18. Lib. 2,
: 12. Sotadick of Three Feet call'd Ionichus for the
Firſt two Verſes, of Four in the Third . As, Ode 12 .
Lib. 3 .
: 13. Heroick with the Dimeter Dactylick of Ar
chilochus. As, Ode 7. Lib . 4 .
14. Trimeter Tambicks 'follow'd by Dimeters
Alternate. As, Epode, 1 ,
15. Imbical
PROSODY. 235
15. Iambick Trimeter, Dactylick Dimeter, &
lambick. Dimeter. As, Epode, 11.
16. Heroick, Dimeter lambick of Archilochus
& Dactylick Dimeter. As, Epode, 13 .
17. Heroick with Iambick Dimeter. As , Epode,
14.
18. Heroick with Iambick Trimeter. As, E.
pode, 16 .
19. Senarian Iambicks alone. As, Epode, 17.
OBSERVATIONS.
* A Verſe (ſo calld from Verſus, which figni
fies a Turning again at the Lands End) is a Muſi
cal Connexion and Diſpoſition of Feat.
of an Hexameter Verſe.
An Hexameter Verſe is an exact Compolition of
fix Feet, Namely Dactyls & Spondees interinix d.
+ Theſe fix Feet we often find diſpos'd agreeably
to theCircumſtances of dition and Paſion. As,
1. Where any thing Grave or Solemn is Deſcribid,
there the Spondeus Chiefly takes place. As,
Me, me,adfum qui feci in me convertite ferrum .Virg .
*Sometimes it is occaſionally made Choice of ; as,
Ili inter Seſe magna vi brachia tollunt. Virg.
Which meaſure is agreeable to Stroaks of the
Cyclops Hammers, beating by Turns.
+ Where Note, That a Dactyl muſt be always
in the fifth Place, only where the circumſtance re,
quires the Weight of a Spondeus. As,
Conſtitit atque oculis Phrygia agmina Circumſpexiti
8 ( Virg.
2. Where a Celerity of Aition ; Violence ofPaffion ,
or Rapidity of Motion is expref'd, then we ſee the
DactylChiefly,or altogether ul’d ; as, Illi
236 PROSODY.
Illi æquore aperte
Ante Notos, Zephyrumque volant ; gemit ultima pul
2. ( fu - Virg.
Quadrupedante putrem fonitu quatit ungula campum .
(Virg.
3. Where any Softneſs of Paſſion, either of Love
or Grief , is related, there we muſt obſerve the
Quickneſs of the Da Zyl temper'd with the flow
Movement of the Spondeus, or rather Overpower'd
by it. As, Love.
At regina gravijamdudum ſaucia cura.
Vulnus alit venis & cæco carpitur igni. Virg.
Grief.
Quis cladem illius noctis, quis funerafando
Explicet ? autpoffit lacrymis & quarelabores. Virg.
4. To make the Lines run Smooth and Eaſy, we
fee that the beſt Poet's have their Meaſures One
link'd to the Other ; as.
Armavi-rumque ca -no Tro-je qui-primus ab -oris.
Without this no Verſe can be Harmonious; as,
Qyi non- fuftum -jervat-Metrum -claudicat-uſque.
The Reaſon is plain from the Pauſes which we
« are oblig'd to make at the End of each Word ,
“ whereas when ſuch Ceſuras, as I have before
" ſhew'd , are made, there is a continued Smooth
neſs of Numbers, that differs as much from the
“ Latter, as the walking of a perſon who ſets him
w ſelf forward by the bending of his Toes, from
" the Stamping of One, who moves with thoſe
“ Joints extended.
5 : The greateſt Harmony of Heroick Verſe is in
having Dactyls & Spondees alternate,and where there
are alſo two Subſt antives blended with their Epi
thets,
1
PROSODI. 237
thets, which Beauties are to Perfection contain'd ,
in theſe following three Lines of Virgil.
Ille etiam extinétomiſeratus Cæfare Romam,
Cum caput obſcura nitidum ferrugine texit,
Impiaque æternamtimuerunt ſecula no&tem .
6. There is a Nicety obferv'd even in the Choice
of Letters, that make a Sound agreeable to the 1
Thing treated of. As, 1
* The Letter L expreffes Softneſs; as,

Mollia luteola pingit vaccinia caltba. Virg.
Eſt mollis flamma medullas.
* M is for a ratling and loud Noiſe ; as,
- Magnocum murmure montis
Circum clauſtra fremunt- -Virg.
* S Expreſſes the Flowing of Water , Blood, op
Hilling of Serpents ; as.
Etpleno ſanguinerivos.
Volvunt ad littora fixčtus. Virg.
“ Theſe and a great many other Beauties Experi
ence will hew , and a Nice Obſervation of Epiçle
Poetry will beſt inform , and teach us the Advan
$
tage of Right Chojen Numbers. Homer, wou'd ne
“ ver put his Reader to the Pains of hobling over
Rough-founding Conſonants, and yawning out Cone
" curring Vowels, did 'he not at the fame Time
« theStory of Sic Affect us with his Di&tion , In
" Verſes, that we are Affected with the Labour of
" Rolling up the Stone, and asit comes down the
Hill we Run' along with it ; ſo great is his Art,
« than
238 PROSODY.
" that the Proportion of his Numbers, in all the

Images he Paints, Supplies them with Life.
Of a Pentameter Verſe.
A Pentameter Verſe, is a Compoſition of five
Feet, one ofwhich is ſupplied by two Cefuras points
ing each half of it. As,
Hei mihi- quod domi-no, non licet- ire tu-o.
+ Where Note , That the firſt Part of the Verſe
may be either two Daftyls, two Spondees, and a Cao
fura, or one with the other promiſcuouſly, but the
latter Part muſt always have two Dactyls with a
Caſura.
This kind of Verſe is propereſt for Elegies, and
uf'd in Epiſtles and Epigrams.
Of Epick POETRY:
To treat of Epick Poetry to the full, requires &
Jarge Volumn for it ſelf; but as my Intention in
Place is only to give Boys fome Light into
this
the Nature of an Epick Poem, I will as Brief and
plainly as I can ſet down it's Definition and Parts.
An Epick Poem (according to Ariſtotle) is the
Imitation of One Illuſtrious Action, which is Writ
ten in HeroiakVerſe , with a Deſign to excite Young
Princes and Noble Men to Glorious and Vertuous
Exploits.
This contains in it five Parts. Viz, Ahon, Fan
le , Manners, Sentences, & Diction .
1. The Aition is the matter of the Poem , and
ought to be Simple, Iluſtrious, and of a Completa
Magnitude, That is,
It
PROSODY. 239
• It ought to have One Hero in Chief ; this Hero a
Prince; and every thing fo dextrouſly manag’d, that
nothing in the whole Body of it be Imperfect.
2. The Fable, which is the Soul of the Work
conſiſts of a Beginning, Continuance and Solution, hav
ing certain Embeliiſhmentswhich we call Epiſodes,
which : , are Pleaſant Digefions contrivd not
only Morally to inſtruct, but refreſh the Reader .
Theſe are lively Deſcripſions of Storms, Cities, Pleas
Jant Countries, Hunting, Contending at ſeveral Ex
erciſes for Prizes, &c. And are frequently brought
in to remove the Hero farther from uswhen we ime
mediately expectto have a full Account of him and
all his Adventures.
3. The Manners of the Hero are lively Examples
of Worthy,and Great Adions, which are propor'd
for our Imitation.
4. Sentences are Fine Moral Precepts here and
there recommended to Square our Lives by.
5. The' Di:tion is a Sublime Language, agreca
ble to the Characters describ'd .
Of Lyrick PO ETRY.
Lyrick: Poetry, (notwithſtanding Cicero's Rea
mark upon it, who ſays that the Poet muſt be Oba
lig'd to the Piper for- the Beauty of it's Cadence)
has been adınir'd by the Ancients and not without
good Realon ; for by iç the tender Minds of Cbila
dren were form’d , and rail'd by an Aſpiring Emula
tion to Noble and Vertucus Actions. And if we
Conſider the unaccountableMagick of Numbers,and
the grçat Power that Mufick has in coinmandingour
Palong
240 PROSODY.
Paſſions, we ſhall not think it Strange, that Songs
conformable to ſuch Strains, ſhou'dhave a grea
ter Influence upon the Soul, than any Precepts de
liver'd in a Looſe and Common Manner.
The Style of Songs being Natural, it is the fit
ter to repreſent Nature in all it's Tranſports, by
which lively and impetuous Sallies, our Ears are
Surpriz'd, our Imaginations ſeizd with an unre
liſtable delight, and the Heart rais'd to ſuch a Pitch .
of good Humour, that it is pleas d to be Con
quer'd.
Among all the Nations of the World , we find
that none have ſo much follow'd this kind of Poe
try as the People of God. Mofes made a Sublime
Song of Victory upon the Children of Iſrael, Paff
ing of the red Sea, God himſelf inſpir'd'him , and it
was only to his own People that Poetry came Truely
by Enthuſiaſm . Many more Inſtancesare to be met
with in Holy Scripture, but this one maySuffice to
make out both the Antiquity, . and Uſe of Lyrick
Poetry.
If we turn our Eyes to the Heathen World, we
Thall find that it was in theſe Noble Tranſports
that they Prais'd their Gods, Extoll’d their Heroes
and rais'd them to Great and Glorious Actions.
All their Sacrifices and Holy Solemnities were
Ulfher'd in with Io Pæans and Hymns, which car
ried with them ſuch Divine Raptures,that all that
were preſent, diſcover'd a Religious Awe and pro
found Veneration for the Deity .Homer cou'd think
of no better Means to ſolace his Greiv'd and Angry
Achilles, for two fuch Paffions in ſo great a Soul,
cou'd not in the least be Calm’d by any other Com
forts . Thus
PROSODY. 241
Thus to the Quarters of the Myrmidons
They came , and there the-Godlike Man they found
Soothing his Griefs with the Melodious Lyre ;
The Lyre with Curious Workmanſhip was wrought,
Compact and Beauteous, which among the Spoils
Hefound, when he deſtroy'd Eetion's Town.
With thiswell pleald biš Cares.be Sonth'd & Sung
The Deeds of Heroes, and the Atts of Kings.
With'him alone his law'd 45 ſat ,
In ſilence waiting till the Chief Shoud End
TheSong;and ceaſe to ſweepthefounding Lyre.
Virgil the other Prince of Epick joins in the
Commendation of this ſort of Poetry, where he
Graces the Entertainment of Queen Dido for Æneas,
with the Harp and Song of Topas and what adds a
greater Honour to it, he makes theSubject of it
Great and Sublime.
Topas brought
His golden Lyreand Sung what Ancient Atlas taught.
The various Labours of the Wandring Moon,
And wherċe proceeds the Ecclipſes of the Sun.
Th' Original of Men and Beaſts, andwhence
The Rains ariſe, and Firestheir Warmth difpence;
And fix'd and erring Stars diſpoſe their Influence,
What makes the ſolid Earth, what Cauſe delays
The Summer Nights, and ſhortens Winter Days.
With Deals of Shouts the Tyrians praiſe the Song ;
Thoſe Peals are Eccho'd by the Trojan Throng.
Of Figures Peculiar to PROSO D I.
Synæreſis.
Concurring Vowels that agree was, Dii.
To make two Syllables, we ſesir ii.
Q Ву
242 PROSOD 1,
By Poet's melted into One, iiſdem .
To make a Verſe more Smoothly run. Deerat . ,
Seu lento fuerint* alvearia vimine texta. Virg.

Sint Mecenates non *deerunt , Flacce , Marones . Mart.
Diærefis or Dialyſis.
One Syllable the Poets Split, as, Aurai.
The better to Compoſe their Feet. Silue .
Debuerant fuſos * evoluille ſuos. Ovid.
Synalopha.
One Word beginning, ending One
With Vowel, make a Simple Tone.
So meeting Dipthongues the fameWay
Become as Friendly quite asThey.
Conticuere omnes intentique ora tenebant,
Dardanide e muris ; Spes addita Suſcitat iras. Virg.
to and Heu are Excepted ; ſometimes too it
happens that the Vowel is not cut off ; as,
Et juccuspecori,et lacfubducitur agnis. Virg.
Eclipſis.
When M concludes, and Vowel follows,
The Vowel Straight this Letter ſwallows.
Itàlian , Italiam primusconclamat Achates. Virg.
+ TheAncients did not cut it of , but made it
Short before a Vowel , as,
Inſignita fere tum mitlia militam oão, Ennius: S
PROSOD 243
Syſtole.
Words that were madebyNature long, obicis for
The Poet ſhortens for his Song , Objicis.
To let us know his Pow'r the better , Stetérunt.
He robs Poſition of a Letter. Stetërunt.
Tela manu rejcitque canes in Vulnus hiantes. Stat.
Ectafis.
Another Time with wanton Sport,
He does Extend ſuch as are Short ;
And what from Words he Robb’d before
He does Beſtow , tho' not Reſtore.
Atque hic Priamidenlaniatum corpore toto. Virg.
Troas Relliquias Danaum atque immitis Achillei.Idem .
Protheſis & Aphæreſis.
One a Beginning newly makes, Gnatus, Natus.
Tother from Words Beginningstakes. Ruo, Erue,
Epentheſis & Syncope.

Such are theſe two, that Black& White, Mavors:
In Nature aren't more Oppoſite ; Mars.
The former to the Middle gives , Cinctutus:
The latter from the midſt Receives. Cinetus.
Fécèrat & viridi feram mavortis in antro. Virg?

Deferis, heil tantis nequicquam erepte periclis.
Q.2 Paragoge
244 PROSODE
Paragoge & Apocope.
One to a Word doesſomething add ,
Tother takes off from what it had .
Alacres admittier orant.

Pauperis & tuguri congéſtum ceſpite culmen . Virg.
2,70
Tmeſis.
This Figure makes a mighty pother ,
It puts one Word within another.
Quite cuncque manent ifto certamine cafus.

Antitheſis & Metatheſis.
This changes Letters, That Tranſpoſes,
Tho' Seldom this obſerv'd in Proſe is.
Olli cæruleus ſupra caput aftitit imber.
Namtibi Thymbre caput Evandrius abſtulit enſis.
Where we find Olli for Illi, Thymbre for Thymber.
A N
APPENDIX .
A Short Enquiry into the Original of Language, by
which the Rational Method of Grammar is more
fully Explain'd.
HERODOTUS informs us that Pfammeticus,one
.
know what Language was, the coſt Ancient, of
der'd
An A P PENDI X. 245
der'd a Sheepherd to take two Children to a Solitude,
where they were never to hear a Word ſpoken ,
hoping by that to diſcover the Original and
moft Natural Tongue of Mankind : He proceeds
with his Account, and tells us that at laſt they were
heard to ſay Bercos, which upon ! Enquiry into o
ther Languages was found to be the Porygián Word
for Bread. Allowing this thou'd be True, it wou'd
be far from making out That to be the moítAncient
Language of the World ; for they might Accidenta
iy haye 'utter'd a ſingle Word made ùre of by ano
ther Nation , and have applied it for a quite differ
ént Idea; as we often obferve Din the reading of
ther I anguages .
Iris Experiment had been made a Rial
Way , by ſending a good Number of Children , Pit
might be found in ſome few Generations, that they
wou'd by Degrees 'refine their firit Jargon , into a
Politeneſs of Language and Converſation . I
This Piece of Hiſtory direås me to the Cleareſt
Method for the Preſent Enquiry for,
ſonts
Reahou
Doubt, the beſt way to Account for thewit
able Diſpoſing of Words in certain Claſſes, their
Variations and Dependences One upon the other,
is to trace them to the Chief Miſtreſs of Languages,
which is Nature ; and there we ſhall beſt Underſtand
what Diſtinction there ought to be between Word
and Word , and how they ſhou'd be manag'd for
the Readieſt and Cleareſt Conveyance of our
Thoughts in Writing , or Diſcourſing :

Letus thenſuppole a Colony of Infants tranf
planted to an Iſland, with a Number of Dumb Per
fons
3
246 An APPENDIX.
fons Sufficient to take care of them , til ſuch Time
as they ſhou'd be Able both to Support and Preſerve
themſelves ; theſe Infants having Senſation, Paſſi
ons and all the Faculties of the Soul, in as great a
Perfection as thoſe of other countries, no Doubr
on't muſt have the like inward Conceptions of
Things, and as great a Deſire to Communicate their
Sentiments, more eſpecially as they Advance to
wards Reaſon.
All their Minority, we may be Aſſurd won'd
be very well Contented with it's Native Jargon,
thofe Interjections which are Natural to their Paſi
ons, and ſome Particular Motions of the Body, to
explain their Conceptions. But as nas theSoul
wou'd begin to exert it's Faculties , and Reaſon get
the upper hand of the Senſes, then th ey wou'd be
gin to Diſcover that Ideas Communicated after ſuch
a Manner,were too Imperfect to Form from them a
right Judgment, their Soundst being very Obfcure,
and ſuch Motion Indifferen to Various Inter
pretations.
The Soul which has from it's Creator the þright
Stamp of Truth upon it, inuſt be veryuneaſy under
theſe Impediments to comeatit; and beſides hav
ing a Strong Tendency to Converſation, it cannot
but fret at ſuch an interrupted Enjoyment of it :
Hor which Reaſon Neceflity ſets it upon framing
TomeArticulate Sounds, which are to ſerve as Signs
of it's Internal Notions.
Our Ilander's are all Around beſetwith Objects ,
that engage the Eye, Charm the Ear , Gratify the
ſmell, and pleaſe the Taſte and Feeling : And ſurely
ſuch ſensible Impreſfions muſt very pleaſantly Enter
tain
An A P PENDI X. 247
tain the Soul, and ſet ir upon a grateful Acknow
ledgement of the Delight it Feels, which cannor
be Perform'd in a dumb Admiration alone. Now
they behold the Sun in it'sGlorý aſcending from the
Ocean, gilding the Earth , and making the Sea ap
pear like a Spacious Plane of Silver ; while on the
other Hand the Birds in Warbling Choirs and all
other Animals in the beſt Voice that Nature has
given them , ſalute his Riſing. To be ſhort, both
Heaven and Earth Unite to afford them Joy, not to
be Conceal'd.
' Tis true a Pointing at thefe and a Lifting of the
Hands with a ſmiling Countenance, may Diſcover
to others an inward Complacence ; but how ſhall
they be Expreſs'd when Abſent ? How ſhall they
declare their Wiſhes for ſuch a lovely Appearance,
or their Concern for beingdepriv'd of it; when
Clouds inake the Sky look Dreadful, and Tempeſts
threaten to Waſh away that little Spot of Earth
that Supports thein ?
They muſt then agree upon ſome certain Sound,
at ſuch Appearance of theSun again, which may
upon it's Abſence ferve to Excite an idea of it ; and
having thus found out the Way to Name one Ob
ject, they may with Eaſe adapt Sounds to all others.
Hence it is that we have all Beings of different
Kinds Diſtinguiſhid by Names Aſign'd them , which
Grammarians call Nouns. And as thereare ſeveral
Claffes of Things, which in Appearance are much
the fame, fo it was fit, thatOne General Namethou'd
Terve for every Individual of the fame Species ; as,
the Words Man, Horfe Tree, Flower, Stoné, & c.
For it wou'd be the vaſteſt Trouble, as well as Confu
Spinte to give each Individual of ev'ry Tort a Name.
94 Theſe
248 AM A P P END I X.
There Beings again having a Real Subſiſtence,
and every one of them having ſome peculiar Qua
lities, by which thoſe of the fameKind are known
from One another, our New Men wou'd from ſuch
Obſervations be conſtrain d to find out ſome Sounds
of Diſtinction . Thus it wou'd Happen that fome
Words wou'd be inade toprendjeitive
ſingle out there Qualities
by; from whence wou'd the former fo .
-
Callid on account of it's fubfiiting -in Nature, the
latter from the Word Adjicere,which lignifies to add
10 , becauſe that it is no inore than a found added to
theNoun,to ſhew what manner of Thing it is. As the
Bright, Sun, theCalm Seaza Pleaſant Ijland, a Sing =
ing Bird,
It being an Affair of the greateſt moment to di
ftinguiſh Individuals of Mankind, aboye any other,
becauſe all Governinent depends upon this, the
next Thing they ought to do wou'd be to invent
proper. Names, to know one from another, other
wife the Mind wou'd be under an Impoſſibility of
knowing by GeneralTerms ;for to ſay,— A Man
did fucb an Action, wou'd avail nothing, without ſome
Remarkable Name to diſtinguiſh the Perſon by. By
this means all other convenient Proper Nameswou'd
be found out.
In their Diſcourſes they wou'd often have Occa
ſion to talk of more than One, which they cou'd
in no wiſe do , but by a tedious Enumera : ion
of Singulars ; įn Time ſuch a needleſs Repetition
wou'd teach them tomake that Word which ligni
fies One of the fame Kind, by a ſmall Change,
ſtand for All that Exceed that Number . As, Ha
mines Men. So wefou'd have Singular and Plural
Number . They
An APPENDIX. 249
They wou'd not be long too before they wou'd find
Articles Neceſſary for the.Limiting of General
Nouns; for ſhou'd they lay it is a Happineſs to be a
juſt Man, the Term is Infinite ;‫ ܪ‬but if they fhou'd
day it is a Happineſs to be this Man , i, é, Socra
tes, it Determines the Matter.
7. We ſee that we donot always Simply conſider
the Objects of ourUnderſtanding, but with Rela
tion to otherThings , So that we muſt fill Iinagine
They wou'd do the ſame, and of Conſequence be
under a Neceſſity of inventing Caſes, that isa Va
riation of the fame Word with different Endings,
according to the Circumſtances of the Thing ; or
elſe they wou'd be oblig'd to find out ſome other
Particles which wou'd do as well. The Latins
are an Inſtance of the Former as in Muſa,Mula ,
" Mufam , Muſarum , Muſis, Mufas. The Engliſh of
the Latter , 'as a Song, of a Song, to a Song ,'.the
Song, 0 Song, with or by a Song , & c .
5. As for making a farther Difference between Nouns
according to Sex, by Articles, they might or might
not do it ; forwefind our Language is Expreſſive
enough without ' em : nor do weobſerve that Nicety
which the Latins ihave, in making the Adjectives
change their Endings agreeable to theGender's ofthe
Subſtantives to which they are Join'd . For they
have Bonus vir, Bona Femina, Bonum Pomum : When
We without any Change faya Good Man , ja Good
Woman , a Good Apple.
The Soul has Three Inlets for it's Knowledge of
Things , Perception, Judgment, and Reaſoning: By
the Firſt it difcerns the difference of Things; by
the Second it Affirms whether a Thingis or is not';
Soins by
250 An APPENDIX.
by the Third, it draws Inferences to make out the

Truth or Fallacy of a Controverted Propoſition, by
comparing of it with one or more not to be Con
troverted,
That Part which ſhews our Judgment is call'd a
Propoſition, and muſt at leaſt have Two Terins, be
cauſe of an Afbrmation made , the Subject is the
Thing of which we Affirm fomething, the Attri
bute is the Thing which is ſaid of it ; as in this, a
Maſter is Gentle, Gentle is the Attribute, and Ma
fter the Subject. From this we may Obſerve that
the bngle Verb Sum wou'd be fufficient to declare all
Judgments of our Minds by. Notwithſtanding this,
theMen we fpeak of, like all others having a deſire
to contract their Đifcourſe , wou'd find out ſome
Means, to make One World include both the Affir
mation and the Attribute ; fo that the Invention
of ſome other ſort of Words might be Thought a
great Help to ito and from this would proceed our
Herbs. For Example I write -midenotes both the
Affirmation and the Action I perform , at the ſame
Time, it being the fame as, I am Writing .
After this in their feveral Diſcourſes of Things
they wou'd foon Difcover, that theſe Verbs in a
Plain Affirmative or Negative Senſe, wou'd ' not An
fwer all theModes of Relation , Circumſtances of
Time, nor Difference of Perſons, which by degrees
wou'd produce Noods, Tenſes,and Perfons; Active and
PaffiveVariations.
The great Advantageof which ſeveral Changes,
will appear better, by a Compariſon of the Firſt
rude Efforts of this Kind, which we will by a
Suppoſition Imagin asnear as Paffible, and compare
them , with a more refin'd Improvement . Adonis
An APPENDIX. 251
Adonis Hunts the laſt Sun, Adonis meets a Boar,the
Boar Wounds Adonis in the Thigh, Adonis Dies.
Adonis went a Hunting Teſterday, and met a Boar,
which Wounded him in the Thigh, upori which he
Died .
I cannot ſay that ſuch an Amendiment would be
Suddainly, but 'tis what at laſt it wou'd come to .
And here we may farther Obſerve the good of
Pronouns in preventing the Nauſeous Repetition of
the ſame Nouns over and over.
There are Still other Methodsremaining of Ab
ridging the Verbs and Perſons, by a Variety of
Terminations, theſe the Latins have ; by which the
Verb alone Serves inſtead of Two Words; as, Amo
for Ego Amo, &c.
So likewiſe by participles they may be Contract
ed. As, for when I went to Rideto the Cauntry
to ſay,-Riding to the Country--withmany ſuch
Inſtances.
It often happens that our Thoughts (as theirs to
be ſure wouldbe) are often too extended to be Com
priz'd in the Noun or Verbalone, for which Rea
ſon ſome other Occaſional Word is brought in , to
make their (Signification commenſurate with our
Notion ; as we ſay very much a Man- I Read Cone
ftantly,—which Implies as much as I Read with,
Conſtancy. And thus wou'd Adverbs comein.
The next Step fromForming of Judgments, we !
come to a Rational Diſcourſe, where the Mutual
Concordance, Dependance and oppofition of Phra
ſes, cannot be well Continued without ſoine little
Particles, which ſerve for a Tranſition from One
Clauſe
252 An A P PENDIX.
Clauſe to another. Hence it is that we have Con
junctions.
The Caſes cannotwithout Ohfcurity, in any Lan
guage, be fufficient to Expreſs all the Relations that
occur between One Thing and another, for which
Reaſon Prepoſitions muſt be thought of, as for Ex
ample ſhou'd I ſay, - Itwas by Armsnot Stratagem
the Enemy were : Conquera, And have afterwards
Occaſion to ſay , Wéſhou'd pajs by their Camp as if
we were Afraid of them . Here we find that the
Ablative, which is for our Purpoſe before, is now
of no Ufe, ſo that we muſt Neceßarily think of
fome other Word to anſwerour Meaning
< Much more might be faid ithis Subject, but
I hope what I have here Hinted at, will be Suffici
ent, to give ſome Light into theOriginalof Lan
guage, and thereby with more Perfpicuity Demon
ftrate the. Ratio of Grammar, which is the chief
Thing I aim'd at.
Comous 2 strigenzasebnost u
- 900 en 10
16
51271
SET 3
A
M E T H O D
To Improve the
FANCY In which is a
Choice Collection
O Fii
IMAGES and DESCRIPSIONS.
i
,
With Various Figurative Beauties, gather'd from
the Beſt Latin and Engliſh Poets, both Ancient
and Modern ,
. ;;
The Rules are all Engliſh Verſe.
Ecquis eritjuvenum ſegnii.quipleberelieta

Sub pedibus; pulchre laudisſuccenſusamore,
Audet inacceſfæmecum ſe credere rupi,
. : Letæ ubi Pierides, cithard dum pulcher Apollo
Perſonat, indulgent choreis Bon carmina dicunt.
.. Vidas
DUBLIN : Printed by Daniel Tompſon, in

Cole's-Ally, Caitle-ſtreet,
í
THE
PRE FA C E.
EADER, You have here the Pro
R. read the Poets, after other Studies,
duct of my Leiſure Hours, when I
for Refreſhment. I hope your Pleaſure in
peruſing, may equal what I had in gather
ing theſe Bright Pieces, and then I ſhall be
fure of your Approbation. The cheif Den
ſign of Collecting them, is in the firſt Place,
the Improvement of youthful Fancy ; for
they may ſerve as ſo many forts of Colours
for Poetical Painting, and Draughts for Imi
tation, Nor is this the only Advantage in
tended, the Peevith Boy is by them courted
to Love and Admire thofe Books, which o
therwiſe he muſt be Compellid to Read .
Andhow far a Mind gentlyperſwaded and
gain'd upon , is to be improv'd beyond a forc'd
di so Incli
Thé PREFAGE:
Inclination, I leave to ſuch as have a right
Senſe of Education to judge. When the
young Student beholds the bright Blofſoms
and golden Fruit I hear prefent him , ſure he
will be fond of paſſing thro ' the Gardens
wuer theyGrow , where he will find much
more delight in Chuſing for himſelf, than
having them thrown over the Hedge to
himn. All that I have farther to add, is that
I am certain what is not my own of the fol
lowing Method , will be Admir'd by Ingeni
ous Men , and of Uſe to ſuch as wou'd En
deavour to be well Skill'd in the Beauties of
Poetry.
OD
256 A METH to
Twisd jasa
A
): ‫ریزه‬ IT
M E T H O D
‫܃ ܃ ܃ ܃ ܘܰܐܐܳܢ‬
hidu !. To Improve the
F ANCY :
FANCY,
HER E is a place which Man moſt
(high does Rear,
Theſmall World's Heav'n , where Rea
T (fon moves the Sphere.

Here in a Robe which does all Colours
( Th envy of Birds, andthe CloudsgawdyBow)

( thew ,
Fancy, wild Dame", pith mucb Laſcivious Pride
By twin Camelions drawn, doesgaily Ride ,
Her Coach there follows, and throngs round about
Of Shapes and Airy Forms an endleſs Rout.
Inprove the F A NIC Y. 257
ASarollsonwithharmleſs Furyhere ;
Straight’tis a Field, and Tree's and Herbs appear.
Here in a Moment are vajt Armies made , 2
And a quick Scene of War and Blood diſplay'd .

Some things ariſe of ſtrange and quarrling Kind,
The forepart Lyon, and a Snako behind ;
Here Golden Mountains (well the Cov'tous Place,
And Centdursride themſelve's 'a painted Race.
-
Of theſe Slight wonders Nature ſees theStore,

And only then accounts herſelf but Poor.
Cowl. David. Lib. 2 .
DESCRIPTIONS and IMAGES .

A Serpent.
So ſpake the Enemyof Mankind , enclosd 1
In Serpent ,inmate Vad, and toward Eve
Addreſs'd his Way, not with indented Wave,
Proneon the Ground asſince ; buton his Rear,
Circular Baſe of riſing Folds, that tow'rd. ,
Fold above Fold, a ſurging Maze, his Head.
Creſted aloft, and Carbuncle his Eyes ;
With burniſh'd Neck of verdant Gold, erect
* Amidſt biscircling Spires, that on the Graſs.
Floated redundant, Milt.
Satan's Army.
Then ſtraight commands, that at the warlike Sound
of Trumpets loud and Clarions, be upreard
His mighty Standard ; that proud Honour claim'd
Azazel as his Right, a Cherub Tall:
Who forthwith from theglittring Staff unfurld
Th ImperialEnfign, which full bigh advancd,
R Shone
258 À METHOD to
Shone like a METEOR ſtreaming to the Wind,
WithGems and golden Luſtre rich Imblaz'd
Seraphick Arms and Trophies; allthewhile
Sonorous Metal blowing Martial Sounds :
At which the Univerſal Hoſt up ſent
A Shout that Tore Hells Concave, and beyond
Frighted the Reign of Chaos and old Night.
All in a moment, thro' the Gloom were ſeen
Ten thouſand Banners riſe into the Air ,
With Orient Colours Waving : With them roſe
A Forreſt huge of Spears; and thronging Helms
Appeard, and ſerried Shields in thick Array.
1
Satan's Paſſage through Chaos.
At laſt his Sail-broadVannes
He Spreads for Flight, and in the ſurging Smoak
Uplifted Spurns the ground, thencemany a League,
As in a cloudy Chair , aſcending rides
Audacious, but that Seat ſoon failing, meets
A vaſt Vacuity : Au unawares
Flutt'ring hisPennons vain, plumb down be Drops
Ten Thouſand Fathom deep, and to thishour
Down had been falling, had not by ill Chance
The ſtrong Rebuff of fome Tumultuous Cloud
Inſtinct with Fire and Nitre, hurried him
As many Miles aloft.
Angels Deſcrib'd .
No fooxer had th’Almighty ceas'd , but all
The multitude of Angels with a Shout
Loud as from numbers without number, ſweet
As from bleft Voices , uttering Joy, Heav'n rung
With
Improve the FANCY. 259
With Jubilee, and loud Hofanna's filld
Th Eternal Regions; lowly Reverent,
Towards either Throne they Bow , & to the Ground
+
With Solemn Adoration down they cajt
Their Crowns inwove with Amar int and Gold ,
Immortal Amarant, a flower which once
In Paradiſe, faſt by the Tree of Life
Began to Bloom , but ſoon for Man's Offence
To Heav'n remou'd, where firſt it grew , theregrows
And flowers aloft, ſhading the Fount of Life,
And where the River of Bliſs thro' midſt of Heav'n
Rowls o’re Elyſian Flowers her Amber ſtream ;
With theſe that never Fade, the Spirits Elect
Bind their Reſplendent locks inwreath'dwith Beams,
Now in looſe Garland's thick Thrown off, the bright
Pavement that like a Sea of Fafper fone
Impurpled with CeleſtialRofes mild.
Then Crown'd again theirGolden Harps theytook
Harps ever tun'd , that glittring by their fide
Like Quivers hung , and with Preamble Sweat
Of charming Symphony, they Introduce
Their ſacred Song , and waken Raptures high ;
No Voice exempt, no Voice but well cou'd joina
Melodious Purt, fuch Concord is in Heaven.
>
The Sun.
-Above them all!
The golden Sun in Splendor likeſt Heaven
Allur d his Eye; thither his Courſe be hends
Thro the calm Firmament ; but up or down
By: Center or Eccentrick hard to tell,
or Longitude, where thegreat Luminary
A loofthe Vulgar conſtellations thick,
R 2 That
$ 260 T O DD to
A ME THO
That from his lordly. Eye keep Diſtance due
Diſpenſes Light from far ; they as they move
Their itarry Dance, in Numbers that compute
Days, Months and lears, towards his all Charming
(Lamp
Turnſwift their various Motions, or areturn'd
By his Magnetick Beam , that gentlyWaris
The Univerſe, and each inward Part
With gentle Penetration, though unſeen ,
Shoots inviſible Vertue even to the Deep ;
So wondrouſly was ſet his Station bright.
Eden..
So on be fares, and to the Border comes
Of Eden , where delicious Paradiſe
Now nearer, crowns with her Encloſure green ,
As with a rural Mound the champain Head
of a ſteep Wilderneſs, whoſe hairy Sides
With Thicket overgrown, grotteſque and wilde,
Acceſs deny'd ; and over head up grem
Inſuperable height of loftieſt Shades
Cedar , and Pine, and Firr, and branching Palm,
A ſylvan Scene, and as the Ranks aſcend
Shade above Shade, a woody Theatre
of Statelieſt view . Tet higher than their Tops
The ver drous Wall of Paradiſe up Sprung :
Which to ourgeneral Sire gaveProſpect large
Into his neither' Empire Neighbouring round.
And higher than that Wall a circling Rope
of goodlieftTrees laden with faireſt Fruit,
Bloſſoms and Fruits at once of golden Hué
Appear’d with gayenameld Colours mixt :
On
On which the Sun more glad impreſs'd his Beams

Than in fair Evening Cloud , or humid Bow,
When God had ſhowr'd the Earth ; ſo lovely ſeem'd
That Lantskip : And of pure non purerAir
Meets his approach , and to the Heart inſpires.
Vernal Delight and Joy, able to drive
Alljadneſs but Deſpair : Now gentle Gales
Fanning their odoriferous Wings, diſperſe
Native Perfumes, and whiſper whencethey Sto !e
Thoſe balmy Spoiles. As when to them whe Sail
Beyond the Cape of Hope, and now are paſt.it
Mozambick, off at Sea North - Eaſt Winds blop
Sabean Odour from the Spicy Shore
Of Arabie the Bleſt, withſuch delay
Well pleas d they ſtack their Courſe,and many a League
Cheard with the grateful Sinell old Ocean (miles,
So Entertain'd theſeodorous Sweets the Fiend:
Who came their Bane,
SEN
Adam and Eve . bine ,
For Contemplation he and Valourformid, 1918
For Softneſsſhe and ſweet'artra:tive Grace, it363 )
He for God only, ſhe for God in him :
Hisfair large Front and Eye ſublime declard.
Abſolute Rule, and Hyacinthin Locks
Round from his parted forelock Manly hüng
Cluſt'ring, but not beneath his Shoulders broad .
She' as a Veil down to the ſlender Waſte
Her unadorned golden Treffes wore
Diſheveld , but in wanton Ring lets wav'd
Aš the Vine curles her Tendrils, which implied
Subjection , but requir'd with gentle Sway,
And by her yieldest, by him beft receiv'd,
R 3 Feilded
1
262 1 METHOD to
Yeilded with coy Submiſſion , modeſt Pride,
And jweet Reluctant amorous delay,
Twilight.
Now cameftill Evening on and Twilight gray
Had in her ſober liv'ry allthing's clad.
Adam and Eve's Bower.
Thus talking hand in hand alone they paſid
On to their bliſsful Bower , it WAS A Place
Choſen by their Sou'reign planter , when he Fram'd
Al Things to Man's delightful Ofe ; the Roof
Of thickeſt covertwas inwoven Shade 1
Lawrel and Mirtle, and what higher grew

Of firm and fragrant Leaf; on either Side
Acanthus, and each Odrous buſhy Shrub..
Fenc'd up the verdant Walt ; each Beauteous Flour ,
Iris all bues,Roſes and Gelamin
Reard high their flourindHeads between, & wrought
Moſaic; under Foot the Vielet,
Crocus, and Hyacinth with rich inlay
Border'd the Ground, more Colour'd than with Stone
Of coblieft Emblem.
:
Battle of the Angels.

Michael bid Sound
TH' Arch- Angel Trumpet, thro’the vaſt of Heaven
It Sounded, and faithful Armies rung
Hoſanna to the higheſt : Nor ftood at gaze
The Adverſe Legions, nor leſs hideousjoin'd
The horrid Shock : Nowſtorming Fury roſe,
And
Improve the FANCY . 263
And Clamour ſuch as heard in Heav'n 'till now
Was never, Arms on Armour claſhing bray'd
Horrible Diſcord, and themadding Wheels
Of BrazenChariots ragd ; dire was the Noiſe
of conffitt; over Head thediſmal Hiſs
of fiery Darts in flaming Vollies flew ,
And flying Vaulted either Hoſt with Fire.
1
So under Fiery Cope together ruſh'd
Bath Battles main, withruinous Aſſault
And inextinguiſhable Rage; all Heav'n
Reſounded, and bad Earth been then, all Earth
Had to her Center Shook.
A triple mounted row of Pilars laid
On Wheels ( forlike to Pillars moſt theyſeem'd 2
Or hollow'dBodies made of Oak or Firr,

With branches lopt, in Wood or Mountain feld)
Braſs Jron ,ftony Mould, had not their Mouths
With hideous Orifice gapd on us Wide,
Portending hollovo Truce ; at each behind
1 A Seraph ſtood, and in his Hind a Reed
Stood waving tipt with Fire; while we Suſpence
Collected ſtood within our Thoughts amus'd,
Not long,forſudden all at once their Reeds
Put forth, and to a narrow Vent apply'd
With niceſt Toucb. Immediate in a Flame,
But ſoon obſcurid with Smoak, all Heav'n appear'd
From theſedeep throated Enginesbelcht, whoſe Roar
Embowel'd with outrageous Noiſethe Air ,
And all her Entraitstore , diſgorging, Foul
Their dev'liſhglut, chaird Thunder-boltsand Hail
of Iron Globes, which on the Victor hoft
Leveld, with ſuch impetuousfury Smote,
That whom they bit, none Ron their Feet might stand ,
. A
264 A METHOD to
Tho'ſtanding elſe as Rocks, but down they fell
By Thoujands, Angelon Arch - Anget rould.
Creation of the World.
I ſaw the riſing Birth
of Nature from the unapparent Deep
I ſaw when at his Word this formleſs Maſs,
The World's material Mould caint to a bean :
Confuſion heard his Vuice, and will uprour
Stood ruld,it ood vat Infinity confiad ;
Till at his second bidding Darkneſs Fled,
Light Mhone, and Order from Diſorder ſprung.
Smijt 'totheir ſev'ral quarters hüſted tben .
The CumbrousElements, Eirth, Flood , Air, Fire ,
And the exhereal Quinteſence of Heav'n
Flew upwards, fpirited with various forms
That rowlid orbicular, and turn’d to Starrs.
Each had bis Place appointed, Each bis Çuurſe ;
Thus God the Heav'ns Created, thus the Earth
Matter unform’d and void, Darkneſs profound
Cover'd th Abyſs; but on the watryCalm
His brooding Wings the Spirit of Godont ſpread ,
And vital Virtue infus’d, and vital Warmth
Throughout the fluid Maſs; but downward Purg's!
The black Tartareous cold infernal Dregs,
Adverſe to Life, then founded ,then conglob'd
Like Things to like, the reſt to ſeveral Place
Diſparted, and between ſpun out the Air,
And Earth Self-balanc'd , on her Centre hung.
Light.
Let there be Light, faid God, and forthwith light
Ethereal, Firſt of Things, Quinteſſence pure
Sprung
Sprung from the Deep, and from her native Eaſt
To Journey through the airy Gloom began,
Spher'd in a radiant Cloud. And then God made
Try
wijf Firmament.
The Firmament, Expanſe of liquid ,pure,
Tranſparent, elemental dir, diffus'd
In Circuït to the uttermot Convex
Of this great Round.
:C:
Dry Land
The Earth wasForm’d,"but in theWomb,asyet
Of Waters, Embryon immature,involvd,
Appear'd not : Over all the Face of Earth
Main Ocean flow'd ; not Idle, but with warm .
Prolifick Humour foftning all the Globe,
Fermented the greatMother to Conceive,
Satiate with genial Moiſture:
'Immediately the Mountains huge appear
Emergent, and their Broad bare Backs up heave
Into the Clouds, their Tops aſcend the Sky.
Sea and Rivers.
So high as heav'd the Tumid Hills, so low
Down Junk a hollow bottom , broad and deep,
Capacious Bed of Waters; thither they
Hajted with glad Precipitance ; uprol'd
As drops on Duft, conglobing from the dry:
Part riſe in Cryſtal Wall, or Ridge direct,
As Armies at a cal
Of Trumpet.
Troop to their Standard, ſo the Watry throng
Wave
266 A METHOD to
Wave rolling after Wave, where Way they found
If ſteep, with torrent rapture ; if thro' plain,
Soft Ebbing : nor witbftood them Rock ar Hil;
But they or under Ground, or Circuit wide,
With Serpent Error wandring found their way,
And on the Watry Ooze deep Channels wore ;
Within whoſe fringed Banks the River's now
Stream , and perpetual draw their Hamid drain .
Herbs and Trees.
Next:the Earth, till then
Defart and bare, unſightly, unadorn’d,
Broug btforth the tender Grafs, whoſe verdure clad
Her univerſal Face with pleaſantCréen.
Then Herbsof ev'ry Leaf, that ſudden flourd,
Op'ning their various Colours, and madegay,
Her Boſom (melling Sweet ; and theſe ſcarce blown,
FortbHlourijh'd thick the cluftring Vine, forth Crep
The ſmelling Gourd, upſtood the corny Reed
Embattľd in her Field, and th'humble hrub,
Ard Buſh with frizzłd hair Implicit : laſt
Kofe, as in aDance, the ſtately Trees, and ſpread
Ţbeir Brancheshung with Copious Fruit, or gemm’d
Their bloſſoms. With highWood's theHills were crown'd
With tufts the Valleys, and each Fountain fide
With Borders long the Rivers.
Sun Moon and Starrs.
Then of Celeſtial Bodies firſt the Sun,
A mighty Sphere befram'd, unlightfom firſt,
Tho' of etbereal Mould : He formdtheMoon
Globoſe, and ev'ry Magnitude of Stars,
Of
Of Light byfar the greater part he took,
Tranſplanted from her Cloudy Shrine, and plac'd
In the Sun's Orb, made porous to receive,
And drink the liquidLight, firm to retain
Her gather'd Beams : Great Palace now of Light !
Hither, as to their Fountain , other Stars
1 Repairing, in their golden Urns draw light;
And hence the Morning Planet gilds her Horns..
Firſt in his Eaft, theglorious Lamp wasſeen,
Regent of Day , and all th'Horizon rouni
Inveſted with bright Rays ; Jocund to run
His Longitude thro* Heaven's high Road ; the gray
Dawn and the PLEIADES before him Danc'd,
Shedding ſweet influence, leſs bright the Moon,
But oppoſite in leveld Weſt was fet
His Mirror ; withfull-face borrowing her Light
From him , for other light ſhe needed none
In that afpe&t, and ſtill that diſtance keeps
Till Night; then in the Eaſt her turnMe shines,
Revolv'd on Heaven's great Axle ; and her Reign
With thouſand thouſand Stars that ther appear'd
Spangling the Hemiſphere.
Fiſh .
3
Forthwith the Sounds and Seas, each Creek and Bay
With Fry innumerable Swarm , and Shoals
of Fiſh, that with their Finns and ſhining Scales
Glide under the green Wave, in skulls that oft
Bank the midd Sea : Part ſingle or with Mare,
Graze the Sea -weed their Paſture, and thro' Grove's
Of Coral ſtray ; or ſporting with quick Glance,
Shew to the Sun their Wav'd Coatsdrop'd with Gold ;
Or in their fearly Shells at eaſe attend
Moiſt
D
268 A METHO to "
Moiſt Nutriment, or under Röcks their Food
In jointed Armour watch . On mooth the Seal,
And bended Dolphins play; purt, bugeof bulk
Wallowing unweitdy, enormous in thuir Gute
Tempeſt the Ocean : there Leviathan
Hugeſt of living Creatures, on the deep
Strecht like a Fromonti ry licepsur yn ims,
And ſeems a moving Land , and as his gills
Draws in, and at his Trunkſpours out the Sea,
hinnBirds.
Mean while the tepil Caves, and Fensa and Shores,
Tlfeir Broodas nuni'rous batch froin theEgg, thatSoome
Burſting with kindly.Rupture, forth diſclos'd
Their Callow young . But Feather'd ſoon and Fledge,
They fum'd their Pens, and ſoaring tl’Ar ſublime,
With Clang deſpis’d the Ground, under a Ciond
In Prospect : There the Engle and the Stork
In Cliffs and Cedar Tops: their Eyries build.
Part loofly wing the Region , part more Wiſe,
In common, rang d'in Figure, Wedgd their way,
Intelligent of Seaſons; and ſetforth
Theirairy Caravans high over Seas
Flying, and over Lands, eaſing their Wings
With mutualFlight ; fó Steers theprüdent Crane
Her annual Voyage born on Winds: the Air
Floats as they paſs,fann d with innumber'd Plumes.
From Brarch to Branch the ſmaller,Birds with Song
Solac'd the Woods, and ſpread their painted Wings
Till Even ; nor then the ſolemn Nightingale
Ceas’d Warbling , but all Night Tun'd her foft lays.
Others in ſilver Lakes and Rivers bath'd
Their downy Breast : the Swan with Arcked Neck .
RG
Imfrage the FANCY. 269
Between her white Wings wantling, proudly rows
Her State with Oary Feet , yet oftthey quit
The Dank , and riſing on ſtiff Pennonsfoar
The Mid erial Sky, others on Ground
Walk'd firm : the creſted Cock , whofe Clarion ſounds
The ſilent hours; and th’other, whoſe gay Train
Adorns him , colourd with theflorid hue
Of Rainbows, and ſtarry Eyes.
Beaſts.
Then the Earth
Opining her fertile Womb teem’d "at a Birth
Innum'rous living Creatures,perfect Forms,
Limb’d and Fall gromn : out from the Ground uproſe,
As from his Lair, the wild Beajt where he wons
In Forreſt wild, in Tbicket,Brake, or Den ;
Among the Trees in Pairșthey roſe, they walk'd ;
The Cattle in the Fields and Meadowsgreen :
Thoſe Rare and Solitary, theſe in Flocks,
Paſturing at once, and in broad Herds up-ſprung.
The graſy Glod'snow calv’d ; now half appear d
The Tawny Lyon pawing to getfree
His hinder parts; thenSpring's as broke frombords,
And Rampantſhake's his brinded Mane: The Ounce,
The Libbard, and the Tyger, as the Moal
Rifing the crumbled Earth above them threr
In HiHocks: the ſwift Stagg from under ground
Bore up his branching Head : ſcarce from his Mould
Behemoth, biggeſt born of Earth, upheav'
His vaſtneſs : fleec'd the Flocks and bleating rojo
As Plants: Ambiguous between Sea and Land
The River-horſe andſcaly Crocodile.
Creep
270 A METHOD to
Creeping Things
At once came forth whatever creeps the ground,
Infe&t or Worm : thofe wav'd their limber Fans
For Wing's, and ſmalleſt Line aments exact,
In all the Liv'ries deck'd of Summer's Pride,
With Spots of Gold and Purple, Azure and Green :
Theſe as a Line their long Dimenſions drew ,
Streaking the Ground with Sinuous Trace. Not all
Minims of Nature ; ſome of Serpent kind,
Wondrous in length and Corpulence, involv'd
Their freaky folds, and added Wings. Firſt crépt
The parcimonious Einmet, provident
Of future, in ſmall room large heart enclos’d ;
Pattern of juſt Equality.
Swarming nextappear'd
The Female Bee, that feeds her Husband Drone
Deliciouſly, and builds her waxen Cells,
With Honey ftord. -
The Serpent,ſubtleſt Beaſt ofall the Field,
of huge Extent ſometimes, with brazen Eyes,
And hairy Mane terrifick.
Now Heav'n in all her Glory Shines, and rowld
Her Motions, as thegreatfirſt Mover's hand
Firſt wheeld their Courſe. Earth in ber rich attire
Conſummate lovely ſmild : Air, Water , Earth,
ByFowl,Fiſh ,Beaſt, was Flown, was Smum , was Walk'de
Man.
There wanted yet the Maſter -Work, the End
Of all get done"; a Creature, who not prone
And brute as other Creatures, but endu'd
With Sanctity of Reafon, might Erect
His Stature, and upright with front ſerene
Govern the reſt, ſelf-knowing, and from tbence
Magnanimous to Correſpond with Heav'n. Milton.
Morning
Wiſh'd Morning's come ; and now upon theplains,
And diſtant Mountains, where they feed their Flocks
The happy Shephards leave their homely huts,
Andwith their Pipesproclaim the newbornDay.
The luſty Swain comes with his well fill'd Scrip
Of healthful Viands; which when bunger calls,
With much content and appetite be eats ;
To follow in the Field his daily Toil,
And Dreſs the grateful Glebe that yields him Fruit,
The Beaſts that under the warm hedgesfept,
And weather'd out the cold bleak night, are up ;
And looking tow'rds the neighb'ring Paſtures, raiſe
Their Voice, and bid their fellow Brutesgood morrow ;
The cheerful Birds too on the tops of Trees
Aſſemble all in Choirs, and with their Notes
Salute, and welcome up the riſing Sun. Otway.
Noon .
The full blazing Sun
Does now fit high in bis Meridian Tuw'r ;
Shoots down dire&t his fervid Rays, to warm
Earth's inmoſt Womb. Milc.
Night.
| Now all is hulh'd as Nature were retird,
And the perpetual Motion Standing ſtill;
272 A METHOD to !
So much the from her Work appears to ceaſe,
And ev'ry warring Element's at Peace :
All the wild Herds are in their Covers couch'd ,
The Fiſhes to their Banks or Ooze repair’d,
And to the Murmurs of the waters ſleep :
The feeling Air'sat reſt, and feels no Noiſe,
Except of someſhort Breaths upon the Trees,
Rocking the harmleſs Birds that reſt upon’em . Otway.
Night.
All Things are huſh'd, as Nature's ſelf lay dead ,
The Mountains ſeem to nod their drowſy Head :
The little birds in Dreams their Songs repeat,
And peeping Flow'rs beneath the Night-dew ſweat.
Dryden .
Lot's Wife .
No more a Woman, nor yet quite a Stone.
Alafting Death jeiz'd on her turningHead ;
One Cheek was rough and white, the other red .
And yet a Cheer ; in vain to Speak ſhe ftrove ;
Her" lipstho' Stone a litle ſeem'd to move.
One Eye was clos'd, ſurpriz!d by fuddain Night,
The other trembled ſtill withparting light.
The Wind admir'd which her Hair looſely bore,
Why itgrewſtiff, and now wou'd play nomore .
To Heaven ſe lifted up herfreezing Hands,
And to this day a ſuppliant Pillar ſtands,
She try'd her heavy Foot from Ground to rear,
And rais'd the Heel, but her Toesrooted there:
Ah fooliſh Woman ! who muſt always be
A Sight more ſtrange, thanthatſhetürn'd to ſee !
Cowl. David . 3.
А
1 Improve the FANCY . 273
A Table.
In midſt a Table of rich Ivory ſtands
The wondrous Work of Babylonian hands;
Bythree fierce Tygers, and three Lyons born,
Which grin, and fearfully the Place adorn.
Widely they gape, and to the Eye they roar,
As if they hungred for the Food they bore.
Cowl. David. 3
Swiftnefs.
Aſabel, Swifter than the Northern Wind ;
Scarce cou'd the nimble Motions of bis Mind
Outgo his Feet ; ſo ſtrangely wou'd be run,
That Time it ſelf perceiv'd not what was done.
Oft o’er the Lawns and Meadows wou'd he paſs,
His weight unknown, and harmleſsto the Graſs ; .
Oft o'er the Sands, and hollow Duſt wou'd Trace,
Yet not one Atome trouble or diſplace. Cowl. Dav 3.
The Flower callid Imperial -Crown.

}
My Flow'r a large-ſiz'd golden Head does wear,

Much like the Ball Kings in their hands do bear,
Denoting fovereign Rule andstriking Féar.
My purple Stalk , I, like ſome Scepter wield,
Worthy in regal Hands'to ſhine,
Worthy of Thine, great God of Wine,
When India to thy conquering Arms didyield.
Beſides all this; I bave a flow'ry Crown
My Royal Temples to adorn .
Whoſe Buds a fort of Honey liquor bear,
Which round the Crown like Stars or Pearls appear;
Siti Silver
274 A-, M ET HOD to
Silver Threads around it twine,
Saffron like Gold with them does join ;
And over all,
My verdant Hair does neatly fall.
Sometimes a three -fold rank of Flowers
Grows on my top, like lofty Towers.
Imperial Ornaments Iſcorn,
And like the Pope affet a tripple Crown;
The Hearens look down and envy Earth
Für teeming with ſo bright a Birth ;
For Ariadnes ſtarry Crow 12
By mine is far out phone,
And as they've reaſon let them envy.on.
Cowl. of Plants.
The Rofe.
And who can doubt my Race, ſaysshala
Why.an my Face Loves tokensſee?
The God of Love is alwaysfoft,and always young,
I ain the ſame, thex to bis Blood what wrong.
My Brother winged doesappear;
I Leaves instead of Wingsdo wear ;
He's drawn with lighted Torches in his Handi
Upon myTop bright flaming Glories.st and ;
The Roe has Prickles , fo has Love,
Tho' theſe á litle ſharper prove i
· There's nothing in the World above,or this beloma
But wou'd for Rely colour'd gą ;
This is the Dye that stilldoes pleaſe
Both mortal Maids, and beavenly Goduellesi
I am the Standard by which Beauty's try'd ,
The wiſh of Chloe and immortal Juno's Pride.
The bright Aurora, Queenof allthe Eaft,
Brend of her roſy Fingers is confeft ; When
When from the gates of Light the riſing Day
Breaksforth , his conſtant Rounds togo,
The winged Hours pre are the way,
And roſyClouds before himftrow . Idem .
The Hazel.
The Hazel with light Forces, marches up
The firſt in Field , upon whoſe Nutty top
A Squirrel fits, and wants no other Shade
Than what bybisown ſpreading Tail is made ;
He culls. the Soundeſt, dextrouſly picks out
The Kervels Sweet ,and throws the Shells about. Idem
Pomegranate .
Pomegranate chief of theſe, whoſe blooming Flow'r,
( Pomona's Pride ) may challenge Flora's Bod'r,
!
The Spring - roſe ſeems lejs Fair When She is by,
Nor Carbuncle can with her Colour vie ;
Nor ſcarlet Robes by proudejt Monarchs worn ,
Nor purple Streaks that Paint the riſing Murn ,
Nor Bluſhes that conſenting Maids adorn.
Idem :
Orange and Lemmon Trees.
Orange and Lemmon next like lightning bright
Came in, and dazld. the beholders fight;
Theſewere the famid Heſperian Fruits of old,
Beth Plants alike, ripe Fruit and Bluffoms hold,
This pines with pale, and tout withdeeper Gold.
Planted by Atlas, who ſupports the Skies,
! Proud at his Feet to ſee theſe brighter Stars to riſe.
Idem ,
$ The
276 A METHOD to
The Peach .
Then tame the Glory of the Perſian Field,
sind to Armenias Pride diſdain'd to Tield.
The Peach with ſilken Veſt and pulpy juice,
of Meat and Drink at once Supplies the uſe.
But take him while he's ripe , he'll foon decay,
For next Days banquet he diſdains to ſtay.
Of Fruits tbe faireſt as the Roſe of Fluw'rs,
But ab ! Their Beauties have but certain Hours.
Idem ,
The Vine.
Hail Bacchus ! Hail, thou powerful God of Wine,
Hail Bacchus bail ! Here comes thy darling Vine,
Drunk with her own ricb Juice, ſhe cannot ſtand ,
But comes Supported by her Husbands hand,
The luſty Elm Supports her ſtagg'ring Tree;
My beſt lov'd Plant, how am I charm'd with thee .
Bow down thy juicy Cluſters to myLip,
ThyNestar Sweets I wou'd not lightlylip,
But Drink thee deep, Drink till myVeins were Swelld,
Drink till my Soul with joys and thee were fiild.
What God ſo far a Poets Friend will be;
Who from greatOrpheus,draws his pedigree ?
( And tho’his Muſé comesfort of Orpheus Fame.
Tetſeems inſpir'd and may the Ivy claim)
To place him on Mount Ifmarus, or where
Campanian Hills the ſweeteft Cluſters bear,
Where Grapes, twice riper'd , twice Conco&ted grow,
With Phoebus beams above, Veſuvius Flames below .
Or in the fortunate Canarian Ifles,
Or where Burgundia's purpleVintage Smiles
' Tis
' Tisfit the Poet lhou'd beneath their Shade
Tranſported lye, or on their Hills run Mad,
HisVeins,bisSoulSwel'd withth’inſpiring God.S
Who worthily wou'lcelebratethe Vine,
And with bisgrateful Voice diſcharge agen
The Deity,which with his Mouth he drank ſy largely in .
Ovital Tree, what Bleſſings doſt thou ſend ?
Loze; Wit and Eloquence on thee attend,
Mirth,sorts,green Hopes,ribe Toys, and martialFire.
Theſe are thiy Fruits, thy Cluſterstheſe inſpire ;
From thee the beſt Philoſophydoes ſpring ,
Thou canſt exalt the Beggar to a King ;
Tl’unletter'd Peaſant who can compaſs thee,
As much as Cato knows , and is asgreat as be,
Thy Tranſports arebut ſhort, I doe confeſs,
But ſo arethedelights Mankind poſſeſs,
Our life it ſelf is ſhort,and will not ſtay,
Then let us uſe thy Bleſſing while we may,
And make it in full Streams of Wine more Smoothly
(paſs away. Idein.
The Plane Tree.
The Plant (at Braſil Bracoua caưd) the Name
of th’Eaſtern Plane-Tree takes,but not the ſame :
Bears Leaves ſo large, oneſingle Leaf can Shade
The Swain that is beneath her Covert laid ;
Under whoſe verdant Leaves fair Apples grow ;
Sometimes twohundred on a ſingle Bough ;
Tl'aregather'd all the Tear, and all the Year
ru
They Spring , for like the Hydra they appear ,

1
To ev'ry one you take ſucceeds a golden Heif.
' Twere loſs of Time togather one by one,
It's Boughs are torn, and yet no harm is done ;
S 3 New
278 A METHOD to
New Sprouting Branches ſtill the lofs repair,
What wou'd jo joon return, 'twere vainz to Spare.
The Metla.
Her very Tree is Fruit ; her Leaves when young ,
Are wholefom Food, for Garments ſerve when trong ;
Nor onlyfy but tomake up the Cloth
They furniſh you with Thread and Needle both.
What tbo her native Soil with Drought is curft
Cut but her Bark andyou may ſlack your Thirſt.
A ſudden Spring will in the wound appear,
Which thro’Streight pales ſtrein'd comes forth more
[ clear ;
And tho'thro' long Meanders of the Veins,
' Tis carryd, yet no vicious Hue retains,
Limpid and Sweet the Virgin Stream remains .
Theſe gifis for Nature might ſufficient be,
But bounteous Metla ſeemd too ſmall for tbée ;
Thou gratifi'ſt our very Luxury.
For liqu’riſh Palates, Honey thou doſt bear ,
For thoſe whoſe Guts want quickning, Vinegar.
But thoſe are trifles, thou doſt Wine impart,
That drives duli Care and Trouble from the Heart.
Idem .
The Coccus.
What ſenſelefs Mifer, by the Gods abhorr’d,
Wou'd Covetmore than Coccus does afford ?
Houſe, Garments, Btds and Boards, ev'n while we Dine
Supplies both Meat and Diſh, both Cup and Wine,
Oyl, Honey, Milk, the Stomach to delight,
Andpoignant Sawce to whet the Appetite.
Nor is ber Service to the Land confin'd
For Ships intire Compos'd of ber wefind , Sails
Improve the FANCY. -279
Sails, Tackle, Timber, Cables, Ribs and Maft,
Therewith the Veſſel fitted up, at laf
With her own Ware is Freighted, áll Me bears
Is Coccus growth, except her. Mariners;
Nor need we eu'n her Mariners exclude
Who from the Coco Nut have all obeir Food. Idem .
The State of Man.

This is the siate of Man ; to day he puts fortb
The tender Leaves of Hopes; to Murrow bloſſoms,
And wears his bluſhing Honours thick upon hinn :
The third Day comes a Frojt, u kiling Fr ojt ;
And when he thinks, good eafy Man , full ſurely
HisGreatneſs is a ripning, nipi bis Root,
And then he falls Saiakeſ,
A Country Revel.
Perpetual Show'rs, and ſtormy Gu;}s confine
The willing Plunghman, and Deceinber warns
To Annual Jollities ; now ſportive Youth
Carol incondite Rhythms, with ſuiting Nutes,
And quaver unbarmonious; ſturdy Swains
In clear Array, for ruſtic Dance prepare,
Mixt with the Buxom Damſels ; band in hand
They frisk, and bound, and various Mazes weave,
Shaking their brawny Limbs, with uncouth Mien
Tranſported , and ſometimes, an oblique Leer
Darton their Loves, ſometimes, an haſty Kifs
Steal from unwary Laſſes ; they with Scurn ,
And Neck reclind, reſent the raviſh ! Bliſs.
Mean while, blind British Bards with volant Touch
Įraverſe loquacious Strings, whoſefolemn Notes
S4 Pror
280 A METHOD to
Provoke to barmleſs Revels ; theſe among
A ſubtle Artiſt ſtands, in wondrous Bag
That bears impriſon d Winds, (of gentler fort
Than thoſe, which erſt Laertes Son enclos'd .)
Peaceful theyſeep, but let the tunejul Squeeze
of Labouring Elbow. rouſe them , out they fly
Melodious, and with ſprightly Accents charm . Philips.
A Horſe.
But, lo! fromforth a Cops that neighbours by,
A breeding Jennet, lufty, young and proud ,
Adonis' trampling Courſer doth ofpy ,
And forth meruſes, ſnörts, and neighsaloud :
The ſtreng neck'd Steed, being ty'd unto a Tree,
Breaketh bis Rein, and to her ſtraightgoes he ?
Imperiouſly he leaps, he neighs, he bounds,
And now his woven Gints he breaks aſunder ;
The bearing Earth with his hard Hoof he wounds,
Whoſe hollow Womb reſounds like Heaven's Thunder :
The Iron Bit he cruſhes ' tween his Teeth,
Controlling what he was controlled with.
His Ears up-prick'd, his braided hanging Mane
Opon his compaſs'd Crejt nowftands an end :
His Noſtrils drink the Air , and fortb again ,
As from a Furnace, Vapours dotb he lend :
His Eye, whichcornfullygliſters like Fire,
Shews his hot Courage, andhis high Defire.
Sometimes he trots, as if he told the Steps,
With gentle Majeſty und modeſt Pride ;
Anon be rears upright, curvets and leaps,
As who shou'd say, lo !'thus my Strength is try'd :
And thus I do to captivatethe Eye
of this fair Breeder that is ſtanding by. What
What recketh he is Rider's angry Stir,
His flatt'ring Holla, or his Stand, I ſay ?
What cares he nowfor Curb, or pricking Spur ?
For rich Capariſons, or Trappings gay?
,
. ' ..
For nothing elſe with his proudSightagrees
! Look when a Painter wou'd ſurpaſs the Life;
In limning out a well-proportion'd Steed;
His Art, with Nature's Wurkmanſhip at ſtrife,
As if the Dead the Living cou'd exceed :
So did his Horſe excell a common one,
In Shape, in Courage, Colour, Pace and Bone.
Round -hooft, short jointed, FetlocksMag and long ,
Broad Breaft,ful Eyes, ſmall Head,and Noftrilwide,
High Creſt,Mort Ears,ſtrait Legs, and paſſing ſtrong,
Thin Mane, thick Tail, broad Buttock, tender Hide.
Look, what a Horſe should have, he did not lack,
Save a proud Rider on jo proud a Back.
Sometimes be ſcuds far off, and there heſtares ;
Anon heſtarts at ſtirring of a Feather : 1.7
To bid the Wind & Baſe be now prepares,
And where he run, or fly, they know not whither,
For thro his Mane and Tail the high Windfings,
Fanning the Hairs, which heave like featherid
( Wings.
He looks upon his Love, and neighs unto ber;
She anſwers him , as if ſhe knew his Mind :
' Being proud, as Females are, to ſee him woo her .
She puts on outward Strangeneſs, ſeems unkind ;
Spurns at his Love, andſcorns the Heat hefeels,
Beating his kind Embracements with her Heels.
Shaker.
The
282 A METHOD to 3
The Hunting of the Hare.

But ifthon needwillhant,tre rwdby me,
Oncouple at the timorous flying Hares
Or at the Fox, which lives by Subtiltys
Or at the Roe, which no Encounter dare :
Purſue theſe fearful Creatures d’er the Downs,
And on thy well -breath'd Horſe keep with theyHounds,
And when thou haſt on foot tbe půrblind Hare,
Mark thepoor Wretch; ta overthut his Troubles,
How be out runs the Wind, and with what Care,
He cranks and croſſes with a thousand Doubles.
The many Umfits through the which he goes,
Are like a Labyrinth t'amaze his Foes.
Sometime he runs among the Flecke of Sheep,
To make the cunning Hounds mift aketheir Smell,
And fometimewhere Earth -delving Conies keep ,
Toſtop the loud Purſwers in their Tel ;
And fometime forreth with a Herd of Deer :
Danger devifeth Shifts, Wit waits on Fear.
For there his Smell with others being mingled ,
The hot-fcent- Inuffing Hounds are driven to doubt,
Cealing their clamorous Cry, till theyhave fingted,
With much ado, the cold Fault cleanly out,
Then do they ſpend their Mouths; Eccbo replies,
As if another Chaje were in the Skies.
By this poor Wat før off, upon i Hil,
Stands on his hinder Legs with liſt ning Ear ,
To hearken if bis Foes purſue him ftill :
Anon their loud dlarms be doth bear,
And now his Grief may be compared well
To one forefock that bears thepaffing Bell.
Then
1
Then malt thou ſee this dew -bedabled Wretch
Turn, and return, indenting with the Way :
Each envious Briar his-weary Legs doth scratch,
Each Shadow makes bimſtop, each Murmur ſtay.
For Miſery is trodden on bymany ;
And being luw , never reliev'd by any.
Venus Lamenting Adonis.

: 0 ! how her Eyes and Tears did land and borrom !
Her Eyes ſeen in her Tears, Tears in her Eye ;
Both Cryſtals, where they view'd each others Sorroma ..
Sorrow , thatfriendly Sighs fought ftill to dry.
But like a ſtormyDay, nope Wind now Rain ;
Sighs dry her Cheeks, Tears make them wet again.
The World ,
Au the World's a Stage,
And all the Men and Women meerly Players;
They have their Exits and their Entrances,
And one Man in his time plays many Parts,
His Aits being ſeven Ages. Atfirſt the Infant
Mewling and puking inthe Nurſe's Arms :
Andther, the whining School-bay with his Satchel,
And ſhining Morning - face, creeping like Snail
Onwillingly to School. And then the Lover
Sighing like Furnace, with a woful Balad
Made to his Miſtreſs' Eye-brow . Then i Soldier
Full of ſtrange Oaths, and bearded like the Pard,
Jealous in Honour, ſudden and quick in Quarrel,
Seeking the bubble Reputation
Ev'n in the Cannon's Moutb. And then the Juſtice
In fair round Belly, with good Capon lind,
With
284 A METHOD to
1
With Eyes ſevere, and Beard of formal Cut,

Full of wile Saws and modern Inſtances;
And ſo he plays his Part. The fixth . ſhifts
Into the lean and Niprer'd Pintiloon ,
With Speciacles on Noſe, and Pouch on Side;
‫ܙ‬
His youthful Hoſe, will ſav'd, a World too wide

For hisforunk Shank ; and his big manly Voice
Turning again tow'rd childiſh treble Pipes,
Ad Whiſtles in his Sound. Laſt Scene of all,
That ends this ſtrarge eventful Hitory,
Is ſecond Childiſhnejs and meer o livion,
:Sans Teeth, ſansEyes, ſans Taft, fans ev'ry thing;
Sha.er.
A Virgin in Love ,
She never told her Love,
But let Concealment, Tike a Worm t'th' Bud
Feed on her Damask Cheek: She pind in Thought,
And ſat like Patience on a Monument,
Smiling at Grief. Shakef.
Slaughter.
The dreadful Buſineſs of the War is over,
Aid Slaughter that from yeſter Morn’till Even,
With Gyantſteps paſsid Striding o’er the Field ,
Beſmear'd and horrid with the Bload of Nations,
Now weary'dfits among the mangled Heaps,
And Aumbers o'er her Prey. -Row .
Great Mens Abuſe of Power .
-Could Great Men thunder
As Jove himſelf does, Jove would ne'er be quiet ;
For
FANCY.
For every pelting petty Officer
Would uſe his Heaven for Thunder ;
Nothing butThunder. MercifulHeaven !
Thou rather with thyMarp and ſulphurousBolts
Splitſt the unwedgable gnarled oak,
Than the ſoft Myrtle. Obut Man ! proud Man !
Dreſt in a little brief Authority ;
Moſt ignorant of what he's moſt aſſurd,
His glaſly Ellence ; like an angry Ape,
Plays ſuch fantaſtick Tricks before high Heav'n,
As makes the Angels weep Shakeſ.
Exercitus.
Floret criſtatis exercitus undique turmis,
Quiſque ſuâ te voce canens. Præſtringit aena
Lux oculos, nudique ſeges Mavortia ferri,
Ingeminat ſplendore diem . Pars nobilis arcu
Pars longe jaculis, pars cominushorrida contis.
1 Hi volucres tolluntaquilas, hi picta draconum
Colla levant, multufque tumet per nubila ſerpens
Iratus ſtimulante noto; vivitque receptis
Flatibus, & va io mentitur fibila tračtu. Claudiana
Accipiter.
Quam facile accipiter faxo facer ales ab alto
Conſequitur pennis ſublimem in nube columbam ,
Comprenſamq; tenet, pedibufq; eviſcerat uncis.
Virg !
Exercitus.
lamq; adeo exierat portis equitatus apertis :
Æneas inter primos & fidus Achates,
Inde alii Troja proceres: ipfe agmine Pallas
Ig
286 Å METHOD to
In medio , chlamyde, & pi&tis confpectus in armis :
Qualis ubi Oceani perfufus Lucifer undâ,
( Quem Venus ante alios aftrorum diligit ignes)
Exiulit os facrum cælo , tenebraſque refolvit.
Stantpavida in muris matfes, oculiſque fequuntur
Pulveream nubem , & fulgentes ære catervas,
Olli per dumos, quâ proxima meta viarum ,
Arinati tendunt : it clamor & aginine facto,
cy
Quadrupedante putrem fonitus quatit ungula cam
1
pum . Idem .
Cyclopes Laborantes.
?
Ferrum exercebant vaſto Cyclopes in antro,
Bronteſq; ſteropeſq;, & 'nudusmembra Pyracmón .
His informatuin manibus, jam parte politâ,
Fulmen erat (toto genitor quæ plurima cælo
Dejicit in terras) pars imperfecta manebat,
Tres imbris torti radios , tres nubis aquofæ
Addiderant, rutili tres ignis, & alitis Auftri.
Fulgores'nune terrificos, fonitumq; metumą;
Mikeebant operi, fammifq; fequacibus iras.
Parte aliâ Marti currumq; rotafq; volucres
Inftabant, quibus ille viros, quibus exeitat urbes
Ægidaq; horrificam turbata Palladis arma,
Certatin fquamm.is ſerpentum , auroq; polibant :
Connexq1q;argues,ipfamq; in pectore divæ
Gorgona, defecto vertentem lumina collo.
At illi
Ocyus incubuere omnes , pariterq laborem
Sortiti : fuit æs rivis , auriq; metallum :
Vulnificufq; chalybs vafti fornace liqueſcit.
Ingentem clypeum informant, unum omnia contra
Tela Latinorum , ſeprenofque orbibus orbes
Impediunt : alii ventolas foliibus auras
Accia
Inprove the FANCY. 287
Accipiunt redduntque ; alii Atridentia tingunt
Æra lacu : gemit impoſitis incudibus antrum .
Hili inter feie magna vi brachia tollunt
In numerum , verlantque tenaci forcipe ferrum . Idem .
Etna:
-Juxta tonat Ætna ruinis ;
Interdumque atram prorumpit ad Æthera nubem ,
* Turbine fumantem piceo, & candente favillâ ;
Attollitque globos fiammarum & fidera lambit.
Interdum fcopulos avullaque viſcera montis
Erigit eruetans, liquefactaque taxa ſub auras
Cum gemitu glomerat, fundoque exæftuat imo. Idem.
Ætna.
Aft Ætna eruétat tremefactis cautibus ignes
Incluſi genitus : pelagique imitata furorem
Murmure per cæcos topat irrequieta fragores.
Nocte dieque fimul fonte e phlegetontis ut atro
Flammarum exundat torrens: piceague procella
Semiambuſta rotat liquefactis ſaxa cavernis. Sil. Italy
:
Ætna.
Ætna Giganteos nunquam tacitura triumphos
Encel idi buftum , qui faucia terga revinctus
Spirat inexhauftum Lagranti pectore ſulphur.
Et quoties detrectat onus cerviçe rebelli
In dextrum levemve latus: tunc infula fundo
Vellitur, & dubiæ nutant cum moenibus urbes
Ætneos apices folo cognofcere vifu ,
Non aditu tentare licet. Pars cetera frondet
Arbori,
288 A METHOD to
Arboribus : teritur nullo cultore cacumen .
Nunc vomit indigena nimbos, piceaque gravatum
Fædat nube diem : nunc molibus a tra laceflit
Terrifious, damnifque fuis incendia nutrit.
Sed quamvis nimio fervens exuberat æftu,
Scit nivibus ſervare fidem , pariterque favillis
Dureſcit glacies tanti fecura vaporis,
Arcano defenſa gelu , fumoque fideli
Lambit contiguas innoxia flamma pruinas. Claudian.
Ahenum Æftuans.
-Magno veluti cum flamma ſonore
Virgea ſuggeritur coftis undantis aheni,
Exultantque æſtu latices,furit intus æque vis,
Fumidus atque alte ſpumis Exuberat amnis :
Nec jam ſe capit unda : volat vapor ater ad auras.
Virg .
Virgo Sancta.
Ergo 'accin ta viæ, nụllos ftudiofa paratus
Induitur, nullo difponit pectora cultu :
Tantum albo crines injectu veftis inombrans :
Qualis ſtella nitet, tardam quæ circuit arcton
Hibernâ fub nocte : aut matutina reſurgens
Aurora : aut ubi jam Oceano fol aureus exit.
Quâque pedes movet, hâc cafiam terra alma miniſtrat
Pubenteiſque roſas, (nec jam moeſtos hyacinthos,)
Narciſſumque crocumque, & quicqid purpureum ver
Spirat hians,quicquid forum per gramioa pallim
Suggerit immiſcens varios natura colores.
Parte alia celeres ſiſtunt vag i mina curſus :
Exultant valleſquecavæ, coile que ſupini,
Et circumſtantes ſummittunt cu.mina pinus :
Cre
Crebraque palmiferis erumpunt germina ſylvis :
Omnia lætantur : ceſſant Eurique Notique,
Ceſſat atrox Boreas : tantuin per ilorea rura
Regna tenent Zephyri , cælum que tepentibus auris
Mulçent, quaque datur gradientem voce falutant.
Sannazar .
Sol Occidens .
Et jam prona dies fluctus urgebat Iberos,
Purpureaspelago nubeis, aurumque relinquens.
Idem ,
Nox,
Tempus erat, quo nox tardis invecta quadrigis
Nondum ftelliferimediam pervenit Olympi
Admetam , & tacito ſeintillant ſidera motu :
Cum ſylvæque, urbeſque ſilent, cum feffa labore,
Accipiunt placidos mortalia pectora fomnos :
7 Non fera, non volùcris, non piéto corpore ſerpens
Dat fonitum : jamque in cineres conſederat ignis
Ultimus , & ſera perfuſusmembra quiere
Scrupoſo ſenior caput acclinaverat antro. 2 Idem
Nox,
Nox erat, & placidumcarpebant feffa foporem
Corpora per terras : fylvæque & lævi quierant
Æquora : cum medio volvuntur iidera lapſu,
Cum tacet omnis ager, pecudes pictæque volucres,
Quæque lacus late liq idos, quaq.e alpera dumis
Rura tenent, fomno politæ ſub nocte filenti
Lenibant curas & corda oblita laborum . Virg ?
I Ser
290 A M É T H OD to
Serpentes.
Ecce aurem gemini a Tenedo tranquil'a per alta
(Horreſco referens) immenſis orbibus angues
Incumbunt pelago, pariterq; ad littora tendunt :
Pectora quorum inter fluctus arrecta, jubæque
Sanguinteæ exſuperant undas: pars cætera pontum
Pone legit, ſinuatque immenſa volumine terga.
Fit fonitus (puinante ſalo : jamque arva tenebant,
Ardenteſque oculos ſuffecti fanguine, & igne,
Sibila lambebant linguis vibrantibus ora. Idem .
Serpens.
Dixerat hæc adytis cum lubricus anguis ab imis
Septem ingens gyros, feptena volumina traxit.
Amplexus placidetumulum , lapfufque per aras :
Ceruleæ cui terga notæ , maculofus & auro
Squamam incendebat fulgor: ceu nubibusarcus
Mille trahit varios adverſo fole colores. Idem .
Ceres cum Draconibus.

-Ad Phrygiostendit fecura penates, 1
Turrigeramque petit Cybelen , ſinuoſa draconum

1
Membra regens, volucri qui pervia nubila tractu
Signant, & placidis humectant fræna venenis.
Frontem crifta tegit: pinguntmaculofa vitentés
Terga notæ : rutilum ſquamis intermicat aurum ,
Nune fpiris Zephyros tranant ; nunc arva volatu
Inferiore fecant: cano fota pulvere labens
Sulcatam fecundat humum : flavefcit ariftis
Orbita, ſurgentes condunt veſtigia culmi
Veftit iter comitata ſeges. Claudian ,
Exs
Examen Apium. Virg.
Hujus apes ſummum denfæ (mirabile di&tu)
Obſedere apicem ; & pedibus per mutua nexis,
Examen ſubituin ramo frondente pependit.
Pugna Apum. Virg.
Sin autem ad pugnam exierint (nam fæpe duobus
Regibus inceſſit magno diſcordia motu)
Continuoq; animos vulgi,& trepidantia bello
Corda licet longe præſciſcere: namq; morantes
Martius illeäris rauci canor increpat, & vox
Audítur, fractos fonitus imitata tubarum .
Tum trepidæ inter ſe coeunt, penniſq; coruſcant
Spiculaq; exacuunt roftris, aptantq; lacertos ;
Et circa regem , atq; ipfa ad prætoria denfæ
Miſcentur ,magniíq ;vocant clamoribus hoftem .
Ergo ubi ver nactæ iudum , campofq; patentes,
Erumpunt portis, concurritur ; æthere in alto
Fit fonitus ; magnum miſtæ glomerantur in orbem
Præcipiteſq; cadunt : non denfior aere grando,
Nec de concuſſa tantum pluit iliceglandis.
Ipſi per medias acies, inſignibus alis,
Ingentes animos angufto in pectore verſant:
Ufq; adeo obnixi non cedere, dum gravis aut hos
Aut hos, verſa fuga victor dare terga coegit,
Aquila tollens Serpentem .
Utque volans alte raptum com fulva draconem
Fert aquila, implicuitq; pedes, atq; unguibus hæfiti
Saucius at Serpens finuoſa volumina verſat,
Arrectiſq; horret ſquamis, & fibilat ore,
I2 Ardup
292 A METHOD to
Arduus inſurgens: illa haud minus urget adunco
Luctantem roftro, fiinulæthera verberat alis. Idem
Pugna Navalis.
Una omnes ruere, ac totum fpumare reductis
Convulſum remis, roftriſq; ſtridentibus æquor .
Alta petunt : pelago credas innare revulſas
Cicladas, aut montes concurrere montibus altos,
Tanta mole viri turritis puppibus inftant ! Idem .
Cælum .
Illic auratæ muros mirabimur urbis
Auratafq; domos, & gemmea tecta viaſq;
Stelliferas : vitreoſq . altis cum montibus amneis.
Atq; ibi ſeu magni cellum penetrale tonantis,
Sive alios habitare lareis ac tecta minorum (
Cælicolûm dabitur , ſtellas numerare licebit,
Surgentemq; diem pariter, pariterq; cadentem
Sub pedibus ſpectare, & longos ducere foles. Sanaz
Cælicolum Deſcripfio,
1 Haud mora fit :celerant juffi: volatæthere toto
Cælicolûmglomerata manus, pars igne coruſco
Tota rubens, pars ſtelliferis innexa coronis ;
Ipfe fedens humeris chlamydem fulgentibus aptat
Ingentem & cælum pariter, terraſą; tegentem .
Quam quondam(ut perhibent)vigilansnocteſq;dieſq;
Ipſa ſuo nevit rerum natura tonanti,
Adjecitq; facræ decus admirabile tela ,
Per medium, perq; extremas ſubtegminis oras,
Immortale aurum intexens, grandeſq; ſmaragdos.
Hlie
Illic nam variâ mundum diftinxerat arte
Gnara operum mater, certiſq; elementa figuris,
Et rerum ſpecies, animaſq: & quicquid ab alta
Fundit mente pater. Generis primordia noftri,
Cernere erat limum informem : jam præpete penna
Deferri volucres liquidum per inane yideres.
Jam ſylvis errare feras, pontumq; natari
Piſcibus, & vero credas ſpumefcere fluctu, Idem ,
Ebrietas.
Denique cur hominem, cum vini vis penetravit
Acris & in yenas difceflit deditus ardor,
Conſequitur gravitas membrorum ? præpediuntur
Crura vacillanti? tardeſcit lingua ?madet mens?
Nant oculi ? clamor,fingultus : jurgia glifcunt?
Lucr :
Fama,
Orbe locus medio eſt inter terraſq; fretumq; ,
Cælefteſq; plagas, triplicis confinia mundi;
Unde quod eft ufquam ,quamvis regionibus abſit,
Inſpicitur;penetratq; cavas yox omnis ad aures,
Fama teñet, fummaq;domum fibilegit in arce:*
Innumërofq;aditus, ac mille fóramina tectis
Addidit , & nullis incluſit limina portis.
Nocte dieq; patent. Tota eſt ex ore ſonanti:
Tota fremit : voceſq; refert : iteratq; quod audit;
Nulla quies intus, nullaq; filentia parte,
Nec tamen eſt clamor, fed parvæ murmura vocis :
Qualia de pelagi,fi quis procul audiat, undis
Effe folent : qualem veſonum , çum Jupiter atras
Increpuit nubes, extrema tonitrua reddunt,
Atria turba tenent : veniunt leve vulguseuntq;
T 3 Miftaq;
1
294 A METHOD to
Miſtaq; cum veris paflim commenta vagantur
Millia rumorum : confuſaq; verba volutant.
E quibus hivacuasimplent ſermonibus auras :
Hi narrata ferunt alio : menſuraq; ficti
Creſcit; & auditis aliquid novus adjicitauctor .
Illic Credulitas, i lic temerarius error ,
Vanaq; lætitia eſt conſternatiq; timores,
Seditioq : repens, dubioq; auctore fufurri.
Ipſa quid in cælo rerum , pelagoque geratur,
Et tellure, videt ; totumq; inquirit in orbem. Ovid.
Fames.
Hirtus erat crinis ; cava lumina ; pallor in ore :
Labra incana ſitu : ſcabræ rubigine fauces :
Dura cutis, per quamſpectari viſcera poffent :
Offa ſub incurvis'extabant arida lumbis :
Ventris erat pro ventre locus. Pendere putares
Pectus, & a ſpinæ tantummodo crate teneri.
Auxerat articulos macies, genuumq; rigebat
Orbis, & immodico prodibant ubera talo. : Quid
Incendium Sylvæ.
Nam fæpe incautis paftoribus excidit ignis,
Qui furtim pinguiprimum ſub cortict e e & us
Robora comprendit, frondeſq; elapſus in altas
Ingentem cælo fonitum dedit : inde fecutus
Per ramos victor, perq; alta cacumina regnat ,
Et totum involvit flammis nemus , & ruit atrain
Ad cælum picea craſſus caligine nubem :
Præſertim fi tempeftas â vertice ſylvis
Incubuit , glomeratq; ferens incendia ventus. Virg:
Aquila.
Hos poft infequitur pulchros pennata per artus
Alituum regina, facræ cui vertice pluma AC
Affurgunt : flavoq; caput diademate fulget
Ipſa ingens alis, ingentis fulminis inftar
Supra hominum tecta ac monteis, ſupraq;volucres
Fertur, & obſtanteis curſu petit obvia nubeis.
Sannazarius de partu Virg.
Joſephus videns Chriſtum .
-Jamq;infantem videt, & videt ipfam
Majorem aſpectu, majori & lumine matrem
Fulgentem , necquoquam oculos, aut ora moventem ,
Sublimemq; folo, ſuperum cingente caterva
Aligera . Qualis noſtrum cum tendit in orbem ,
Purpureisrutilatpennis nitidiffima Phænix:
Quam varia circum volucres comitantur euntem :
Illa volans, folem nativo provocat auro,
Fulva caput, caudam & roſeis interlita punctis
! Cæruleam : ſtupet ipſa cohors : plauſuq; ſonoro
Per ſudum ſtrepit innumeris exercitus alis.
Idem ,
Gaudium ,
Superinuncplena fecundi
Gaudia cum referant, ſenſus pervenit ad omnes
Lætitiæ, mentemq; ciens renovata voluptas
Creſcit, & exultant trepidis præcordia fibris.
Qualis ubi Eois Phæbus caput extulit undis
Purus , & auratum non turbidus extulit axem ,
Cuſpide jucundæ lucis percuffa renident
Arva , micat tremulo criſpatus lumine pontur,
Lenibus aſpirat flabris innubilus aer ,
Blanda ſerenati ridet clementia cæli. Bucharz.
Uxoris Officium .
At tu conjugio nýıphe dignátaſuperbo,
Le licet & juno & bellis metuenda virago,
I 4 Et
(296 À METHOD ' to
Et venus, & Charitum longa indulgentia certet
Muneribus decorare fuis, licet ille fecundus
Spe votiſq; hominum France moderator habenæ ,
Ét folo genitoreminor tibi regia fceptra
Subinittat, bando & dominam te prædicet ore,
Sexum agnoſce tamen, dominæq; iminunis habenæ
Hactenus, imperio jam nunc affuelce jugali,
Diſce jugum , ſed cum delicto conjuge ferre ;
Diſcepati imperium , vi& rix paticndo futura.
Afpicis Oceanum , ſaya indignatus ut undis
Verberet, & cautes tumidâ circumfremat irâ :
Rupibus incurſat, demoliturq; procellis
Fundamenta terens, fcopuliſq; aſſultat adeſis;
At ubi ſe tellus molli fubftravit arena,
Hofpitioq; deûm blande invitavitamæno,
Ipſe domat vires, placiduſq; & fe minor ire
In thalamos gaudet, non torvo turbidus ore,
Non ſpumis fremituq; minax, ſed fronte ſerena
Littus inoffenſum lambit, fenfimq; relabens
Arrepit facilis cerni , & feu mollia captet
Ofcula ludentes in littore lubricat undas. Idem .
Tormenta
Forte per umbroſos ſylvarum plurima ramos
Affidue volitabat avis, quæpicta nitentes
Cæruleo pennas, roftro variata rubenti
Ibat nativo ſecura per avia luco.
Has juvenum manus ut filvas videre per altas,
Continuo cava terrificis horrentia bombis
Æra , & fammi ferum tormenta imitantia fulmen
Corripiunt, Volcanetuum, dum Theutonasarmas,
Inventum , dum tela jovis mortalibus affers.
Nec mora ſignantes certam ſibi quiſq; volucrem ,
In
Inclufam , ſalicum cineres, fulfurq; , nitrumq;,
Materiam accedunt fervata in reſte favilla .
Fomite correpto diffuſa repente furit vis
Ignea circumſepta, fimulq;cita obiice rupto
Intruſum impellit glandem : volat illa per auras
Stridula : & exanimes paffiin per prata jacebant
Dejectæ volucres : magno micat ignibus aer
Cum tonitru, quo filya omnis, ripæq; recurvæ
Et percuffa imo fonuérunt æquora fundo. Fracaſt.
Bombices,
Protinus emergunt tinex ,folioq; jacenti oroi
Vi&trices ſuper affiftunt, omnifq; juventus
Vefcitur, atq; avidæ dapibus implentur opimis;
Fit ftrepitus, longe qualem olimfæpefolemus
Cum pluit in tecto claufis audire feneſtris.
Nec mora nec requies properant, & grandiamorſa
Attondent folia emenſæ , redeuntq; iteruinq;
Incumbunt, longam nequeunt explerier alvum ,
Dum ſuperant frondes, & plenæ pabula menfe.
1 Hieron. Vida,
Opus Bombycum
Jam , licet, ingredere; artificum mirare laborein
Egregium , mirare artes, ut pendula șamiso
Omnibus hæſerunt várii glomeramina fili,
Qualiter autumni primo cum frigore in hortis
Arboribus pendent haud uno poma colore.
Sic hærentnitidivario diſcrimine ramis
Folliculi , ſunt quæ viridem traxere colorem
E follis, quæ depaſta eſt ſaturniabombyx
Fila, auri quædam , electriq; ſimillimapuri,
Omnibus eft reliquis color albi velleris inftar. Idem .
Fili
1
-298 A METHOD to
Fili Glomeratio.
Folliculos primum domitant ferventibus undis,
Filag; devolvunt nigris fumantia ahenis,
Tum currente rotâ torquent, eademq; retorquent,
Stamineq; implicito, cura eft diffolverenodos.
Hinc yocat extremum tandem textura laborem,
Intenduntq; nurus diſcretas pectine telas
Multifido, radiifq; fonantibus intertexunt
Jactantes dextra, levaq, ſequentia fila ;
Alternifq; ſuus pedibus labor additus, atq;
Deſuper acta gemit tereti rotagarrula nervo :
Nec mora, certantes properant, falluntq;laborem
Aut cantu , aut veneris curæ narrantur inanes. Idem .
Texendi Modus.
Nec modus eft fimplex texendi, nec genus unum
Telarum , nunc rala vides, & levia texta,
Nunc pexis, leviterq; attonfis mollia villis.
Quin etiain varios tenui ſubtemine pingung
Nexilibus flores hederis, filyafq; virentes,
Pomaq; graminagi ,& cervos, capreafq; fugaces :
Adde velut pebulas tenues velamina textu
Rara, quibus matres crines & tempora velant,
In templifq; deậm prohibent a pulvere vultus. Idem.
Mater Annorum ,
Eft ignota procul, noftræq; impervia menti
Vix adeunda deis, annorum ſqualida mater ,
Immenfi fpelunca & vi, quæ tempora vafto
Suppeditat revocatq; linu. Complectitur antrum ,
Omnia qui placide conſumit numine, ferpens,
Per .
Perpetuuinq; viret ſquamis, caudamq; reducto
Ore vorat, tacito relegens exordia lapſu.
Veſtibuli cuſtosvultu longæva decoro
Ante fores natura fedet, cun &tiſq; volantes
Dependent mernbris animæ : manſura verendus
Scribit Jurafenex, numeros qui dividit aftris,
Et curſus ſtabileſq; moras, quibus omnia vivant
Ac pereunt fixis cum legibus. Ille recenſet
Incertum quid Martisiter, certumq; tonantis
Proficiat mundo; quid velox femita lunæ,
Pigraque ſaturni: quantum Cytherea ſereno
Curriculo Phæbiq ; comes Cyllenius, erret.
- Hic habitant vario faciem diftincta metallo
Secula certa locis : illic glomerantur aena,
Hic ferratarigent, illic argentea candent.
Eximia regionedomus, contingere terris
Difficiles, tabant rutili grex aureus anni. Claudian:
Velocitas Camillæ .
Illa vel inta & zſegetis per fumma volaret
Gramina, nec teneras curſu læfiffet ariſtas.
Vel mare per medium fluctu fufpenfa tumenti
Ferret iter, celeres nec tingeret æquore plantas.Virg.
Horologium .
HÆC , quæ metitur vocalis tempora moles;
Cum cælo tacitum , credite, fædus habet.
Nam cælo Sol quidquid agit noctuve diuve,
Inſcriptum nobis machina fronte refert.
Artis opus mira . Ad terram revolubileplumbura
Nititur, & fpiris throclea verfat onus.
Pondere ab hocmotus : nam dum vi vertitur axis,
in Dom .
D
300 A METHO to
Dentatas cogit mordicus ire rotas:
Morſu illo implicitos, obverſoſque orbibus orbes
Pendula ſuſpenſo examine libra movet.
Æneus hinc monitor turri fonat, & limul horas
Mobilis infcripto lingula in orbe notat.
Dividit hic Index vitam , totamque minutim
Concidit, folidum dilaceratque diem .
At vosHeroes, quorum metimur ab ore,
Etregimus veſtro tempora noſtra ſono,
Diſcitenon dare pofcenti reſponfa, priuſquam
Multa agitet ſecum mensoperofa diu :
Diſcite non ullam ſinepondere redderc vocem :
Diſcite (ne mültis) ore manuque loqui. Strada
Philomelæ ac Citharodi Concertatio .
Jam Solàmedio pronus deflexerat orbe
Mitiùs è radiis vibrans crinalibus ignem .
Cum fidicen propterTiberina fưenta f, onanti
Lenibat plectro curas, æftumque levabat.
Ilice defenſus nigra ſcenaque virenti
Audiit hunc hofpes ſylvæ Philomela propinquę,
Mufa loci nemoris Siren , innoxia Siren ,
Et prope fuccedens ſtetit abdita frondibus,alte
Accipens fonitum , fecumque remurmurat, & quos
Ille modo variar digitis, hæc gátture reddit.
Senſit fe fidicen Philomela imitante referri,
Et placuit ludum volucri dare. Plenius ergo
Explorat citharam , tentamentumque futuræ
Præbeat ut pugnæ ; percurrit protinus omnes I
Impulſu pernice fides. Nec fegnius illa ]
Mille per excurrensyariæ diſcrimina vocis, 1
Venturi ſpecimen præfert argutula cantus,
Tunç fidicen per fila movens trepidantia dextram ,
Nunc
Nunc contemnenti fimilis, diverberat ungue
Depectítque pari chordas & fimplice ductu :
Nunc cáptim replicat, digitiſque micantibus urget
Fila minutatim , celeriquerepercutit icu.
Mox filet. Illa modis totidem reſpondet, & artem
Arte refert. Nunc ceu rudis, aut incerta canendi
Projicit in longum ,nulloqueplicatile flexu
Carmen init, fiinili ſerie, jugique tenore
Præbet iter liquidum lubenti è pectore voci :
Nunc cæſim variat, moduliſque canora minutis
Delibrat vocem , tremuloque reciprocat ore.
Miratur fidicen parvis é faucibus ire
Tam yarium , tam dulce melos : majoraque tentans
Alternat mira arte fides : dum torquet acutas,
Inciditque graves operoſo verbere pulſat :
Permiſcetque fimul certantia rauca ſonoris.
Ceu reſides in bella viros clangore lacefſat.
Hoc etiam Philomela canit : dumqueore liquenti
Vibrat acuta ſonum , modulifque interplicat aquis ?
Ex inopinato gravis intonat, & leve murmur
Turbinat introrſus, alternantique ſonore
Clarat, & infuſcat,ceu Martia claſſica pulſet.
Scilicet erubuit fidicen,iraque calente,
Aut non hoc, inquit, refersCithariſtria fylvä,
Aut fracta cedam cithara .Nec plura loquutus
Non imitabilibus plectrum concentibus urget,
Namque manu per fila volat, fimul hos, ſimul illos
Explorat numeros, chordaque laborat in omni ;
Et ftrepit,& tinnit, creſcitquc fuperbius, & fe .
Multiplicat relegens, plenoque choreumate plaudit,
Tum ſtetit expectans, ſi quid paret æmula contra:
Illa autem , quamquam vox dudum exercita fauces
Afperat, impatiens vinci ſimul advocat omnes
Ne
302 A METHOD to
Nequicquam vires, nam dum diſcrimina tanta
Reddere tot fidium nativa & fimplice tentat
Voce, caniculiſque imitari grandia parvis
Impar magnanimis auſis, imparque dolori
Dejicit,v& itam ſummo in certamine linquens
Viétoris cadit in plectrum , par nacta fepulcrum .
USQUE adeo & tenues animas ferit æmula Virtus.
Idem .
Lacheſis Nens
Læva colum molli lanâ retinebat amietam
Dextera tum leviter deducens fila fupinis
Formabat digitis tumpronoin pollice torquens
Libratum tereti verſabat turbine fufum :
Atq; ita decerpens æquabat femper opus dens,
Laneaq;aridulis hærebant morfà labellis,
Quæ prius in leni fuerant extantia filo,
Ante pedes autein candentis mollia lanæ
Velleravirgati cuſtodibant calathiſci. Catuks
Somni Sedes: I
Eft prope Cimmerios longofpeluncareceffu

Mons cavus, ignavi domus & penetralia fomni,
Quo nunquam radiis oriens, mediuſve, cađenſve
Phæbus adire poteft. Nebulæ caliginc miſtæ
Exhalantur humo dubiæq; crepufcula lucis.
Non vigil ales ibi criſtaticantibus oris
Evocat Auroram , nec voce ſilentia rumpit.
Sollicitive canes, canibuſve ſagacior anſer,
Non fera, non pecudes, non moti flamine rami,
Humanæve fonum reddunt convicia linguæ.
Muta quies habitat. Saxo tamen exit ab imo
Rivus aqua Lethes, per quem cum murmure labens
In
Invitat fomnos crepitantibus unda lapillis.
Ante foresantri fæcunda papavera florent,
Innumeræq ;'herbæ : quarum de lacte ſoporem
Nox legit & fpargit per opacas humida terras.
Janua, quæ verfo ſtridorem cardine reddat,
Nulla domo tota ; cuſtos in limine nullus.
At medio torus eft, ebetto ſublimis in atrâ ,
Plumeus, atricolor pullo velamine tectus:
Quo cubat ipſe deus,membris languore folutis.
Hunc circa paffim varias imitantia formas
Somnia vana jacent totidem , quot meſfis ariſtas,
Silva gerit frondes, ejectas littus arenas. Ovid. Met.
Hecuba Captiva
Ultima confcendit claſſem (miſerabile viſu)
In mediis Hecube natorum inventa fepulchris.
Prenfantem tumulos, atq; offibus ofcula dantem
Dulichiæ traxere manus : tamen unius hauſit,
Inq; finu cineres fecum tulit Hectoris hauſtos.
Hectoris in tumulo canum de vertice crinem ,
Inferias inopes, crinem lacrymaſq; reliquit. Idem .
SIMILE.
A Simile's the Likeneſs of a Thing,
The Poet does for Illuſtration bring,
A bright Reflection of a brighter Mind,
In which right Judgment, and true Fancy's join'da
Thus Phebus in a Cloud, his Skill to fhew ,
With ſilver Pencil, paints his golden Bow .
The Devil and the Helliſh Monfter.
Andſuch a Frown
Each caſt at tbother, as when two black Clouds
With
304 A METHOD to
With Heaven's Artillry.fraught,; comeratling or 1
Over the Caſpian , then ſtand Front to Front

Hou’ring a ſpace, ' till Winds the Signal blowe
Tojoin theirdark Encounter in mid Air :
So frown'dshe mighty Combatants. Milt.
The Applauſe after Mammon's Speech.

He ſcarce had finißd, when ſuch Murmur fill's
Tb Ajembly, as when hollow Rocks retain
The Sound of bluſtring Winds, which all Night long
Had rouz’d the Sea, now with hoarfe Cadence lull
Sea -fearing Men o're-Watch'd ,whoſe Barque by chance
Or Pinnace, anchor's in A.craggy Bay
After the Tempeſt : ſuch Applauſe was heard
As Mammonended . Idem .
The Devils rejoycing at Satan's Speech.

Thus they their doubtful Conſultations dark
Ended, rejoycing in their matchleſs: Chief:
As when from MountainTops the dusky Clouds
Aſcending, while the North-wind peeps, o'erſpread
Heaven's chearfulFace, the lowring Element
Scowls o’er the darknd LantskipSnow , or Showre ;
If chance the radiant Sun with farewellſweet
Extend his eu’ning Beams, the Fields revive,
The Birds their Notes renew , and bleating Herds
Atteft their Joy, that Hilland Valley rings. Idem .
Good Fortune after Adverſity.

Our Lives diſcolourd with our preſentWoes,
May ſtillgrow bright, and ſmile with happier Hours:
Sa
So the pure limpidStream , whenfaul with Stains
Of ruſhing Torrents, and deſcending Rains,
Works it ſelf clear , and as it runs, refines,
' Til by degrees, the floating Mirrourlines,
Reflects each Flow'r that on the Border grows,
And a new Heav'nin it's fair Bojomſhews. Add.
Lucretia Sleeping.
Her lilly Hand her roſy Cheeks lies under,
Cozening the Pilow of a lawfulKiſs;
- Which therefore angry, ſeems to part in Sunder,
Swelling on either Side to want it's Bliſs':
Between whoſe Hills ; her Head intombed is ;
Where like a virtuous Monunzentſelies,
To be admir'd ofleud unballow'd Eyes.
Without the Bed her other fair Hand was
On the green Coverlet, whoſe perfect White
Shep'd likean April Dazyon the Graſs,
With pearly Sweat, reſembling Dew of Night :
Her Eyes like Marigolds had Sheath'd their light.
And canopy'd in Darkneſs ſweetly lay,
' Till they might open to adorn the Day.
Her Hair likegolden Threads plaidwith her Breath
O modeſt Wantons, wanton Modeſty!
Showring Life's Triumph in the Map of Death,
And Death's dim Look in Life's Mortality.
Each in her Sleep themſelves ſo beautify,
As if between them twain therewere no Strife
But that Life liv'd in Death; and Death in Life
Shakeſ. Tarq. and Luc.
U
306 A MÉTHOD to
A Man in great Diſtreſs:

So, where our wide Numidian Wafts extend,
Sudden , th’impetuous Hurricanesdeſcend,
Wheel thro' the Air, in circling Eddies play,
Tear up theSands, and ſweep whole Plains away.
The helplefs Traveller, withwild furprize
Sees the dry Deſart all around him riſe,
And, fmother'd in the duſty Whirlwind Dies. Add :
Neſtor ſurpriz'd with Fear.

Amaz'd he ſtood
Like one aftown'd ; nor fix'd his dubious Thougbts.
As when the Seas expect a gathering Storm ,
The Ocean blackens, and the filent Waves
Sleep on the Boſom of the gloomyDeep,
Hujh'd in a Peaceprofound ; 'tillfrom the Clouds
The furiousStorm impetuous burſtsit's Way,
Buffets the boary Main , and shoves the Waves
Before it's Fury to the frighter'd Shores. Homer,
Agamemnon before a Battle)

As when the gloomy Thunderer prepares
To drown the World with Delugesof Rain
Or ſends hisſtormy Hail , og fleecySnopes,
To cloath the Surface of the hoary Earth ;
Or when he's ready to excite to Arms
Two Nations, and diſcloſe the jaws of War ;
Thro all the Heav'ns the dreadful Lightnings play,
Nor ceaſe, nor pauſe,but Flaſh ſucceedson Flaſh
So when Atrides meditates ibeWar ,
Sighs
Improve the FANCY. -307
Sighs after Sigbs burſt from his manly breaſt,
O'ercaſt his Looks, andmake his very Soul. Idem.
Trojans and Greeks Engaging.

As when two Bands of Mowers.adverſe.ſtand,
Rang’d at the two Extremes of ſomev'aft Field,
Where wantón Ceresſmiles in theaves of Gold ;
Rank againſt Rank, with Emulation fird,
Advances on each side, in loads the corn
Falls to the Ground before thesharpen'd Scythes :
The Trojans thus, and Greeks each other charg'd
And Death Stalk'd o'er the Plain . - Idem . ,
Feeble Cowards.
So when the Pigmies, marſhaldon the Plain ,
Wage puny War againſt thinvading Cranes ;
The Poppets to their Bodkin Spears repair,
And ſcatter'd Feathersfutter in the Air ;
But when the bold imperial Bird of Fove
Stoops on bis Sounding Pinions from above,
Among the Brakes the Fairy Nation crowds,
And the Strimonian Squadron ſeeks the Clouds:
Diſpenſary!
A Catch -Pole.
-Só ( Poets Sing )
Grimalkin to domeſtick Vermin ſworn
An everlaſting Foe, with watchful Eyes
Lyes nightly brooding o'er a chinky gap,
Protending her fellClaws, tò thoughleſs Mice
Sure Ruin . - So her diſemboweldWeb
Arachne in a Hall or Kitchin Spreads
nu
U ?
308 Á M E T H O DIA
Obviousto vagrant Flies: She ſecret ſtands
W thin her woven Cell; the humming Prey,
Regardleſs of their Fate, ruſh on the Toil's
Inextricable, nor willought avail
Their Arts, nor Arms, nor Shapes of lovely Hue ;
The Waſp inſidious, and the buzzing Drone,
And Butterfiy proud of expanded Wings
Diſtinet with Gold, entangled in her ſnares
Uſeleſs Reſiſtance make: with eager Strides,
She top ring fies to ber expe&ted Spoils;
Then with envenom'd jawsthe vital Blood
Drinks of reluctant Foes, and to her Cave
Their Bulky Carcalles triumphant drags.
Splendid Shilling
Urbs Expugnata.
Ác veluti fummis antiquam in montibus ornum
Cum ferro acciſam , crebriſq; bipennibus inſtant
Eruere certatim agricolæ , illa ufq; minatur,
Et tremefacta comam concuffo vertice nutat,
Vulneribus donec paulatim evicta, ſupremum
Congemuit, traxitq; jugis avulſa ruinam . Virg
Sponfa .
Candor erat qualem præfert Latonia Luna,
Et color in niveo corpore purpureus.
Ut Juveni primum virgo deductamarito ,
Inficitur teneras ore rubente genas.
Ut cum contexunt amaranthis alba puella
Lilia , & Autumno candida mala rubent. Tibullus.
Virgo
Improve the FANCY; 304
Virgo Formoſa .
Hunc fimul ac cupido conſpexit lumine virgo
Regia, quam ſuavis expirans caftus odores
Leitulus in molli complexu matris alebat,
Qualis Errota progignunt flumina myrtos ,
Aurave diſtinctos educit verna colores ,
Non prius ex illo flagrantia declinavit
Lumina, quam cuncto concepit pectore flammam .
Catullus,
Gaudium pro reditu Amici,
Dulce viatori laffo in fudore levamen ,
16 Cum gravis exuftos æſtus hiulcat agros,
Acveluti nigro jactatis turbine nautis
Lenius aſpirans aura ſecunda venit.
Jam precePollucis,jam Caftoris implorata ,
Tale fuit nobis Manlius auxilium , Idem .
Æneas Turbatus.
Quæ Laomedontius heros
Cuncta videns magno curarum fluctuat æſtu ;
Atq; animum nunc huc celèrem , nunc divițitilluc,
In parteſq; rapit varias, perq; omnia verſat.
Sicut aquæ tremulum labris ubi lumen aenis
Söle repercuffum , aut radiantis imagine lunæ ,
Omnia pervolitat late loca , jamq; ſub'auras
Erigitur, fummiq; ferit laquearia tecți, Virg
Sponfa.
Floridis velut enitens
Myrtus Alia ramulis
U3 Ruos
A METHOD to
310
Quos Hamadryades deæ
Ludicrum ſibi roſcido
Nutriunt humore. Catullus.
Amor.
Qualis tranquillo quæ labitur æquore cymba,
Cum Zep' yris fummæ criſpantur leniter unda,
Tuta volat; luditq; hilaris per tranſtra juventùs :
Talis vita mihi , méa dum me Chloris am abat.
Sannazarius ,
Exanimis Virgo.
En virgo , exanimis virgo tabefcit : & ille,
Ille color roſeo jam jam defloruit ore.
Qualis purpureus, ſecreta in valle Hyacinthus,
Quem mater tellus aluit ,gremioq; receptum
Edušit largo rore, & felicibus auris,
Si cæli invalit vitium , aut immanior aufter
Paulatim læto formæ fpoliatus honore,
Deficit, & moriens arentibus incubar herbis .
Baptiſta -Amaltheus:
+ We muſt take Notice , That a Simile is never
to be continu'd to thelength of a Deſcription, but
where ſome Thing extraordinary requires' it ; for
which Reaſon, we find few of any conſiderable length
in the Poets, but many thatare ſhort As,
His Look
Drew Audience, and Attention fill asNight,
Or Summer's Noon -tide Air . -Milt.
* Ovid has furniſh'd us with a great Number of
Mort Similes, where he brings in Polyphemus compli
menting hisMiftriſs Galatea.
Candi
Improve the FANCY .
Candidior nivei folio , Galatea, liguſtri,
Floridior pratis ; longa procerior alno ;
Splendidior vitro ; tenero laſcivior hædo;
Lævior alliduo detritis æquore conchis ;
Solibus hibernis, æſtiya gratior umbra ;
Nobilior pomis ; platano conſpectior alta ;
Lucidior glacie ; matura dulcior uva ;
Mollior & cygni plumis, & lacte coacto ;
Et, fi non fugias, riguo formoſior horto.
Sævior indomitis eadem , Galatea, juvencis,
4 Durior annoſa.quercu ; fallacior undis ;
Lentior & falicis virgis, & vitibus albis ;
His immobilior fçopulis; violentior amnes
Laudato pavone ſuperbior ; acrior igni ;
Afperior tribulis; fæta truculentior urfa ;
Şurdior & quoribus; calcato immitior hydr.o.
Ovid, Metam . Lib. 13.
METAPHOR.
WhenWords we from their genuine Senſetrapfer
To'ſtand for others , let us firſt take Care
That they true Likeneſs and Proportion bear. $
Hence Golden Phraſes come, and Metaphor
By a new Stamp makes Words to paſs for more.
+ Of Metaphors there are three fors :
1. Metaphoric al (* Flumen ingenii, A Flow ofWit,
Nouns ; * Labuntur anni, The Years dide
2. Verbs; as ,
* Letaſeges , Şmiling Corn ,
3. Epitbets ;
It pleaſes much, when Poets do Tranſlate
Their Terms from Living Things ( Inanimate;
Thus they give Life and Motion totheir Strains,
By frowning Mountains,
U and byſmiling Plạins.
A But
312 A METHOD to
But his proud Head the airy Mountain bides
Among the Clouds, bis Shoulders and his Sides
A Shady Mantle Cloaths, his curled Brows
Frown on the gentle Stream ,which calmly flows.
Cooper's Hill.
In vain
If none regard Heav'n wakes with all it's Eyes. Milt.
On which the Sun more glad impreſs'd his Beams,
Than infair eu'ning Cloud, or bumid Bow. Idem.
O'er which the mantling Vine
Lays forth her purple Grape, and gently creeps
Luxuriant. Idem .
Tranſeat hic fine nube dies, ſtent aere venti,
Ponat et in ficco molliter unda minas. Properia
Ille liquor docuit voces inflectere cantu ,
Movit et ad certos nefcia membra modos. Catullus.
Subdola cum ridet placidipellacia ponti . " Lucret.
From Dead to Living all thoſe Termsare good ,
In which there's found a júft Similitude.
Such Metaphors, we ſee give Life to Lite,
Thunder and Lightning beſt illuſtrate Strife .
Mean while the Adverſary of God and Man,
Satan with Thoughts infiain'd of bigbeſt deſign ,
Puts. on ſwift Wings ; and towards the gates ofHell
Explores his Solitary flight. Milt.
Grace was in all ber Steps, Heav'n in her Eye,
In ev'ry Geſture Dignity and Love. Idem .
Duo
-Duo fulmina belli. Virg .
Iraruin fluctuat æftu. Idem .
So from the Dead we to the Dead Tranſlate,
And add more Life to Things Inanimate .
Lethe the River of oblivion rowls
Her watry Labrynth . Milt .
-Claſſiq; immittit babenas. Virg.

Although theſe kind of Tropes are very Orna
“ mental to Language,yet they are not to bebrought
" in too frequently, nor into any place where they
“ ſeem to be forc'd in, or where they are not more
expreſſive than the Words for which they are
put. And above all, great Care muſt be had that
they are not taken from fordid and vulgar Quali
ties, for too far fetch'd :
ALLEGORY.
Thus we refine the Gold , 'till by degrees
We run in Metaphors whole Sentences ;
>
Hence liquid Streams of Allegory flow ,
All of a Piece, and regularly flow .
o ! cou'd I flow like thee, and make thy Stream ,
My great Example, as it is my Theme,
Tho deep, get clear, thoʻgentle, yet not duli,
Strong without rage, without o’er-flowing full.
Cooper's Hill.
Contrahes vento nimium ſecundo
Turgida vela. Hor.
• The
La
314 A METHOD to
" The greateſt Caution muſt be had in the
.“ framing of Allegories, to avoid Obſcurity, which
“ which may be done by bringing them in ſo natu
“ rally , that what is before and after them, explains
" their Meaning
ANTONOMASIA
Another Name to Metaphor we give.
When that a Proper?s made Appellative ;
Antonomaſia's theWord ; no doubt
He was a Molo , that firſt found it out.
Irus et eſt ſubito, qui modo Cræſus erat,
A Dives once is now a Lazarus .
CATACHRÉSIS.
A Catachreſis next is known to be
A Metaphor of meer neceſſity ;
Forc'd head long in, where other Language fails,
So much our Paſſion, o'er our Senre prevails.
Thus Maſter Witty on poor Scholar dull,
Calls him 4 leaden or a wooden Skull.
-Equitare in arụndine longa. Hor.

METONYMIA .
A Metonymia is another kind,
Of Metaphor, by which we often And
That Authors make ſome proper Names to ſtand
For their Invention, and for their Command :
Read Homer, Virgil, Horace, Lucan through,
In them you'll find, that what I ſay is true.
When
When lovely Ceres makes her Autumn ſmile ,
With golden Grain, rewards the Ploughman's toil,
He ſits Contented and his work Surveys,
Forgets his Labours, for his preſent Eaſe.
Explicuit legio, &campo ftetit agmen aperto,
Directæq; acies, ac late fluctuat omnis
Ære renidenti tellus, nec dum horrida miſcent
Prælia, ſed dubiis mediis Mars errat in armis. Virg:
SYNECHDOCHE.
To this Synechdoche is near allied
When by a Part the Whole is ſignify'd ;
But Care muſt be, leaſt we obſcure the Senſe,
Always to chuſe ſome part of Eminence ;
I've liv'd Some Autumns, yet I wonder, why
Men make a Part'the Whole to ſignify.
Some love with rapid Wheels to raiſe
Olympian duſt, and gather Praiſe. Hor.
Non enim gaza , neq; conſularis
Summovet liêtor miſeros tumultus
Mentis, & curas laqueata circum
Teata volantes. Hor .
HYPERBOLE.
Hyperbole is anexceeding Lie,
Madeto diminiſh Things ormagnify,
Which, bya monſtrous Falſneſs, is deſign'd
To bring the Truth the nearer to our Mind.
It makes a Gyant wade the deepeſt Sea,
Contracts a Pigmy to a little Flea.
Vaft Sheets of Flame and pitchy Clouds ariſe,
And burning Vomit, Spouts againſt the Skies Temo
316 A METHOD to
Tempeſts of Fire th’aſtoniſhd Heav'ns annoy,
Fierce as thoſe Storms that from their Clouds deſtroy.
Waller .
Candidior cygnis, hedera formofior alba. Virg.
Arebant tantis epotimillibus amnes. Claudian,
IRONIA
An Irony for Raillery's deſignd,
In this the Tongue runs,counter to the Mind ;
The keeneſt Satyr can't ſo ſharply bíte,
As when wethus compare Things oppoſite :
So when I wou'd the vicious Wretch reclaim ,
I praiſe, what he has not, his vertue, to his Thame,
Thou pretty Boy that never mind'ſt thy Book,
'Tis hence thy Maker gives the kindRebuke.
O lofs of one inHeav'n to judge of Wiſë, Milt.
Since Satan fell whom Folly overthrew .
-Felicia tempora, quæ te
Moribus opponunt : habeat jam Roma pudorem .
Tertius è cælo cecidit Cato. Juu ,
ANTITHESIS.
Antitheſis agrees with this, ſo far
As we do Qualities oppolite compare ;
In the ſame line a Contradi&tion ſprings,
Buț.'tis in' Epithets, and not in Things.
Much I conceive, but little can expreſs
How fweet's the Turn of thispoerick Dreſs.
Not fierce but awful in his manly Page,
Boldis his Strength, butfober is his Rage.
Ingen
1
Ingentes animos anguftoin pectore verſant. Virg.
CORRECTION .
Correction does a wondrous Pleaſure give,
Whether of Thoughts Affirm’d or Negative ;
When Poets, on Condition pleaſing more,
Unſay whatever they have ſaid before.
Sweet are their melting Strains, when ſoft they
Sing,
Sweetaretheir numbers, join’d with warblingString
But neither melting Strains, nor numbers join'd
To String, ſo much as this engage the Mind.
With thee converſing I forget all Time,
All Seaſons and their Change, all pleaſe alike,
Sweet is the Breath of Morn, her riſing Sweet,
With charm of earlieſt Birds ; pleaſant the Sun
When first on this delightful Land heſpreads
His orient Beams, on Herb, Tree, Fruit and Flow'r
Gliſt'ring with Dew ; fragrant the Fertile Earth
After ſoft Show'rs, and ſweet the coming on
of grateful Eu’ning mild, theſilent Night
With this her ſolemn Bird, and this fair Moon,
1
And theſe the Gems of Heav'n , her ſtarry Train,
But neither Breath of Morn , when ſhe aſcends
With charm of earlieſt Birds, nor riſing Sun
On this delightful Land, nor Herb, Fruit, Flower)
Gliſtring with Dew , nor Fragrance after Showers,
Norgrateful Ev’ningmild, norſilent Night
With this her ſolemn Bird, nor Walk by Moon 1
Or glitt'ring Star -light without thee is Sweet. Milt !

Teſinevel miſero mihi-Lilia nigra videntur,
Nec fapiuntfontes, & acefcuntvina bibenti,
318 Á MÉ I HO D to
At ſi tu venias & candida lilia fient,
Et fapientfontes, & dulcia vinabíbentur. Tit. Calp.
Ut flos in ſeptis fecretus naſcitur hortis,
Ignotus pecori, nullo contuſusaratro ,
Quem mulcent auræ , firmat fol, educat imber,
Multi illum pueri, multæ optavere puellæ,
Idem cum tenui carptus defloruit ungui,
Nulli illum pueri nullæ optavere puellæ.
Sic virgo, dum intactamanet,tum cara ſuis, ſed
Cum caftum amiſit polluto corpore florem
Necpuerisjucunda manet, neccara puellis. Catult.
Jamq; ter ad quinos unum Cephiſius annum
Addiderat : poteratq; puer juveniſq; videri.
Multi illumjuvenesmultæ optavere puellæ,
Sed fuit in tenera tam dira ſuperbia forina,
Nulli illum juvenes nulla optavere puella. Ovid .
SUSPENSION .
Suſpenſion follows next ;a grateful Stay
That holds theeager Mind a while at Bay ;
Reſerves a Pleaſure, which we long to know ,
And does at laſt it's latentBeauty Thew .
As Ev'ning Clouds, pleas'd at the Sun's Farewell,
With bluſhing Joy, the coming Dawn foretell;
" Asthegrey Dawn ſmiles thro ’ the dusky Gloom
Of Summer's Night ,and ſhews that Sol's to come
To beautify the Skies, and bleſs the Day,
Suſpenſion courts us with the like Delay:
From Nature's Gyant Race, th'enormous Elephant,
Down to the infe&t Worm and creeping Ant ;
From
From th’Eagle , Sou'reign of the Sky,
To each inferior feathered Brood,
From Crowns and purple Majeſty
To humble Shepherds on the Plains,
His hand unſeen divides to all their Food,
And the whole World of Life ſuſt ains. Orpheus.
Sed canis ante lupas, & taurus diliget urſas,
Et vulpem lepores, & amabit damaleænas ,
Quamvel tyinpana docta ciere canora Lyciſca
Mutabit noftros vel blanda Melænis amores.
Et prius æquoribus piſces, & montibus umbræ,
Et volucres deerunt ſylvis, & murmura ventis ,
Quam mihi diſcedent formofæ Amarillidos ignes :
Illa meum rudibus ſuccendit pectora flammis ,
Finiet illa meos moriens morientis amores .
Buchan, deſider. Lute
1
CHANGE.
Judgment purſues when Fancy's on the Wing,
Feign wou'd his Miftriſs to Sedateneſs bring ;
While ſhe does all his Arguments deſpiſe,
And from his magiſterial Precepts flies ;
Not fafter runs the Hare before the Hound
Not fafter hepurſues hermazing Round :
But ſuch enchanting Muſick’s in herTongue,
Judgment's convinc d lhe doesgoodSenſe nowrong.
Fortho’ſhebackward Sings her forward Lays,
The dif’ren't Turns fhe gives, deſerves new Praiſe,
Not half fo Swift the trembling Doves can fly,
When the fierce Eagle bleavestheliquid Sky ;
NOR
320 A METHOD to
Not halfſo Swiftly the fierce Eagle moves,
When thro' the Clouds he drives thetrembling Doves.
Pope.
Ut fugere accipitrem penna trepidante columba,
Ut folet accipiter trepidas agitare columbas.
Ovid Metam .
ACTION 1
When in few Lines much A &tion is expreſs’d

With lively Thonghts the Active Soul is pleas'd ;
We love the Bounding of a Deer much more
Than crawling Worm flat-moving ona floor,
Who will notStartle when he hears this Sound,
Air blackens, rowls the Thunder ,groans the Ground.
Now Shaves with level Wing the deep
o'er Bog ,or Steep, thro’Straight, rough, denſe,or rare
With Head, Hands, Wing's, or Feet ,purſueshis Way,
Andſwims, orlinks, or wades, or creeps,orflies.
Milt.
Quippe ſonant clamore viri, ftridore rudentes,
Undarum concurſu gravis unda, tonitribus æther,
Fluêtibus erigitur, cælumq; æquare videtur
Pontus, & inductas aſpergine tangere nubes.
Ovid . Metam .
Of Figures occaſion’d by Paſſion
Paſſions have Languageproper to declare
Whether the Soul's inclin'd to Peace or War ;
* Whether ſoft Love ſheds Poyfon thro' the Veins,
Averſion cools, or Hope lowThoughtsdiſdains.
Or joy Tranſports, or loads of Grief depreſs,
Or Envy wafts, or Fear deſtroys no leſs,
All theſe require a diff'rent Air and Dreſs.
Nature
Nature alone Inſtructs us beſt, to find
The ſecret Springs and Movements of the Mind:
EXCLAMATION.
Firſt then ſhe Teaches to deſcribe our Woes,
1
And preſſing Grief by Exclamation ſhews.
The tortur'd Slaves,aswell as injur'd Chief,
In deep -fetch'd Groans do Place their beſt Relief:
O patria, o Divumm domus Ilium, & inclyta bello
Mania Dardanidu ! -Virg
O'tis in vain to beg relief from thee,
Thou black contriver of my Miſery.
PROSOPOPOEIA :
Proſopopæia, when the Breaſt is fill'd
With ſwellingGrief, makes our Expreſſions wild;
Hence we each Rock, each Grove & Stredin adreſs
As if they cou'd Commis'rate our diſtreſs ;
Love's pleaſing Raptures make us do no leſs, }
Stray all ye Flocks, and deſart be ye Plainsi
Sigh all ye Winds, and weep.ye çryit al Floods,
Fade allye Flow'rs, and wither allyé Woods. Cong
Breath ſoft ye Winds, ye Waters gently Flow ,
Shield her ġe Trees ; ye Flowers around her grow :
Te Swains, I beg you ,paſs in filence by to
My Love in yonder Vale afleep does lye.. Philips
Sol qui terrarum flammis opera omnia luſtras. Virg.
Dulces exuvia , dum fața deuſq; linebant,
Accipite
322 A METHOD to
Accipite hanc animam , meq; his exolvite curis. Idem .
A POSIO PESIS .
But if great Floods of Paffion higher ſwell,
We then want Words our Sentiments to tell.
As lofty Pines o'ertop the corny Reed ,
Sö did her graceful Height ol Nymphs exceed ;
To which excelling Height ſe bore a Mind
Humble as Ofiers bending to the Wind :
Thus excellent ſhe was.
Ab wretched Fate ! She was , but is no more :
Help me ye Hills and Valleys to.deplore. Congreve .
ASYNDETON ..
When wild ſurprize, or Anger makes us ſpeak,
Afyndeton Conjunctions does forlake.
How willge then ye impious 'ſcape your Doom
Self Judg'd , abandon'd , Overcome ? Orpheus .
Ferte citiflammas, date tela , impellite muros. Virg.
Ardet mente, furit Stridoribus, intonat ore. Idem .
· DOURTING.
When we do with ourſelves Expoftulate
For being Treated at the baſeftRate,
By Doubts and Queſtions we reſolve to try .
How to return or bear the Injury.
Then thusſhe ſaid within her Secret Mind
What phat I do ? what Succour faalle I find ?
Become a Suppljant to Hyarba's Pride,
And take my Turn to Court and be deny'd ! Shall
Shall I with this ungrateful Trojan go ?
Forſake an Empire, and attend a Foe ?
Himſelf.I refug'd, and his Train reliev'd ,
' Tis true ; but am I ſure to be receiv'd ?
Can Gratitude in Trojan Souls have Place ?
Laomedon ſtill lives in all his Race.
Then ſhall I ſeek alone the churliſh Crew ?
Or with my Fleet their flying Sails purſues
What Force have I but thoſe whoſcarce before
I drew relu &tant fromtheir native Shore?
Will they again embark at my Defire ?
Once moreſuſtain the Seas,and quit their ſecond Tyre ?
E Rather with Steel thy guilty Breaſt invade,
Andtake the Fortune thou thy ſelf båſt made.
Dryd. Virg .
En quid agam ? rurfuſne procos irriſa priores
Experiar Nomadumg petam connubia fuppler,
Quos ego fum toties jam dedignata maritos ,
Iliacas igiturclatles, atq, ultima Teucrûm
Jufla Tequar? quia ne auxilio juvat antelevatos
Et bene apud memores veteris ſtatgratia fa &ti ?
Quisme autem( fac velle) liget? ratibaiq.ſuperbis
Irriſam accipiet ?" neſcis heu perdita,nec dumn
Laomedontea fentis perjuria gentis ?
Quid tum ? ſola fuga nautas comitabor ovantes ?
An Tyriis omniq; manu ftipata meorum
Infequar ? & , quos lidonia vix urberevelli
Rurſus agam pelago ? & ventis dare vela jubebo ?
Quin morereut merita es, ferroq; averte dolorem
:: S." Virgi
INTERROGATIONS
The Reader beſt to Queitionis does attend ,
When we fome Thing of Moment recommend ;
X 2 Inter :
A METHOD to
324,
Interrogations firſt his Mind affail,
Such Arguments can very feldom fail.
Say where preſerv'd your Phantom Glory lies ?
Can Braſs the fleeting Thing ſecure ?
Enſhrin'd in Temples does it ſtay ?
Or in huge Amphitheatres endure,
The Rage of rolling Time and ſcorn Decay
Ab ! no, the mouldring Monuments of Fame
Tour vain deluded Hopes betray,
Nor ſhew th'ambitious Founder's Name,
Mix'd'mith your ſelves in theſame Maſs of Clay.
Orpheus.
Quis enim livefcere poſſit
Quod nunquam pereant itellæ ? quod jupiter olim
Poffideat cælum quod noverit omnia Phæbus?
Eft aliquod meriti ſpatium , quod nulla furentis
Claudian, Stil .
Invidiæ menſura capit.
REPETITIONS,
If our Expreſſions from true Paffions fall
Moſt Repetitions are Emphatical.
Love:
Sole Eve, Aſociate Sole, to me beyond
Compare above all living Creatures dear ? Milt.
Sic ego fecretis poffum bene vivere fylvis,

Qua nuila humano fit via trita pede:
Iumibicurarum requies, in nocte velatra i
Lumen , &in folis tu mihi turba locis. - Tibull,
Grief.
Improve the FANCY : 325
Grief.
No more theſe Woods Mall with her fight be bleſs'd,
Nor with her Feet theje flow'ry Plains bepreſs’d ;
No more the Winds Mallwithher Treſſesplay,
And from her balmy Breath ſteal Sweets away :
No more theſeRivers chearfullyMallpaſs,
Pleas's to reflect the Beauty of her Face. Congreve.
j
Nulla eſt Halcyone, nulla eſt, ait
--Tendenſq;trementes
Ad Ceyca manus, fic, ô, chariffime conjux
Sic ad me miſerande redis. Ovid.
Some Repetitions are accounted Beautiful, on
account of their poſition . As,
1. When a Word is emphatically repeated at the
beginning of each Clauſeof a Sentence. As,
What Muſe, what Art, what Voice can e'er expreſs.
Howſweet, how ſoft's a true poçtick Dreſs.
En princeps, en orbis apexæquatus olympo. Claud.
Tunc ſilvæ , tunc antra loqui, tunc vivere fontes,
Tunc facer horror aquis, adytiſq; effunditur echo.
Idem .
2.When a Verſe begins with the laſt Word of
the Linebefore, which muſt be Emybatical,
7 His Soul is Muſick and bis Breaſt a Lyre,
Lyre, which while it's various Notes agree,
Enjoys the Sweets of it's own Harmany. Shakeſ,
Sequitur pulcherrinys Aftur,
Alturequo fidens.
Virgi
3. When they are repeated at the beginnings of
ofVerſes. As X 3 Hence
326 A METHOD to
Hence Pancies trick themſelves in various hue,
And hence Junquils derive their fragrantDew ;
Hence the Carnation and the baſhful Roſe
Their Virgin Bluſhes to the Morn diſcloſe;
Hence the chajt Lilly riſes to the Light,
Unveils herſnowy Breaſts and charms the Sight.
Hence Arbours are with twining Green array'd
T'oblige complaining Lovers with their Shade.
Garth .
Grande voco meritum lacrymas quibus ora rigabas,
Cum mea concreto ficca dolore forent.
Grande voco meritum inæftæ folacia mentis,
Cum pariter nobis illa tibiq; dares.
4. When the ſame Word is immediately doubled,
Revenge, reverge, Timotheus cries.
Me, me,adfum qui feci,in meconvertite ferrum . Virg.
I have not here Comprehended all the ſeveral
ſorts of Figures that are to be met with in the Poets,
nor did Ithink it neceffary ; ſince my Defign was
..only to chufe ſuch as were chiefly Ornamental, and as
might be ſufficient to improve the Fancy, and refine
the Tajte. Whatever Figures there arebeſide in Poets,
they ſeem rather to be the Production of Chance than
Choice ; and are ſuch too as the common Current
of Language leads us naturally to, fo that 1, for
that very Reaſon, thought it needleſs to lay down
any Rules for what might be underſtood without'em.
Of EPIGRAM .
An Epigram does many Thingsrequire,
A poignant Wit, and quick poetick Fire ;
Of
Improve the F A N C Y. 327
Of Style . a natural Simplicity,
In which there's Beauty, Point and Brevity.
No Puns or Quibbles here a Place ſhou'd find,
They're but the Squibs of Thought, that pleaſe a
d
vulgar Min .
Claudian's old Man of Verona.
Happy the Man, who his whole Time doth bound
Within th’ircloſure of his little Ground.
Happy tbe Man, whom theſame bumble Place
( Th’hereditary Cottage of his Race)
From bis firſt riſing Infancy has known,
Andby Degreesſees gentlybending down
With natural Propenſion to that Earth,
Which both preſerv'd bis Life, and gave him Birth.
Him no falſe diſtantLights, by Fortune fet,
Cou'd everintefooliſh Wandrings get.
He never Dangers either ſam or feard :
The dreadfulStorms at Sea be never heard .
3
He never heard the Shrill alarums of War,
3
Or the worſe Noiſes of the Lawyers Bar.
1
No Change of Conſuls marks to him the Tear,
The Change of Seafons is his Calendar.
]
The Coldand Heat, Winter and Summer ſhews,
Autumn by Fruits, and Spring by Flow'rs he knows,
He meaſures Timeby Land-marks, and has found
For the whole Day, the Dial of his Ground.
A neighb'ring Wood born with himſelf hefees,
And loves his old contemporary Trees.
H’as only beard of near Verona's Name,
And knows it like the Indies, but by Fame.
Does with the like Concernment Notice take
of the Red Sea apd of Benacus Lake,
X4 Thus
328 2 METHOD to
Thus Health and Strength he a third Age enjoys,
And ſees a long Poſterity of Boys.
About the ſpacious World let others roam,
The Voyage Life is longeſt made at home. Cowl.
Upon a Gentleman who took the Oaths and made

three Gods of the Trinity.
The Same Allegiance to two Kings hepays,
Swears the ſame Faith to both, and both betrays:
No wonder if to Swear he's always free,
Who has two Gods to Swear by more than We. Brown:
To Cloe Weeping .
See, whilſt thou weepft, fair Cloe, fee
The World in Sympathy with thee.
The chearful Birds no longer Sing ;
But drop the Head, and hang the Wing:
The Clouds have bent their Boſom lower ;
And ſhed their Sorrow's in a Show'r :
The Brooks beyond their Limits flow ;
And louder Murmurs speak their woe :
The Nymphs and Swains adopt thy Cares ;
They heave thy Sighs, and weep thyTears':
Fantaſtick Nymph ! that Grief ſhou'd mouc
The Heart obdurate againſt Love.
Strange Tears ! whoſe Pow'r can ſofter all,
But that dear Breaſt on which they fall. Prior.
On Belinda.
Belinda's Sparkling Wit and Eyes
United ; Caft fofierce a Light,
As quickly flashes quickly dies,
Wounds not the Heart but burns the fight.
Love is all gentleneſs, all joy,
Smooth are bis Looks, and ſoft his Pace :
Her Cupid is a black-guard Boy,
That runs bis Linkfull in your Face. Roch :
On Flavia's Fan.
Flavia the leaſt and Nighted Toy
Can with reſiſtleſs Art employ:
This Fan in meaner handswou'd prove
An Engineof ſmallforce in Love;
Yet shewithgraceful Air and Mein,
Not to be told or ſafely ſeen,
Direets it's wanton Motions fo
That it wounds more than Cupid's Bow,
Gives Coolneſs to the matchleſs Dame,
Io ev'ry other Breaſt a Flame, Atterb
To Cynthia.
of all the Torments all the Cares
With which our Lives are curſt,
Of all the plagues a Lover bear's
Sure Rivals arethe worſt ;
By Partners in another Kind
Affli & tions eaſier grow,
In Love alone we hate to find
Companions in our Woe.
Cynthia for all the pains youſee
Here lab'ring in my Breaſt,
I beg not thatyou'd pitty me
But that you'd fight the reſt :
Howgreat ſo e'er your rigours are
With them in Love I'll cope ,
330 A METHOD to
I can endure my own Deſpair,
But not another's Hope. Sir John Suck,
Upon a Lady that cut Trees in Paper,
Fair Hand that can on Virgin Paper write,
Tet from the ſtain of ink preſerve it white,
Whoſe travel o er that ſilver Field does shew ,
Like Track of Leverets in morning Snow ;
Love's Image thus in pürejt Minds is wrought,
Without a Spot or Blemiſh to the Thought ;
Strange that your fingers shou’d the Pencilfoil
Without the help of Colours, or of Oyl:
For tho'a Painter Boughs, and Leaves can make,
" Tis you alone can make 'em bend and ſhake,
Whoſe Breathſalutes your new created Grove,
Like Southern Winds, and makes it gently move :
Orpheus cou'd make the Forre{t dance, but you Wall.
Can make the Motion and the Forreſt too.
On a Lady Singing a Song of his Compoſing.
Chloris your ſelf you ſo excell
When you vouchſafe to breath my Thought,
That like a Spirit with a Spell
Of wy own Teaching I am caught.
Ibat Eagle's Fate and mine are one,
Which on the Shaft that made him die
Espy'd a Feather ofhis own
Wherewith he us'd'to Soar fo high.
Had Eccho withso ſweet a Grace
Narciſſus's loud Complaints return'd,
Not with Refle&tion of his Face,
But of bis Voice the Boy had burn'd. Idem
.
On a Lady's Eyes.
Cupid who ne'er was conquer'd get
To Maximilla's Eyes retird, Where
Where ſcarce the ſporting Archer touchd,
But his expanded Wings were fir’d.
What cou'd he do in this Diſtreſs!
The vagrant Archer was confin'd :
He mov'd his uſeleſs Wingsin vain ,
In vain he ftrove Releaſe to find.
The Flame with mighty Force'encreasid,
And ſwiftly round his Body run ,
Thus Phoenix like he met bis Fate
At Maximilla's brighter Sun.
But yet the Number moreencreas'd,
Forfrom his Aſhes did ariſe,
Tenthouſand Cupids, Sporting round
The wanton Circles of her Eyes.
Helena.
Millepetita procis, totidem repetita carinis,
Mille poetarum fama, laborq; fui.
O fi nota minus, minus et formoſa fuiflem !
Maxima matronæ eft laus latuiſſe probæ . Buchan.
In pontis triplicis aquaductum GardoFlumini
impoſitun
Montibus impoſitos cantavit Græcia montes,
Pyramidum oſtenta barbara Memphis opus.
Plus eſt quod cernis triplices conjungerepontes
Fornicibus, montes lic poſuiſſe duos.
Etplus eſt(victam quo fe natura fatetur)
Impofuiffe iplis flumina fluminibus ;
Et rurfum hoc plus eſt,contempto laudis honore,
Artificem nomen fübticuiffe fuum .
Mireopifex, quod tu feciſti, fit licet ingens,
Quod non fecifti plus ego miror opus. Beza.
1
Super
332 A METHOD to
Super rivulos Aquarum .
Errabam nuper vitreas prope Tibridis undas,
Qua folet ad ſcopuluin naufraga lympha queri,
Dicebam , mea lympha, meos lacrymerisamores,
Nam me jam lacrymæ deftituere meæ .
O egofi pofſem fieri tam prodigusamnis !
Återna fluerem pulchra per arva fuga.
Hæc ego : fed tacitas ſuſpendit lympha querelas,
In me mutari forſan et ipſa cupit. Caſimir .
Ad Tuccam .
Quid te Tucca juvat vetulo miſcere Falerno
In vaticanis condita multa cadis ?
Quid tantum fecere boni tibi peſlima vina ?
Aut quid fecerunt optimaviņa mali ?
Denobis facile eft : fcelus eſt jugulare Falernum
Et dare Campano toxica fæva mero.
Convivæ meruere tui fortaſſe perire :
Amphora non meruit tam pretioſa mori.
In flumen Sequanam .
Sequana quam primuin Reginæ allabitur urbi
Tardat præcipites ambitioſusaquas. .
Captus amore locicurſum obliviſcitur amnis

Quo fluat,et dulces nectit in urbe moras.
Hinc varios implens fluctu ſubeunte canales,
Fons fieri gaudet qui modo flumen erat.
In Fratrem lufcum Sororem .
Lumine Acon dextro , caruit Leonilla ſiniſtro ,
Etpotuit forma vincere uterq; deos ;
Blande püer, lumen quod habes concede forori,
Sic tu cæcus amor,ſic erit illa venus.
19
In Cotilum .
Cotile bellus homo es, dicunt hoc, Cotile, multi,
Audio : ſed quid ſit dicmihibellus bomo ?
Bellus homo eſt flexo qui digerit ordine crines :
Balfama qui ſemper, cinnama ſemper olet :
Cantica quiNili, qui Gaditana fufurrat :
Qui mover in varios brachia volía modis :
1 Inter fern ineas tota qui luce cathedras
Deſidet, atq; aliqua ſemper in aure fonat:
Qui legit hinc, illinc miffas, fcribitq; tabellas ;
Pallia vicini qui refugit cubiti :
Quifcit,quam quis amet, qui per convivia currit;
Hirpini veteres qui benenovit avos.
Quid narras ?, hoc eſt, hoc eft, homo, Cotile, bellus
Res petricoſa eſt, Cotile, bellus homo.
De Pompeio et Filiis.
Pompeios Juvenes Afia atq; Europa, ſed ipſum
Terra' tegit Libyes, fi tamen ulla tegit.
Quid mirumtoto ſi ſpargitur orbe 3 jacere
Uno non poterat tanta ruina loco.
An Cauſæ fintfibi invicem Caufa Ajfr .
Prolutus vino media de nocte maritus
Cum redeat, conjux litigioſa tonat.
Non fert ille mifer rixantis jurgia fponfa,
Quin iterum primopocula mane petit.
Fulminat illa iterum , quatit et jam fævior ædemi
Tempeſtas, iterumterritus ille fugit.
Hinc creſcit rabies, opus hinc folenne diebus,
Ille ſuum repetit, noctibus illa fuum .
Quo magis illamovet lites, bibit hoc magis ille,
Quo magisille bibax, hoc magis illa ftrepit.
334 A METHOD to
Ad Philerotem .
Septima jam , Phileros, tibi conditur vxor in agro.
Plus nulli, Phileros, quam tibi reddit ager.
De puero Stillicidio Jugulato,
Qua vicina pluit Vipſanis porta columnis,
Et madęt affiduo lubricus imbre lapis,
In jugulum pueri, qui roſcida templa ſubibat,
Decidit hiberno prægravis unda gelu.
Cumq; peregiſſetmiſeri crudelia fata,
Tabuit in calido vulnere mucro teper .
Quid non fæva ſibi voluit fortuna licere ?
Aut ubi morsnon eſt ſi jugulatis aquæ .
An detur Astia in Diſtans.
Dum puer indignans lætainter pocula corama
Convivis duri verbera ferre patris,
Vindictæ ſtudio tumet, exoptatq; viciffim
Lædere lædentem , parq; referrepari.
Vim patri intentare pudor vetat, inquit & ô fi
Deliruin feriat vis aliena fenern !
Hinc propeſe pofitum feriens, hac lege bibendum eft
Ut colaphum focio quiſq;répendat,ait:
Tum ſecum lætus, nifi fallor ,hic actusin orbem
Ad patrem colaphus mox rediturus erit.
Quin tu ignoſce , pater, non hæc ego filius auſim ,
Sed tibi qui addextram proximus,ille facis.
In. Religiofos Fratreso
Bella inter geminos pluſquam civilia fratres,
Traxerat ambiguusrelligionis apex.
Ille reformatæ fidei pro partibus inftat;
Ifte reformandam denegat effe fidem .
ropoſitis caufæ rationibus, alterutrinque,
Cong
8

Concurrère pares et cæcidere pares.
Qod fuit in votis , fratrem capit alter uterque ;
Quod fuit in fatis, perdit uterque fidem .
Cap ivi gemini fine captivante fuerunt,
Ei Victor. viãi transfuga caftra petit.
Quod genus hoc pugnæ eſt ubi victus gaudet uterq;
Et tamen alteruter fe fuperaffe dolet ? Alabaſt.
De Sene Veronenfi.
Felix qui patriis ævum tranfegit in agris,
Ipſa domuspuerumquem videt ipſaſenem :
Qui baculo nitens, in qua reptavit arena ,
Linius numeret ſecula longa cafæ .
Ilun non vario traxit fortuna tumultu,
Nec bibit ignotas mobilis hofpes aquas.
Non freta mercator tremuit, non claffiga miles :
Non raucilitespertulit ille fori.
Indocilis rerum, vicinæ nefcius urbis,
Afpectu fruitur liberiore poli.
Frugibus alternis non conſule computat annum :
Autumnum pomis, ver ſibi flore notat.
Iden condit ager ſoles, ideinq;reducit,
Metiturq; fuo ruſticus-orbe diem ..
parvo qui germine quercum,
Ingentem meminit viac
Æquævumque conſenuiffe Indis.,
Benacumq; plitat littorarubralacum .
Sed tamen indomitæ vires,firmifq; lacertis
Ætas rõbuſtum tertia cernit ayum .
Erret et extrem os alter fcrutetur Iberos,
Plus habetçhic vite , plus habet.iNe viæ, Claudian
LODIM AGISTRIS CONSILIUM
Ille autem , pueri cuicredita cura colendi
Artibus egregiis, imprimis optet amari, Ata
336 AMETHOD to & c.
Atq; odium cari ſuper omnia vitet alumni.
Neforte et facras fimul oderit ille camænas
Imprudens, & adhuc tantæ dulcedinis expers,
Deficiant animi ſtudiorum , in limine primo ;
Ponite crudeles iras & flagra m, agiſtri,
Fæda miniſteria, atq; minis abfiftite acerbis.
Vos tamen, ô juſli juvenes, parete regentuin
Imperiis, ultroq; animos ſummittite veſtros.
Siquem igitur clariformandi gloria vatis
Digna manet, verbis puerum compellat amicis
Sæpe rogans, laudiſq ;animum pertentet amore:
Quandoquidem , hunc imis poftquam ſemel oflibus ig
nem
Implicuit, labor inde levis; fefe excitat ardens

Sponte fua, duroſque volens fert ille labores ,
Et tacito vivens creſcit ſub pectore fiamma.
Hieron. Vida. Arte Poet,
AP 66
F IN I S.
/
10
>
DEPARTMENT OF PRINTED BOOKS
Record of Treatment , Extraction, Repair, etc.
of Press Mark No. 254.8 . 2628

Date Particulars Name
FURBISHING TREATMENT :
1) Cleaning with Petroleum Ether.
2) Retanning with Aluminium

JAN 1984 Triformate.
3) Impregnating leather with

Lankrothane 1304 .
4) Application of a surface coating

with Acrylic Polymer SC 6000 .
RD LB25
PRESERVATION SERVICE
SHELFMARK 156813615 :
THIS BOOK HAS BEEN

MICROFILMED ( 19091 )
RPI
MICROFILM NO SEE . ESTC :
BM . 1959

An Easy Introduction of Grammar in Engli

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

An Easy Introduction of Grammar in Engli

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

This is a reproduction of a library book that was digitized

by Google as part of an ongoing effort to preserve the

The PROSODY is in Engliſh Verſe.

Aque negle &tum pueris, fenibuſq; nocebit. Hor.

His Grace Thomas Lord , of Trinity Colledge,Dub:

Sweet. p. 260. for neither ,.r. nether. p. 288. for

This gives me Hopes that you will not

and Pains well beſtow'd to make their Paſ

If I have fallen fhort of that Perfection I 11

aim'd at, "Your Lord'hip has it in Your Powe

May it pleaſe Your Grace,

Tour Grace's Most Devoted

Most Humble and

Most Obedient Servant,

As Nature, by a moſt delicious Nutriment in our

Arengthen it. The Body may,by the Skill of a Phy

Quare cum fapere, id eſt, veritatem q ærere, om

ullo judicio inventa majorum probant, & ab aliis pe

Eight Parts of SPEECH .

RAMMAR is the Art of True

A Noun is the Name of any thing.

Nouns be Declin'd with ſix Caſes thro' both

Declenſion is the changing of the laſt Letter or

The firſt Declenſion contains Nouns ending in

The ſecond Declenſion contains Nouns ending in

| Abl. Magiſtro Abl. Magiſtris.

they end all in a.

The third Declenſion contains Nouns ofmany

Dat . Sedi Dat. Sedtibus

The fourth Declenſion contains Nouns ending in

Abl. Caſü Abl. Canbus

ines, all of the Femine Gender, except Meridi

Eight Parts of Speech.

A Noun Adjective of two endings thus.

Nom .Hic & hæc Tri- Nom . Hi & hæ Tri

( Abl. Abl. Triftibus

No.Hic & hæcMelior No. Hi & hæMeli

Of The COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.

Obſervations upon every Declenſion

2. In the Compounds of Gigno and Colo; as 1

A Table of the Greek Nouns, ending in os,

N. 1 G. 1 D. [ Acc. I V.1 Ab.

2. The Genitiveof this Declenfion is more dif

Is. Words ending in is ,'have the Genitive like

Has oris ; as , Flos, 3 öris.

Compos2 ötis Thort

Greek Words are beſt Icarn’d in their own

Greek Neutersin os ſhort,rętaintheir Greek

untis . ompounds ofmis odis; as, Oidipus,

All words Polyſyllables inake icis, as ; 1

The DATIVE of the Third DECLENSION,

Some have both em , & im.

3. When there is an equal Number ofSyllablo

The ABLATIVE PLURAL Ends always

2. The DativeSometimes in l. as, Pàrcemetu

PARTICULAR REMARKS UPON THE

NOUNS ARE EITHER PRIMITIVE, DE

1. A Primitive Norn, is a word from which D

others are deriv'd , as, from Pater , Paternus ; Vox

4. Diminutives ,which end-in ulus, ula, ellus,

REMARKS upon the five Preceding

Silex, Groſjus, Ales, Forceps,

OF KNOWING THE GENDER OF -NOUNS

Particulár OBSERVATIONS upon and Ex